r '0. -d IvIBRARY OF THE University of California. GIF^T OK Mrs. SARAH P. WALSWORTH. Received October, 1894. Accessions No.S^JH/l^^. Class No.'^kP ^ Digitized by tine Internet Archive in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation nnp;//www.archive.org/details/firstpartofjacobOObullrich THE FIRST PART OF JACOBS' LAXm READER. ADAPTED TO BULLIONS^ LATIN GEAMMAR : WITH AN INTRODUCTION, ON THE foiOMS OF THE LATIN language; an improved vocabulary; and exer- cises IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, ON A NEW PLAN. By Rev. PETER BULLIONS, D. D., /I PaOPESSOR OP LANGUAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY ; AND AUTHOR OF THE SERIES OP GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON THE SAME PLAN, ETC., ETC. V^j NEW YORK: .^^^^*^ PRATT, OAKLEY & COMPANY, 21 MURRAY STREET. 1860. .nz«y- Entered according to Act of Congress, in the yeai- 1846, by PETER BULLIONS. IQ the Clerks Office of the Northern District of New- York. PREFACE .lAfiAM This work has been prepared at the request of many teachers who use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow it as a '^ First Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the first part of Jacobs' Latin Reader; a work already well known in this country, and which appears to be well adapted to the end for which it was intended. The introductory exercises, however, are arranged a little differently, and a few sentences have been intro- duced from other sources, for the purpose of illustrating some con- structions more fully. The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner, who IS supposed to have become acquainted with the leading prin- ciples of the Grammar, a praxis on those principles, both in Ety- mology and Syntax, by which they may be rendered perfectly famil- iar to his mind, so as to be applied with more success and ease, when he comes to read and analyze the writings of the Roman au- thors. It is in fact a Supplement to the Grammar, and the founda- tion of thorough scholarship must be laid here. In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to render the study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to pupils of every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing explanations of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under proper heads, and illustrated by numerous examples, all of which are numbered, so as to be easily referred to for the purpose of illus- trating similar modes of expression which occur in the course of reading, as is more fully explained p. 54. Though this part is in- tended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be derived from studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously with lessons in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole familiar by frje- quent reviews. The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical prin- ciples in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound, and by a sufficient number of examples to render these principles familiar and easy of application. In these, as well as throughout the body of the work, constant reference is made to the Grammai tself, as well as to the preceding Introduction, to illustrate and ex- plain the principles of the language as they occur, and by repeated refeience to render them familiar to the pupil and impress them in- delibly on his mind. These references are more numerous at first; but when any construction or idiom may be supposed to have be- ome familiar, the references to it are less frequent, and the pupil B left to exercise the knowledge acquired in applying the principles without the aid of references. The construction and use of the subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties of the language, and all important to be well understood, references for explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more nume- rous and longer continued on this point than on any other. These references also form a sort of indeXj by which the pupil may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the one with the other. For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the Grammar, § 140, 5j by running the eye back along the references at the foot of the pai^e, the same construction will be found at the letter ', p. 95; at % p. 90 j at ^, p. 89. at d, p. 87, &c.; all of which may thus be compared with great facility. The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely supersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any number of notes could be, which generally do nothing more than give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, with- out any explanation of its construction. Though this sort of aid enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sentence, it leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its construction. The consequence is, that when he meets with a similar construction again in different words, he is as much at a loss as ever, and finds his progress arrested unless he is again lifted over blindfold by the aid of another friendly note. It is obvious that persons, in this way, may go over much surface; and if they have a memory cai)a ble of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when it is wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they nave gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the construction of what they have read; and hence it happens that knowing but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the idioms and more diificult constructions of the language, whenever they come to an author or passage where the wonted supply of notes is wanting, they find themselves unable to proceed; or if they do. it is so much in the dark that it is with them a mere peradventurc whether they are right or wrong. It is therefore not without rea- son that many of our best teachers think that such notes, like trans- lations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is hoped, is in a great measure avoided by the method here pursued; for while all needful assistance is furnished, it can be attained only by referring to the grammatical principle which contains the explanation needed; and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be readily applied to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved. Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analy. BIS of sentences, no less important is the study of the words them- selves of which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the department of Etymology, and, to the enquiring and philosophical mind, presents a most interesting and pleasing field of investigation. A proper selection of words is no less necessary to the expression of our thoughts than their proper arrangement in sentences. Much, accordingly, of the interest and advantage of studying the models of antiquity lies in the study of the words selected by these writers for conveying their'%entiments to others. The derivation and com- position of words, and the variety of meanings which they assume in the expression of thought, should therefore form an important part of study to the classical student from the very beginning, and if properly conducted will prove as pleasing as it is profitable. It may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant illustration, that every word has one primitive and radical signification, to which all its other significations and uses are related, and from which they are drav/n. This may be regarded as its strict and proper meaning, and should constantly be associated in the mind of the learner with the word itself. Once in possession of this, and accustomed to trace the varied shades of meaning which the words assume as they diverge from their radical and primary signification, tie will feel an interest and see a beauty in the study of language, which he would otherwise never be likely to attain. This primary meaning o^ a word is not always indeed its most common meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still It is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various derived significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If instead of the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a more common one, should be associated in the mind with the word, it will be found impossible in many instances to account for, or tj perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases. Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more common but not the Vi PREFACE primary meaning of which is, *' to buy-;" and it will be impossible to trace any sort of connection between such a meaning and that of its compounds, adlmo^ eximo, interimoj perlmo, dirimoy and the like But assisrn to emo its primary meaning, " to take," and the whole is perceived at once to be clear and consistent. This one example will show how important it is that not only the derivation and composi- tion of words should be fully exhibited in a good dictionary, but also the radical and primary signification of all words, wheie that can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most natural. In this respect our school dictionaries, with one exception, (Leverett's Latin Lexicon,) are exceedingly defective. This defect I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this work, m which the plan just stated has been foUow^ed; so that the pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every derivative and compound word to its source, (if that is in the Latin language, derivations from the Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining what is the primary signification of each word, from the best au thorities within my reach, as well as those significations which are more common, or which belong to the words m the various places where they occur in this work. Care has been taken in connection with this also to distinguish those words usually considered as syn- onymes. An earlier and more special attention to this part of study than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor bestowed upon it. A few Exercises in composition are appended, drawn, as will be perceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of the page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the sim- plest character and to any extent, may be framed in the same way from every reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and ren- dered into Latin, either orally in the class, or as an exercise in writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed to the Exercises themselves. A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the work respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it, especially with young pupils. These I am well aware are of no importance to the experienced teacherj nevertheless they may be of some use to the young and inexperienced, and especially to thosR who pursue the study of the Latin without the aid of a teacher. INTRODUCTION. SENTENCES. 1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes complete sense ; as, Man is mortal, 2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one verb ; as, Life is short. Time flies. 4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen- tences combined ; as, Life^ which is short, should he well employed. 5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe carefully the following General Principles of Syntax, 1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica- tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub- jecty expressed or understood. 2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must have a substantive expressed or understood with which it agrees, § 98 and ^ 146.* 3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to which it refers, and with which it agrees, ^ 99. 4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- stood, of which it is the subject, ^^ 100, 101, 102. Or is placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, ^ 103. 5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative, subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative, expressed or understood, ^^ 101, 102, and when the infini- tive has a subject it is in the accusative, ^ 145. The infini- tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi- tion, § 143. 6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express- ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. * The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar 8 iNTRODtrCTION. Resolution or Analysis, Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject and the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence, it is necessary to distinguish between the Gr;:,mmatical sub- ject and predicate, and the Xoo-ecaZ subject and predicate. The Grammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of, without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac- cusative before the infinitive. The Logical subject is the same word in connection with the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to maiie up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. The Grammatical 'predicate is the wor4 or words contain- ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject. The Logical predicate is the grammatical predicate com- bined with all those words or expressions that modify or restrict it in any way ; thus : In the sentence, " An inordinate desire of admiration often produces a contemptible levity of deportment ; ^ the Grammatical subject is "c^mrc;" the Logical ''^ An inordi- nate desire of admiration,'''' The Grammatical predicate is ^^ produces,'''' the Logical, ^^ produces often a contemptible levity of deportment, ^^ In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi- culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper order of the English. This is technically called constru' ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan- tage may be found by carefully attending to the following Direct ions for Begiimers, Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMl- N'ATIVE and the predicate or VERB; the first thing to be done with every .sentence, is to find out these. In ordei to this. INTRODUCTION. 9 1. Look for the leading verb, which is always m the present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfpct, or future of the indic- ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near the end of the sentence. 2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person, this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com- monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, though not always so, ^ 151. R. I. with exceptions. Direct. II. Having thus found the nominative and verb, and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved from the Latin into the English order, as follows : 1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect' tng words, if there are any. 2. The NOMINATIVE. 3. Words limiting or ex'plaining it, i. e., words agreeing with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they are found, till you come to the verb. 4. The VERB. 5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words whicii modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 6. Supply everywhere the words understood. 7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve- rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each of them as above. Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following Rules for construing, I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the word that governs it. Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be coupled with it, is put before its substantive ; but if another word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually placed after it. * All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse, the leading verb is in the infinitive, § 141. Rule VI. to INTRODUCTION. III. The participle is usually construed after its substan- tive, or the word with which it agrees. IV. The relative and its clause, should, if possible, come immediately after the antecedent. V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after the verb; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.) Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quantus, uter, &;c., come before the verb. VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and arrange the words accordingly. VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near together as possible. VII r. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru- ment, &c., should be placed, in general, after the words which they modify. The case absolute commonly before them, and often first in the sentence. IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those to which it is related. X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two words, or sentences connected. LATIN IDIOMS.* PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- LATION. Tlie following explanations and directions are intended chieifly for reference. But k wilj be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons. 1. Before translating, every sentence should be read over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe- cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words should then be arranged according to the preceding general directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem- bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their substantives before translating. The sense and grammati- cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple or compound, may then be analyzed as directed ^ 152, and last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, ^ 153. 2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif- ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly and promptly, in these cases and numbers, &c.; and also to distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &;c. This can be acquired onl)^ by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept up till the utmost readiness is attained. 3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif- ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be called SIGNS of those cases ; and in translating these, the English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense requires. The signs of the cases are as follows: Norn. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) Gen. Of. Voe. O. or no sign. Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, by, Sec. * A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to denote a mode of speech different from the English, or which, if ren dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, tenses, &,c., would not make a correct English sentence. 12 INTRODUCTION. In certain constructions the idiom of the English language re(]uires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- ner different from the above. The chief of these conslruc- lions are the following: 4. The Genitive. 1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVL, in translated at; as, Romce, ** At Rome." 2. Denoting price, sometimes for; as, Vendtdit plur is, "He sold it for niore;^^ or without a sign; as, Const it it pluris, "It cost more. 5, The Dative. 1. After a verb of taking away, R. XXIX. ; the dative is translated /rom ; as, Eripuit me morti, " He rescued me from death '^^ Erip^tnr morti, "He is rescued from death:' R. XXXII-III. See ^ 123, Exp. 2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXIII., it is translated by; as, Vix audior ulli , "I am scarcely heard by any one^ 3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla- ted as the genitive ; as, E i in mentem venit, " It came into the mind to Am," i. e., of him, or into his mind. 4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as. Ad- fuit precibuSy He was present at prayers. ^ 112, R. I. 6. The Ablative. 1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another substantive, R. VII., is translated q/*; as, Vir mird mag- nitudtne, "A man of wonderful size:"* 2. The place where, R. XXXVL Exc, commonly at^ sometimes in, 3. After the comparative degree, ^ 120, R. XXIV., than, as, Dulcior melle, " Sweeter than honey.'*'' 4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, ^ 128, Obs. 2, of ; as, F actus ebo re, " Made of ivory:' 5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after opus and usus, signifying need, of; as, Dignus hondr " Worthy of honor:' LATIN IDIOMS. 13 6. Denoting time how lon^, sometimes ew; as, TJno die fecit y " He did it in one day ; " sometimes without a sign ; as, Uno die ahfuit^ "He was absent one day^ 7. Time when, at^ on ; as, Solis occd su^ ^^ At the set' ting of the sun ; " Idlhus Apnlis, " On the ides of April/' 8. After verbs of depriving, § 125, of; as, Eumveste spolidvit, "He stripped him of his garment. ^^ Cases without Signs, 7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb in English, (^ 38, Obs. 4.,) or by an adjective denoting like- ness, the sign of the case is omitted ; as, 1. Gen. Miserere m.ei J Pity ?ne. 2. Dat. PrcBfuit exer citui j He commanded the army 3. " Placuit r eg i , It pleased the king. 4. Abl. Utitur fr aude , He uses deceit, 5. '' Potitus est imp erio J He obtained the goverm/ien/. 6. Dat. Similis patri, Like his father. Obs, But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait /or us. 8. When a verb governs two datives, by E. XIX., the dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without the sign; as, 1. Est mihi voluptdti j It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i. e. It is [or brings] a pleasure to me. 9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as, 1. B el lofinito, The war heing ended. 2. Sex mensi bus abfuit, He was absent six months. 10. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of the ablative, and no other will be used ; thus, 1. JI b exercUu, From the army. 4. Cumdignitdte, With dignity. 2. E X urbe, Out of the city. 5. P r o castris, Before the camp. 3. In agroj Jti the field. 6. T enus pube, C/p /o the middle. 1 1. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom sometimes requires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, her, its, our, your their, (not expressed in Latin unless cou- trasted with others,) to be supplied before a noun, and espe- 9 14 INTRODUCTION. cially if they refer to the suhject of the sentence. The sense will shew when this is to be done and what pronoun 15 to be used; as, 1. Filius similis patrij A son like ^is father. 2. Revcrere parentesj Reverence your parents. 12. Nouns in apposition, [^ 97, R. I.,) must be brought as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, when used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 1. Nom. Cicero Orator, Cicero the orator. 2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator, 4. Abl. Cicerone oratore. With Cicero the orator. 13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with the noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 1. Misit me comit em , He sent me as a companion. 2. Hie puer venit , He came, when [or being'^ a hoy. Adjectives and Substantives, 14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and a substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed first, and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the noun, § 98, R. II. ; as, 1. Nora. Altus monsj A high mountain. 2. Gen. ,dlti montis, Of a high mountain. 3. Dat. ,^lto montij To [for] a high mountain. 4. Abl. jilto monte, With a high mountain. 15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunc- tion belong to one substantive, they may be placed either before or after it ; as, 1. Jupiter optlmus et maximui, Jupiter the best and greatest; or Optimus et maximus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 2. Viri sapientis et docti, Of a man wise and learned j or Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man. 16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive when the former has a negative joined with it, or another word in the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it So also solus; as, 1. Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war.' 2. Filius similis patri, A son like his father. 3. Poeta dignus honore, A poet worthy of honor. 4. Homines soli sapiunt, Men alone are wise. 5. Avis tarn parum decora, A bird so little beautiful 6. Littore non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy LATIN IDIOMS. 15 17. The adjectives primus^ mediuSy ulttmus^ extrhnus^ tnfhnus^ imus, summus^ supreraus^ reltquuSy ceter, or cete- rus, and some others describing a part of an object, are translated as substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, and of before the substantive following, ^ 98, Obs. 9 ; as, 1, Media nocte. In the middle of the night. 2 »dd sum mum montem^ To the top of the mountain. 18. AVhen these adjectives (No. 17,) describe the whole and not a part only, they are translated as No. 11. ; as, Summum honum^ The chief good^i^ Supremus dies. The last day. 19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- stantive understood, but obvious from the connexion, ^ 98, Obs. 5. Masculine adjectives, (if plural,) commonly agree with homines^ or, if possessives, with amid, cives, or milites, understood; and neuters, with factum^ negotiuin, verhurriy tempus, &c. ; as, 1 Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men are rare, 2 CcBsar misit suos {milites,) Cajsar sent his soldiers. 3. Codes transndvit ad suos Codes swam over to his fellow (cives,) citizens. 4. Labor vincit omnia (negotia) Labor overcomes all things. 6. In posterum (tempus,) In time to come, — for the future, 6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that. 20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantive, (but still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regard- ed as substantives. They are such as mortdles, boni, wuli, superi, inferi, GrcBcus, Romdnus, &c. (See § 98, Obs. 5,) ; as, 1. Mali oderunt bonos , The wicked hate the good. 2. G rce cos Romdni vicerunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks, 21. Adjective words when piartitives, or used partitively, take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and govern it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the genitive singular,) § 107, Rule X. In this case verbs and adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun; as, 1. AlXquis phil osophorumSome one of the philosophers has dixit ^ said. 2 Una musdrum venietj One of the m^ises will come ^ 3. Multi nobilium juvenum, Many noble young men. 22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative, or the conjunction quam, (than) is usually translated by the positive with ^oo or rajher prefixed. For explanation see « 120 Obs. 5., as. 16 INTRODUCTION 1. Ira cundior est , (scil. Re is too (or rather) passionate. (Bquo,) 2. Mgrius ferebatj He took it rather ill. 'i, jiltius voldvitj He flew too high. Obs. In a comparison, eo or ta7ito with a comparative in one clause, and quo or quanta in the other, may be rendered " the ;" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) as, 4. Q w plures, e h feliciores^ The more the happier. 23. The superlative decree expressing comparison, is usually preceded by the article the in English, [^ 25,) as, 1. D octisslmt^ Romanorumj The most learned of the Romans. 2 F ortisslmus miles in ex- The bravest soldier in the army. ercituy 24. When the superlative does not express comparison, but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the article a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an arti- cle in the plural ; or by the positive, with veryy eminently, &c., prefixed, (^ 25,) ; as, 1. Homo doctissimus, .A most learned (or a very learned) man. 2. Homines doctisstmi. Most learned (or very learned) men. 25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated as in the following examples : 1. Alius alia vidj One by one way, another by another. 2. jllitui aliis videtur. One thing seems good to some, another to others, i. e. Some think one thing, and some another. (See other varie- ties. § 98. Obs. 11.) The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. See Gr. ^ 98, Obs. 12. 26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or " to each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal thus, "one bv one;" "two by two," &c., ^ 24, 11; as, 1. Consules 'Anas naves habe- The consuls had each two ships, or, bav^ , had two ships each. 2. Qua mg^.ti carri duceren- Where wagons could be led one by cur. one. 3. Zign^. binf , Beams two by two, or in pairs. 4. S? .tgul' s singulas par- He distributed equal parts, one to tes ji,estribuit ceqitdles each. 5. Si'.gul* ^ menslbus hoc fecit , This he did every (or each) month, 6. ^ Iwes^. mg uli uxor eshabent,T hey have each ma/i-y wives N LATIN IDIOMS. 17 PrOTWUTlS, 27. 1st. The adjective pronoun, hic^ hcBC, hoc^ with a noun following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu- lar, "/ Aw," — in the plural, " ^Aei'e." — llle^ illa^ illud, — 2S, ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean " that,'' — in the plural, " those.'' 2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan- tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural they; thus, 1. Hicvirj This man. 4. Hie fecit, JTe'did it. 2. Illafemina, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came. 3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condldit earn, Sh^ built it, (Carthage.) Obs, In sentences containing an enumeration of particu- lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive clauses, but they require to be translated differently, (^ 98, Obs. 12,) ; thus, 7. Hie, \ hie, ) ^' ^^' ( " one " '' the one " ^^' > '' another," " the 9. Ille, { ^^®> ^^® ^^®- ille, ( other." 10. Jlter, ) alter, / When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated "this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, "that," and refers to the more distant ; as, 11. Hie minor natu est, ille major. This is the younger, that the older. 28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qure, quod, in the next clause, means " such," and implies com- parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, that thou, that he, that they, &c., according as the antece- dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the infinitive (^ 31, Obs. 2.); thus, 1. 7s homo erat ut, ^e.. He was such a man that, &c. 2. Neque is sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright- ened. Or better thus, I arn not such a one as to be Iriglit ened. Obs. The adverb eo with ut following it means "so far," ** 10 such a degree " " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as, 8. E pervi^nit ut, " He came so far. (i. e made such progress,) ihut;" 18 INTRODUCTION. Possessive ProricuTis, 29 The possessive pronoun is equivalent in meaning to the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be so tianslated; as, 1. Beneficio suo populique Ro- By the kindness of himself and of 7n(ini, the Roman people. 2. Cuin in e a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the WTitings of vulgo recitdre timentis, me, fearing to recite them pub. licly. 30. The possessives, suus, sua, suiim, m Latin, agrees in gender, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun denoting the possessor ; thus, 1. Pater dillgit suo s lihlros, A father loves his children. 2. Parentes aillgunt suam sobdlem, Parents love their ofl'spring. 3. Frater dillgit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 4. Soror dillgit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. Ohs, In the first sentence, " suos,^^ agrees with " liberos,^^ but must be translated " to," denoting " pater^' the pos- sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with soholem, must be translated " their,''^ so as to denote the pos- sessors, ''''parentes,''^ &c. Usage of Sui, Suus, — Ille, Iste, Hie, Is. 31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally refer to the subject of the .eading verb* in the sentence; ille, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some other person or thing spoken of; thus, 1. C at occidit s e, Cato killed himself. 2. Pater dillgit suo s liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 3. P ar entes dillgunt suam Parents love their (own) off- sobolem, spring. 4. Dicit s e vaUre, He says that he is well. Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, **his," and suam, "their," referring to some other person than pater or parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste, hie, is. In the first and fourth, se would be made eii?n. For the dif- ference between these words usually translated " he," see Ur. ^ 28, Obs. 3. * See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note. LATIN IDIOMS. 19 Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, tne reflexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub- ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or actions, of the first subject; as, 5. Scipio civitatXbus Italics reddi- Scipio restored to the States of dit omnia quce sua recog- Italy, all the things which they noscebantj recognised as their own. Usage of Ipse. 32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em- phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the English, myself, thyself himself themselves, &:c., annexed to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With rmmhers it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as a reflexive instead of sui, ^ 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as, 1. Ipse faciam^ (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 2. Ip s e frueris otio, (i. e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease. 3. Jaculo cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 4. Ccesar ipse venit, Caesar himself came. 5. Tempus ip sum convenit, The very time was agreed on. 6. ^d ip s as portas, To the very gates. 7. Decern ipsi dies, Ten whole days. 8. Precdtus est utipsum liberdret, He begged that he would lib erate him. 9 Donum ipsi datum, A present given to him. 33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of the verb in the nominative or accusative. It is always, how- ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds the force of the word self or simply of emphasis ; thus, 1. Se ipse int erf ecit (or se ipsum,) He slew himself, 1. Noscete ip s e (orte ipsum,) Know thyself. 2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor myself. 3 Agam per me ip s e, I will do it myself. 4 Virtus est per se ip salauda- Virtue is to be praised for it- bllis, self. .5. Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love them- gunt. selves. RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. General Principle, 34 Every sentence containing a relative and its aniece dent ts a compound sentence, of which the reljitive with its 20 INTRODUCTION. clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to descrihe orh'mit its antecedent word in the other part. That word may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be translated together, and in immediate connexion with its antecedent word. Hence the following General Rule of Arrangement, 35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme- diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, aitd, unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come between therr.; thus, Latin Arrangement, 1. Urbi imminet raons, qui ad Arcadiam proairrit. Here ''''qui'''' with its clause, "a^ Arcadiam proairrit ^''^ belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject, "mans.'''' As then the subject with all that belongs to it must be taken before the verb, (Gr. ^ 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,) the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus : Mons qiii procurril ad Arcadiam, immhiet urhi, A rnxnin- tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city. Or, the English order may be inverted, thus . XJrhi immi- net mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs a mountain, which, &c. But not, Mons imminet urbi, qui, &c., because this arrange- ment would place ^^urbi^^ between the antecedent, " 7nom,^^ and the relative, ^^qui,^^ and so lead to a false translation. Che following sentence also affords an example : 2. FroximeurbemEurOtas Jluvius delabitur,ad cu- j u s ripas Spartdni se exercere solebant. Arrange, Proxhne urbem delabitur, &c., Close to the city flows ; or, Eurdtas Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &oc, 36. When another noun necessarily comes between th< relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number, of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an tecedent, to which in English we are directed chieily by thy LATIN IDIOMS. 21 sense. The following sentence affords an example of this kind: Ad Byzantium fu git ^ oppidicm naturd munltum et arte, quod copid ahundat, 37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when the English idiom requires it to he supplied. It is gene- rally understood, and should he supplied in the proper case : 1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is ohvious from the gender and numher of the relative, and the con- nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 1. Sunt (homines) quos juvatj There are men whom it delights. 2. Hie est (id) quodquceHmus, That which we seek is here. " Hie sunt J (ea) quce qucerimus, Those things which we seek are here. 3. (Is) qui cito datj bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives twice. Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in parentheses. 2d. The antecedent is usually understood hefore the rela- tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, (^99, Obs. l,2d.); as, 4. (Par s) qucB pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy. 5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. *^ jlpud Actium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a, place which is, &c cus est J 6fc, Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is repeated, as in the following. No. 6, (^ 99, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it is omitted in translating; as, 6. Erant omnino duo itinera j qui- There were only two ways by bus itineribus domo ex- which they could go from Ire possentj home . Note 2. QuisquiSy quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun' que, qucBcunque, quodainque,) "whoever, whatever," used as a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, and is equivalent to omiiis, or quivis qui, — ovine, or quidvis quod; as, 7. Foriunam qu As many causes as there are men Tot causce qv^ot homines, ) LA.TIN IDIOMS. 25 48. The relatives, quot, quoties, quantus, qualis^ used in- terrogatively, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison, have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed or understood, and are translated respectively, "how many," *• how often," "how great," or "how much," "what," or "of what kind;" as, 1 Inter, Quoi annos habetf How many years has he? i. e. how old is he ? 2 Indef. Nescio quot , I know not how many. 3 ExcL Cum quanta grai;i- With /ioif? ttiwc/i gravity. tate ! 4. Indef. Doce quales sint, Tell us of what kind they are. ^ THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. General Principle. 49. Every finite verb (^ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex- pressed or understood, in the nominative case. Obs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a ve?'b in the iiifinitive mood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (^ 101, Exp.) General Rule of Arrangement. 60. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, and translated before the verb. 1. Can is latrat, The dog harks. 2 E go Scribo, /write. ? Lude r e est jucundum, To play is pleasant. 4 Dulce est pr p atria mori, To die for one^s country is sweet. 5. T otu s Gr ce c drum ex er - The whole army of the Greeks had cltus Aulide convenerat, assembled at Aulis. b. Vir sapit qui p auc a to- The man who speaks little is wise. qultur, 51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either ttlone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con- nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi- nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper sub- ject; as, 3 26 INTRODUCTION. I. Facile est juUre J // is easy to command. 2 Mmtidtum est classem devinci, It was announced that the fleet was conquered. 3. Semper accidit ut absis, It always happens that you are absent. 4. Qui fit ut metuas. How happens it that you fear. 5. Nunquam Romdnis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro- impei atorem a suis mans, that a commander should militlbus inte rfi c i. be killed by his own soldiers. 52. The verb must always be translated in its proper tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- tive. (See paradigms of the verb, ^^ 54-70.) But when it has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu- als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural; as, 1, Et pater et mater v enerunt , Both his father and mother have come. 2. Turba quoquoversum ruunty The crowd rush in every direc- tion. 53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per- son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express- ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as, 1. Scriboj I write. 3. Scribimus, We write 2. Legisj Thou readest. 4. LegUis, You read. 54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the pronoun ille^ or is, in the 7W7ninative case, and in the gender and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be supplied; as, 1. {Ille) scribitj (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write. 55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and English ; thus, 1. C (B s ar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered 2. Dicitur C ce sdrem venisse, It is said that Ccesar came, saw vidisse, et vicisse, and conquered. \ Interrogative Sentences. 66. A question is made in Latin in four different ways, 2«s follows : LATIN IDIOMS. 27 1st. By an interrogative pronoun; as, Quis veniti " Who comes?" Quem. misitl " Whom did he send?*' CuJ2is pecus hoc? " TF/io^e flock is this ? " &c. 2d. By an interrogative adverb; as, TJnde venii? •* Whe7ice came he ? " Cur venit ? " Why did he come ? " 3d. By the interrogative particles, 7ium, an, and the en- clitic, 7ie. Thus used these particles have no corresponding English word in the translation ; they merely indicate a question; as, Nu7n venit, or an venit, or venitne? "Has he come? " Num videtur? "Does it seem? " 4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end of the question; as, Vis me hocfacere'i " Do you wish me to do this?" 57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, fs translated hefore the. verb ; as, 1. Quis fecit ? Who did it ? or who has done it I 2. Quem misit ? Whom did he send ? 3. Quant constitit .? How much did it cost ? 4. Qua lis fuit ? What sort of a man was he ? This is true also of the indirect question, i. e., when the substance of a question is stated but not in the interroga- tive form; as, 5. Nescio quant o constiteritj I know not hov) much it cost. <5. Docuit quam firma res esset He shewed them how firm a thing Concordia, agreement was. Note, When the verb in the direct or indirect question comes under <5> 103, R. V., the predicate, or nominative after the verb, is translated first, and the subject or nominative, in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in the indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qtialis is the predicate, and ille understood, the subject; in Ex. 6, res is the predicate, and concordia the subject. 58. In all forms of interrogation not made by an inter- logative pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is translated after the verb in English, in the simple forms, and after the first auxiliary in the compound forms ; as, 1. Videsne ? Seest thou ? or dost thou see ? 2. Jin venisti 1 Hast thou come ? or have you come* 3. Scribetne ? Will he write ? 4. Num ibimus ? Shall we go ? 5. Nonne fecit ? Has he not done (it?) 28 IINITRODUCTION. 6 An egisset melius ? Would he have done better ? 7 Nonne aUmus ? Shall i/^e support? 8. iSiotaie Dei est? Does it not belong to God? 9. Iste est /rater ? Is that your brother? 59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced by wee or neque^ not followed b}^ a corresponding conjunction, (See No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated by an auxiliary, and the English nominative will stand aftei (he first auxiliary ; as, 1. Neque hoc intelligOf Neither do I understand this. 2. Nee venissetj Neither would he have come. 3. Nee adepttts sum, Nor have /attained. The object of the verb, 60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the accusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as possible. That object may be a 7unm, a pronoicn, an iiTfini' tive mood, or a clause of a sentence, (^ 116, Exp.); as, 1 . Romulus condidit urb em , Romulus built a city 2. Vocdvit earn Romam, He called it Rome. 3. Disce die ere vera, hearn to speak the truth. 4. Obtulit ut c apt ivos re- He offered that they should redeem dimerent , the captives. 61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans- lated before the verb that governs it ; as, 1. Quern mittemus 1 Whom shall we send ? 2. Cui dcdisti ? To who7)i did ye give it ? 3. Dens quern colimus, God whom we worship. 4. C ui omnia debemus. To whom we owe all things. 62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme- diate object in the accusative, according to the natural order, IS usually translated first, and after that the remote object in the genitive, ^ 122 ; dative, ^ 123 ; accusative, ^ 124 ; or ablative, § 125; as, 1 . Arguit m e furtx, He accuses me of theft. 2. Comparo Vir g ilium Homero, I compare Virgil to Homer. 3. Poscimus te p a c em , We beg peace of *thee. 4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold. Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking, is translated by of, ox from', as, 5 Pyrrhum auxilium poposc€ru7it i They demanded aid o/ (or from) Pyrrhus. LATIN IDIOBIS. 29 63. But when the remote object is a relative^ or when th** immediate object is an infinitive^ or a clause of a sentence, or a noun further described by other words, the remote object must be translated first ; as 1. Cui librum dedimusj To whom we gave the book. 2. Da mihi fallere, Give jne to deceive. " Dixit e i conjiteor meum pec- He said to him, I confess my fault. cdtum, 3. Eum rogaverunt, ut ipsos defen- They entreated him, that he would deret, defend them. 4. Docuit ill OS quamfirma efset, He shewed them how firm it was. 5. Civitdtem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with arms, the city armis ornat, already excited. 64. When a verb, which in the active voice governs two cases, is used in the passive form, that which was the im mediate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the nominative, and the remote object in its own case immedi- ately follows the verb. Thus, the examples No. 62, mav be arranged and translated as follows, ^ 126. 1. jirguor furti, Jam accused of theflt. 2. Vir gilius compardtur Ho- Virgil is compared to Homer. mero, 3. P ax poscitur te, Peace is begged of thee. 4. Naves onerantur aura, The ships are loading with gold. So also the participles 5. Accusdtus furti , Accused of theft. 6. Compardtus Homer o , Compared to Homer , 7. Onerdta aur o j Loaded with gold, 8. Nvddta ho7ninibus. Stripped of men. 9 Ereptus mor ti, Ssived from death. Impersonal Verbs, 65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it m Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it in English ; as, (§ 85, 2.) 1. Decet, It becomes. 4. Pugndtur, It is fought. 2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone. 3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Curritur, It is run. 66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative in Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making the word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the Engflish verb, taking care always to express the same idea (§ 85, 6, and ^ 113); thus 30 IfTTRODUCTION. 1. Placet mihi J 2. Licet t ibi , 3. Decet eum , 4. Pudet n s , 5. Tcedet v o s , 6. Favetur, il lis f 7. Nocetur ho sti ^ 8. Mislret me tuiy 9. Pcenltet eo s y (0 Pcznitet me pec- cdsse. Impersonally. Personally, It pleases me ; I am pleased. It is permitted to you; You are permitted. It becomes him ; He ought. It shames us ; We are ashamed. It wearies you ; You are wearied. Favor is done to ^Aem; They are favored. Hurt is done to the The enemy is hurt enemy; It moves me to pity of you ; It repents them. ; It repents me^ i. e.^ I pity you. They repent. I repent of sinned. having Personally, I fight. Thou runnest. We favor. We favor you; OTy you are favored by us. 67. When the doer of an action denoted by an imper- eonal verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is ex- pressed by the ablative with a^ (^ 85, 6,) the verb may be translated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the ablative, be made its English subject or nominative ; as, Impersonally, 1. Pugndtur a me , It is fought by me ; 2. Curritur ate, It is run by thee ; 3. Favetur a nobis It is favored by us ; 4. Favetur tibi a no- It is favored to you bis , by tts ; Note, The doer in the ablative with a, is frequently un- derstood, (especially when no definite person or thing is in- tended,) and must be supplied as the context requires; as, 5. Ubi perventum est (ab Ulisy) When it was come by them, i. e. when they came. 6. Descendttur (ab hominlbus,) Men (or people,) go down 7. Conveniebdtur(abhominibusj) People assembled. 68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally, when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (^ 113, Obs. 1,) ; as. Impersonally, 1. Potest credi It can be trusted to you ; tibi, 2. Non potest no- It cannot be hurt to the ceri hostij enemy ; 3. Ut fieri solet, As it is wont to be done j or, As is usual. 69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used person ally, and nave their subject in the nominative, {^ 113, Obs \); as. Personally. You can be trusted : 66. 2. The enemy canjioi be hurt ; 66. 7. LATIN IDIOMS. 31 1. Doleo, I grieve, (Impersonally Bolet mihi,) It grieves me, 2 Candida pax homines decet, Candid peace becomes men. 3. Jsta g e s t a mi n a nostras hU' These arms become my shoal- meros de c entj ders. Usage of Videor, " I seem.^' 70. Videor, "I seem," though never impersonal in Latin, is often rendered impersonally in English ; and the dative following it, seems properly to come under Rule XXXIIl, t 126, to denote the person to whom any thing seems or appears, i. e., by whom it is seen; thus, Videor tili esse pauper I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor. Video? riihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen by myself,) to be poor; or, I think that I am poor. So the following : I seem to be free ; or, It seems that I am free. I seem to myself to be free ; or, It seejns to me, (or, I think) that I am free. You seem to be; or, It seems that you are. You seem to yourself to be; or, It seems to you, (i. e., you think) that you are. You seem to me to be; or, It seems to me, (i. e.. I think) that you are. You, as you seem, (or, as it seems) do not write. 1. Videor esse liber, 2. Videor mihi esse liber, 3. Videris esse, 4. Videris tibi esse, 5. Videris mihi esse, b Tw, ut videris, non scribis, Obs, The third person singular of videor followed by an infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend- ent clause after ut, or quod, may be said to be used imper- sonally; though strictly speaking, that infinitive with its accusative, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. 51,); as, 7. Videtur mihi te valere, It appears to me that you are well; strictly rendered, That you are well appears to (or, is seen by) me. It appears to him, (or, he thinks) that he, (another person) is well. It appears to him, (or, he thinks) that he, (himself) is well He seems to himself to be well ?. Illi videtur ut valeat, 9 Videtur sibi valere, 32 INTRODUCTION. Verbs. — IndicaHve Mood, 71. Verbs in the indicative mood are translated as in the pa)adigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however, to notice when the sense requires the siviple^ or emphatic^ or progi'essive form. 72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself or in its consequences, it is used definitely, and must be rendered by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath ; as, 1. Kegem vidi hodie, I have seen the king to day. 73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or event, without reference to the present, it is used indefi- nitfjy, (Gr. § 44, III.) and cannot be rendered by have, hast, has, or hath', as, 1. Megem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately. Subjunctive Mood, The subjunctive mood is used in twq different ways, viz : subjunctively and poteMially, (Gr. § 42, II. and §§ 139-141.) Subjunctive used subjunctively, 74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most part translated as the indicative, w^hen it expresses what is actual and certain though not directly asserted as such. This it does, 1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction, or indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of stating the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting it ) as something supposed, taken for granted, or connected with the direct assertion, as a cause, condition, or modifying circumstance, {^ 140, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Eacumita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will depart. 2. Si mad eat, If it is U'e/. 3. Quum CcBsar redlret, When Caesar returned — was re- turning. 4. Ita perterrUus est ut mori- He was so frightened that he died, retur, 5. Gratulor tibi quod redi^ris, I am glad that you have returned LATIN IDIOMS. 33 6. Siimperitaverint, If they have commanded 7. Si religutssemj iniqui If I had left him, &c. dicer ent, 8. Quum CcBsar profectus When Caesar had departed, e s s et, Ohs. In the first of the above examples the direct asser- tion, is discedam, " I will depart." The dependent clause, ea cum ita si?it, "since these things are so," expresses the existence of certain things referred to without . directly as- serting it, but taking it for granted as a thing admitted or supposed, but still affecting in some way the event directly asserted. This holds good of all the other examples above. The dependent clause connected by ut, or ubi, "when ; " dum, " whilst ; " priusqicam^ " before ; " postquam, " after ; " and other conjunctions, (§ 140, Obs. 2 and 3,); and also by quum or cum, "when, " (Obs. 4,) sometimes take the indica- tive mood. 2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above, after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a depend- ent clause, or in what is called the indirect question, i. e., an expression containing the substance of a question with- out the form. All interrogative words may be used in this way, (See § 140,5,); thus, 9. Nescio quis sit — 'quid I know not who he is — what u do- fiat , ing, 10. Doce me ubi sint dii. Tell me where the gods are. 11. Nescio ut er s c rib e r et, I know not which of the two wrote, 12. Nescio quid s c rip turn I know not what was written, e s s et, 13 Scio cuij (a quo) scrip- I know to whom (by whom) it was tum e s s et, written. 14. An scis quis hoc fe cerit^ Do you know who has done this ? 15. An scis a quo hoc /a c- Do you know by whom this has tum fu e r it ? been done ? 16. Nemo sciebat quis hcec fe- None knew who had done these c i s s et , things. 17. Percunctatus quid vellet , Having enquired what he wished Note, The direct question requires the indicative ; as, Quis fecit? " Who did it.? " The indirect requires the sub- j unctive : as, Nescio quis fecerit, "I know not who did it." 75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually trans- lated as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefi- nite general expression, (^ 141, R. I.) a negation, or a ques- $1 INTRODUCT.ON lion implying a negation, and also after the relative in ob- lique narration, (§ 141, R. VI.) ; as, 1. Est qui die at , There is one who says. 2. Nullus est qui ne g et , There is no one who denies. 3. Quis est qui hoc facia t ? V/ho is there that does this I 4. Antonius inquit, artem esse Antonius says that art belongs to edrum rerum quce s cian- those things which are known, tur , The Subjunctive used Potentially, 76. The subjunctive mood is used potentially; 1st, in mterrogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as actual and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr. ^ 42, II. 2, and Obs. 3.) Thus used it is much less definite with respect to time, and is translated with some variety ; as follows: 1. Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should, 2. Imperfect, by might, could, would, or should. 3. Perfect, by may have, can have, must have, ^c. 4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should havCy and denoting futurity, should. The most usual renderings of each tense, are the follow- ing: 77. Present, The present subjunctive used potentially, expresses present liberty, power, will, or obligation, usually expressed by the English auxiliaries, 7nay, can, shall, will, could, would, should, (§ 45, 1.) 1. Licet eas. Yon may go. 2. Jin sic int ellig at ? Can he so understand, it ? 3. Men* mo v eat cimex Panti- Shall (or should) the insect Panti lius ? lius discompose me ? 4. Quis istos fer at ? Who cotild bear those men ? 5. Si hie sis, aliter s entias , If you were here you would think otherwise. Imperatively. 6. Sic eat, Thus let her (or him) go, 7. Edmus, Let us go. 8. Pugnttur, {Impersonally ,) Let it be fought. 9. Diifaciant, May the gods grant. 78. Imperfect . The imperfect subjunctive used poten- tially, is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past lib- erty, power, will, or duty, but still in its use expresses time very indefinitely. It is usually rendered by the English LATIN IDIOMS. 35 Auxiliaries, mighty 'could, loould, should, sometimes had^ icould have, should ham; as, 1 . Leg^bat utdisceret. He read that he might learn, 2.. Quid facer-e m ? What could i do ? 3. Iret sijubereSf He would go if you should order it 4. Cur V eni r et , Why should he come. 6. Eogaverunt ut v enlr et , They entreated that he would come. 6. Si quis die er et j nunquam If any one had said it, I would nol putdrem, have thought it. Note, After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like, quo ?mnus with the subjunctive, may be rendered hy from and the present participle, {^ 45, II. 3,); thus, 7. Impedivit quo minus iret, He hindered him /row going. Obs. An action or state which would, or would not exist, or have existed, in a case supposed, but the contrary of which is implied, is expressed in Latin by the imperfect or pluper- fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction, (U39,2,); as, f^. S c r i b er em , si necesse es- I would write, if it were necessary. set, 9 S c rip sissem , si necesse 1 would have written y had it been fuisset, necessary. 79. Fei'fect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer- tainty. Thus used it is commonly rendered by the auxilia- ries may have, can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a present and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety of meaning, according to its connection, (§ 45, III.); as, 1. Fortasse errav^rim, Perhaps I may have erred. 2. Etsi non s c rip s er it , Though he cannot have written 3. Ut sic dix e rim , That I may so speak. 4. Citius cr edide r im , I would sooner believe. 5. Facile dixerim, I could easily tell. 6. Quasi affuerim, As if I had been present, 80. Pluperfect, The pluperfect (^ 45, IV.) is usually ren- dered by the auxiliaries, might have, could have, would have, should have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an action is related as having been future at a certain past time, it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive, and translated shrndd ; as, I. Qiiodcunque j us sis s et me I said that I would do whatsoever faci^brum dixi, he should order. 36 INTRODUCTION. 2 Promiaisti te scripturmn, si You promised that you would r og avi s s 6771 , write , if I should desire it. 3 .Dum convaluisset, Until he should get well. 81. The pluperfect subjunctive active, with quum, in i^erbs not deponent, is used instead of a past participle active, (^ 49, 8,) and may be rendered by the compound per- fect participle in English; as, 1. CcRsar^quumhcBc dixis s et j Caesar having said these things; (literally, Caesar, vs^hen he had said these things.) 82. When the subjunctive has a relative for its subject, and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison, they may be rendered as in No. 40, or the sense will be expressed if we render the relative by as, and the subjunc- tive by the infinitive ; thus, 1. Quis tarn esset amens qui sem- Who v^ould be so foolish as to live pcrviverety always. 2. Neque tu is es qui nescias ^ You are not such a one as not to know. 83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjec- tives as dignus, indignus, idoneus, (^ 141, Obs. 2.) and the like ; or when they express the end or design of something expressed in the antecedent clause, their meaning will be expressed as in No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or prece- ded by the phrase ** in order to ;" thus, 1. Dignum qui secundus ah Ro- Worthy to he ranked next after imlo numeretur, Romulus. 2. Legdtos miserunt qui eum a c- They sent legates to accuse (or, in cus dr ent J order to accuse) him. 3. Virgas its dedit quihus He gave them rods to drive ^ (in a g e r ent J order to drive ; or, so that with these they might drive,) 84. The subjunctive with, or without ut, after verbs sig- nifying to hid, forbid, tell, allow, hinder, command, and the like, (I 140, 1, 3d, and Obs. 5,) may be rendered by the English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb in the objective case; as, 1. Precor venias, I pray that you may come j i. e.^ I pray you to come. 2 Die V eniat J Tell her to come. 3. Sine eat, Fermit him to go. ^. Non paticris ut eant , You will not suffer them to go, 6. Non pater is ut vescdmur. You do not suffer us to eat. LATIN IDIOMS. * 37 86'. When several verbs m the same mood and tense, have the same nominative, and are connected in the same construction, the auxiliary and " ?o," the sign of the infini- tive, in the translation is used with the first only, and under- stood to the rest ; as, 1. Kt vidisset et audivissetj He misjht have both seen and heard. 2. Et visus et aridities essety He might have been both seen and heard. 3. Cuplmus et videre et audire. We wish both to see and hear. The Infimtive Mood, 4 86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be considered as a verbal noun, (§ 144,) and translated as in the paradigm of the verb ; as, 1. Volo s crib er e , I wish to write. 2. DicUur didiciss e j He is said to have learned. 3. DicUur iturus esse. He is said to be about to go. 4. DicUur iturus fu is s e ^ He is said to have been about to go. 87. When the verbs possum, volo, tvoIo, malo, in the indi- cative or subjunctive, are translated by the English auxilia- ries, ca7i, will, will not, will rather, and sometimes, in the past tense, by amid, would, &;c., the infinitive following is translated without to before it ; as, 1. Potest fieri J IX c^nbe done. 2. Volo ire, I will go. 3. Nolo fa cere, I will not do it. 4. Malo facere, I will rather do it. 5. Ut se volucrem fa clr e vellet, That he would make her a bird 6. Nihil jam defendi potuit, Nothing could now be defended, 7. Hoc facere non potuit, He could not do this. 8. Nollte tirmre, Do not fear. 88. The present is generally translated as the perfect without "to," after the imperfect, perfect and pluperfect tenses of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated caidd, would, would not, would rather; and with " to" after the same tenses of deheo, and oportet, translated might; as, 1. Melius fieri non potuit j It could not have been done better. 2. Volui die ere , I would have said. 3. Sumere arma noluit, He would not have taken arms 4. Maluit auger e , He w^ould rather have encreased. 5. Quampotuisset edSre, Than he could have caused. 6. Debuisti mihi ignosc ere , You ought to have pardoned me. 7. Dividi oportuit f It ought to have been divided 4 38 INTRODUCTION. Note, A strictly literal translation of most of the above sentences would not express the precise idea intended ; thus, in the third sentence, " He would not have taken arms," and "He was not willing to take arms," manifestly do not mean the same thing. 89. After verbs denoting to 566, hear ^ feel, and the like, the present infinitive is often translated by the English pre* sent participle ; as, 1. Avdivi eum di c e r e , I heard him saying. 2. Sur g er e videt lunam, He sees the moon rising. 3. Terram tremere sensit, He felt the earth trembling. Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a clause, is the subject of another verb ; as, 4. Mo rdri periculosum est, Delaying is dangerous. 5. Mordri periculosum (esse) They think that delaying i? dan- arbitrantur, gerous. The Infinitive with a subject, 90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative, though but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same form in English ; as, 1. Cupio t e venir e y I wish you to come. 9 Quo s discorddre nov^- Whom he had known to differ rat, 3. Hoc optimum esse judicdvit, He decided this to be the best. 4. Eum V c dr i jussit, He ordered him to be called. 91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always may be, translated by the English indicative or potential, according to the sense intended. When so rendered, its subject must always be translated in the nominative; and this, ]f not a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction that, (^ 145,) ; as, 1. Cupio te V enir e , I wish that you would come. 2. Dicit me s crib e r e. He says that I write. 3. Eos ivis s e putdbat. He thought that they had gone. 4. Quem nunquamrisisseferunt, Who they sb. j never laughed. 5. Rogdvitquid faciendum He asked what he thought {esse) putdret, ought to be done. 92. Both the Latin and the English infinitive, by their tenses, represent an act, &c., as present, past or future, at the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is translated by the other; that is, the Latin infinitive by the English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one LATIN IDIOMS. 39 will be correctly translated by the same tense in the other, (except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the governrng" verb; as, 1. Pres. Dicitur, ^ Pres. Past. Future. 2. Past, Dicebdtur, > habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse. 3. Fut. Dicetuvj } 1. Pres. He is said ^ 2 Past, He was said > to have; to have had; to be about to have. 3 Fut. He will be said ) 93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is translated by the English indicative or potential, the tense used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex- press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be expressed in English by the same tense; an event repre- sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infini tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent- ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ; thus : 1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire , They say that he is coming^ or comes. 2. Past, Dixerunt eum venlr e , They said that he came. 3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They sa.y that he came. 4. Past, Dixrzrunt eum venisse , They said that he had come. 5 Past, CcBperunt suspicdri illam They began to suspect that she venire, came. Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, Pres. Perf. Future. 6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, vent fi rum esse. They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 94. L Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- pressed as follows : ]st. Present time is expressed by the present tense, and generally by the perfect defiiiite. 2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, ;perf. indcfi- nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the present infinitive after a past tense, — the present tense used iu express a past eoeut, § 44, I, 3, — and bv thep7'e- 40 INTRODUCTION. sent participle^ agreeing with the subject of the govern- kig verb in any of these tenses, ^ 49, 5. 3d. Future time is expressed by the future^ and future perfect, 2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the same manner as the infmitive active in^ the following ex- amples in Nos. 95 to 100. 3. After verbs denoting to promise^ request^ advise^ com* mand^ and the like, implying a reference to something fu- ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans- lated as the future, by should^ or ivould^ (See No. 100, 1,2, 3. 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci, He ordered that they should be led through the camp. 4. The Latin words for " he said,'''' " saying,''^ or the like, introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the time expressed by the word to be supplied. From these principles are deduced the following direc- tions for translating the infinitive with a subject. Present Lifinitive after Present or Future time. 95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present, the perfect used definitely, ox future teiise, the present infin- itive is translated as the present ; as. Active Voice. 1. Dico mm I auddr e j I say that he praises. 2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I have said that he praises 3 Dicam eum lauddre , I will say that he praises. Passive Voice. 4. J)ico eum lauddriy I say that he is praised. 5. Dixi eum lauddriy 1 have said that he is praised, 6. Dicam eum lauddriy I will say that he is praised Present Infinitive after Past time. 96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the tm perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present iiv- fi,nitive after a past toi^e, the present infinitive is translateri as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, LATIN IDIOMS. 41 Present Infinitive Active, I. Dicebam mm I auddr e ^ I said that he praised, E. Dixi eum I auddi e j I said that he praised. 3. Dixeram eum I auddr e y 1 had said that he praised. I. Ccepi dicer e eum I auddr e , I began to say that he vraued. Present Infinitive Passive, 5. Dicebam eum I auddr i y I said that he was praised. 6. Dixi eum I auddr i j I said that he was praised. 7. Dixeram eum I auddr i , I had said that he was praised. 8. Co^pi dicer e eum I auddr i y I began to say that he was praised, Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which is always true, it must be translated mX\iQ present , after any tense, ^ 44, I. 1 ; as 9. Doctus erat deum gub er- He^had been taught that God goV' ndr e mundumj ems the world. Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla- ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as, 10. Jubet ^ He orders ^ II. Jussit >te ire, He ordered > thsit you should go, 12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future time. 97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre- sent, perfect defiiiite, ot future tense, the perfect infimtive is translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, Active Voice, 1. Dico eum I audavisse , I say thsit he praised. 2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I have said that he praised, 3. Dicam eum laudaviss e , I will say that he praised Passive Voice, 4. Dico eum I auddtum esse, I say that he was praised. 5. Dixi eum. I auddtum esse, I have said that he was praised 6. Dicam eum I auddtum esse , I will say that he was praised. 7. Dico eum I auddtum fu- I say that he has been praised is s e , 8. Dixi eum I auddtum fu- I have said that he haa been praised iss e , 9. Dicam eum I auddtum fu - I will say that he has been praised, is se. 42 INTRODUCTION. Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 98. Df-RECT. IV. When the preceding verb is in the int" perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present iw finitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated as the pluperfect ; as, Active Voice, 1 . Dicebam eum laud avis se , I said that he had praised, 2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised, 3. Dixerain eum I audavis s e , I had said that he had praised. 4. Ccepi dicer e eum I auda- I began to say that he had praised. vis s e^ Passive Voice, 5. Dicebam eum lauddtum I said that he had been praised, esse, 6. Dixi eum lauddtum esse , I said that he had been praised. 7. Dixeram eum laud at wm I had said that he had been praised, p.sse , 8. C(Bpi dicere eu7n lauddtum I began to say that he had been esse, praised. 9. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised, fuis s e, 10. Dixi eum lauddtum fu - I said that he had been praised, is se , 11. Dixeram eum lauddtum I had said that he had been praised. fuiss e , 12. Ccepi dicere eum lauddtum I began to say that he had been fuisse, praised. Future Infiiiitive after the Present Tense, 99. V. "When the preceding verb is in the preserit, or perfect defiiiite, or future teiise, the future infinitive with esse, is translated as the future indicative; and with /M255e,by ?/?owZd have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a future sense; and /ore, iox futUrum esse, is translated by will he. Active Voice, 1. Dico eum I audaturum I say that he will praise, esse, 2. Dixi eum laudaturum I have said that he ivill praise, esse, 3. Dicam eum laudaturzim I will say that he will praise, esse, 4 Dico eum laudaturum fu- I say that he would have praised i s s e , 5 Dixi euml audatHrum fu- I have said thvct he would have i s s e , praised. ^. Dicam eum I audaturum I will say that he would hav$ fu isse , praised. LATIN IDIOMS, 43 Passive Voice. 7 Dico eum I auddtum iri, 1 say that he will be praived 8. Dixieum lauddtum iri, I have said that he will be praised. 9. Dicam eum I auddtum iri, I will say that he will be praised. Future Infinitive after Past Tenses. ]00. Direct. VL When the precedmg verb is of the im- Iperfect, perfect indefinite^ or pluperfect, the future of the infinitive with esse, is rendered by ivould or should', and vi\i\\. fuisse, hj would have, and should have; and jfore for futUrum 6556, after any past tense, by would he; as. Active Voice. 1. DicSbam eum I audaturum I said that he would praise. esse, 2. Dixi eum I audaturum, Sfc. I said that he would praise. 3. Dixeram eum I audaturum I had said that he would praise. 4. DicSbam eum I audaturuml said that he would have praised. fuiss e , 5. Dixi eum I audaturum, SfC. I said that he would have praised. 6. DixSram eum I audaturuml had said that he would have fuisse, praised. Passive Voice. 7. JHcebam eum I auddtum I said that he would be praised. iri, 8. Dixi eum lauddtum iri , I said that he would be praised. 9. Dixiram eum I auddtum I had said that he would be praised. iri, 10. DicSbam (dixi) eum forel said that he would be safe. tutum, Usage q/* Fore. Ohs. Fore is used for futurum esse, and, with a subject after present tenses means " will ie," after past tenses " would ^e." Both of them when followed by a subjunctive with ut (^ 145, Obs. 6,) after a present tense, may be trans- lated by the future indicative of that verb; and after a past tense, by the imperfect potential ; as, 11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 12. Credebain, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he deram) eum fore tutum, would he sale. 13. Credo fore (or futurur,i esse) I believe that you will learn. ut disc as, 14 Credebam or credidi (credide. I believed, (had believed) that you ram) fore (ovfutitrum es- would learn te) ut disc^res. 44 iWTllODUCTION. Participles. 101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns as in the paradigms of the verb; thus, I Present active, Homo c arens fraude, A man wanting guile. 2. Future active, Homo scripturus^ A man about to write. 3. Peilect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well sjoen^. 4. , CcBsar c oa ctusj Caesar being (or hav- ing been) compelled 5 (Deponent,) Ccesar r e gr es sus , Cscsar havirig returned 6. Future passive, Mala vitanda, Evils to be avoided, i. e., which ought to be avoided. Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective. ^ 49, 3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive ; as, 7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger, fa ct am J 8. Inferventibus arenis Standing on the burning sands. insist ens ^ Future Participle Active, 102. When the Future participle active is used to ex- press a piirpose, end, or design of another action, (§ 146, Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," instead of " about to ;" as, 1. Per git consul turns era- He goes to consult (or, in order to culaj consult) the oracle. Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in this sense; as, 2. Venerunt postulantes ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask bum, food. Perfect Participle Passive, 103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso- lute, (^ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his friends," rendered into Latin, will be, CcEsar ainlcis ronsultis, literally, " Caesar, his friends being consulted,'''* Hence, 104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading LATIN IDIOMS. 45 verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac- cordance with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the active voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the verb, and followed bv its noun in the objective case, (^ 49, 8, and ^ 146, Obs. 8^) ; thus, 1. CcBsar, his di cti s , profectus est, translated in the Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 2. Opereperacto, ludSmus, Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. English idiom. Having finished our work, we will play. 3. Pythiam ad se v o c at um pecunia instruxit^ Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with money. 105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is best translated literally ; as, 1. Na ctu s naviculum, Having found a boat. 2. C hor t at us exercitum. Having exhorted the army. 106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English present participle in ing, (^ 49, 5, Note,) ; as, 1. Rex hoc f acinus miratus The king, admiring this act, dis- juvenem dimisit, missed the youth. 2. Columba delap s a refert sa- The dove falling brings back the sittam, arrow. The Future Participle Passive. 107. After verbs signifying ^o give, to deliver, to agree or bargain for, to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, the participle in dus generally denotes design or p^irpose, and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the phrase " in order to," prefixed, (^ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as, 1. Testamentum tibi tradit Z e - He delivers his will to you to (or g endum , in order to) be read. 2. Attribuit nos trucidandos He has given us over to Cethegus Cethego, (in order) to be slain. 108. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro* priety, necessity^ or obligation, and is rendered variously* as 46 INTRODUCTION. the tense of the accompanying verb and t'he connection re- quire, (§ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples: I Legdtus mittendus estj An ambassador must (or should) be sent. 2. Legdtus mitt endus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. fuit 3. Legatus mitt endus erit, An iim.hB.sssidoT will have to be sent 4. Legdtum mitt endum esse. That an ambassador sA^ow/d 6e senf. 5 . mittendumfu- ought to or i s s e , should have been sent. 6. Dis simul anda loquitur. He speaks things that ought to be concealed. 7. Dis simul anda loquebd- He spake things which ought to tur, have been concealed. 8 . QucB dissimul anda Which will have to be concealed. er unt , 9. Die, quid statue ndum Say, what is ^o be (oi must be) sit f thought. Ablative Absolute, 109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with- out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para- digm of the verb ; as, 1. RomUlo r e gnant e J Romulus reigning. 2. Hac oratione habit a This oration being delivered. 3. CcBsdre V entur . Caesar (being) about to come, 4. PrcBceptis tr adendis , Rules being to be delivered. ^. Bello ortOj War having arisen. Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in the case absolute. 110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative without a participle, (§ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in the nominative without a sign, and the English participle '* being,'''' inserted between them; as, 1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man being leader. 2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 4. Annibdli vivo, Hannibal being alive. 5 Se invito, He being unwilling. Gerunds and Gerundives. 1 1 1. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in LATIN IDIOMS. 47 the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at the same time may govern the case of its own verb, ^ 147 ; as, 1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking peace. 2. G Petendi pacem^ Of seeking peace. 3. D. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books. 4. Ac. O bliviscendu?)! in juridrum,F or getting iniuries. 5. Abl. Parendo magistratui^ By obeying the magistrate. 6. Ahl. Pet end pace??i J With, from, in, 6y seeking peace. 112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing with its object in gender, number and case; the case being governed by the same word that would have governed the gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive, (^ 147, R. LXII.) Gerunds. Gei-undives, 1. Ars lihrum I eg endi j 5. jlrs libri legendi, The an of reading a book. 2. Utile vulnera cur and o , 6. Utile vulneribus curandiSf Useful /or healing wounds, *?. jld literas s cr ib endum ,1. Ad lit ^ r a s s c rib endas f For writing a letter, 4. De captlvos commut an - 8. De c aptlvi s commut an do , dis , * Respecting exchanging captives. 113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb e^?, gov- erning the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb requires, (^ 147,) ; as, Latin Idiom. English Idiom, 1. Legendum est mihi, I must read, I ougi-ht to read; Reading is to me; i. e., I should read. 2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. I had to read; I ought to have Reading was to me; read; I should have read. 5. Legendum fuer at mihi, I had been obliged to read. Reading had been to me; 4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It will be Reading will be to me; necessary for me to read. 6. Dicit legendum esse mihi. He says that I must read — He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read. 6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read — He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have read. Ohs, The dative is frequently omitted, and generally v/hen it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite 48 INTRODUCTION. sense. In such cases, hoviini^ homimhus^ nolis, or the like, must be supplied ; as, 7. Vivendum est recte (scil homirii- Living honestly is, viz : to men j bus,) i. e., men ought to live hon- estly. 8. Dicit vivendum esse recte, (scil. He says that living honestly is. homini,) viz: to a man; i. e., a man ought to live honestly. Supines. 114. The Supines are rendered without variation, as iti the paradigm, and under the rules, (^ 148,) ; as, 1. jibiit de ambuldtum J He has gone to walk. 2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told'. Passive Voice. 115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub- ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in the active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the passive form of the verb in English. In the compound tenses, (<^ 53, 3,) when two or more verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood t:^ the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina- tive is changed, the verb "to be" should be repeated as in Ex. 2. 1 . Nisus a Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus was conquered and killed est, by Minos. 2. Tres naves captce, decern de- Three ships were taken, ten sunk; mersce, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy wer€ capta, tredecimmillia occlsa taken, thirteen thousand killed. tunt. Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus used, it is best translated by the active voice followed by the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive LATIN IDIOMS. 49 verb expressing the idea intended, (§ 41, Obs. 3.) The fol- lowing are examples. 1 Faludlhus abdlti sunt, They concealed themselves in the marshes. 2 Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to lerum volutentur, every kind of wickedness. 3 F er t ur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy. 4 Volutdti super poma, Rolling themselves over the Si])iples. d Cingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor. 6 S t ernuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on the grave. 7 Gallus victus o c cul t dtur , The cock, when conquered, hidei himself. 117. The verb sum governing the genitive by R. XII., § 108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation under Rule; as, 1. E st regis, It belongs to the king. 2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Meliboeus. 3. Prudentia est senectutis. Prudence is the characteristic of old age. 118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person, governing the dative by ^ 112, Rule II., may generally be translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb *' to have," with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject for its object; as, Latin Idiom, English Idiom, 1. Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book. 2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a been) to me, book. 4. Liber fuer at mihi, A book had been to I had had a book. me, 5. Liber erit mihi, A book will be to me, I will have a book 6. Libri sunt mihi, Books are to me, I have books. 7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it. 8. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book 119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) ir> usually translated first, and then the preposition with the remote object. i. Flumen copias transduxit, He led his forces across the river. 2 C ir cumddre mcBnia op- To build walls around the city. pldo, 3. Caput deje cit saxo, He threw the head down {rom. the rock. ^ 5 60 INTRODUCTiOW. 120. Aa adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing: some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus. Magna dehemus suscipere duvi vires suppetuntj may be arranged variously for translating, as follows: 1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt ; or, 2. Dum vires suppetunt ^ debemus suscipere magna j or 3. Debemus, duin vires suppetunt^j suscipere magna. 121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered lest, lest that, that-not, 7wt; and after verbs signifiying to fear, forbid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in the same situation, means that not, 1. Ne quis eat, Lest (or that not) any one jna.y go. 2. Orat ne se perdat, She entreats that he would not destroy her. 3. jEgi ne inter essem, I managed that I should not be present. 4. Dum n e veniat^ Provided he do not come. 5. Respondit n e cogitdta quidem He replied that not even the latent. thoughts are concealed. 6. Vereor n e cadas, ' I am afraid that you may fall. 7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come. Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things as we wish, ne means that-not ; as. Paves n e ducas illam. You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. iVe, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, is often omitted ; as, cave tituhes, take care that you do not stumble. Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne gative, and has the emphatic word between; as, ne hoc quidem, not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then, 122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. Gr. ^74,); as, 1. Dixit ne oh hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this temnamus, account despise others. 123. Some prepositions are variously translated according to the meaning of the words, or the case with which they are connected; thus, LATIN IDIOMS. 5\ 1. /w, followed by an accusative, means ^o, into, towards. for against^ &c., (§ 136, R. L.) 2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upo^, among, in, in the case of, (§ 136, R. LI.) 3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among. 4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to. 5. Prce means before, in comparison ofj — sometimes, more than, 124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc- cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated differently from the second, and usually in the following manner, (^149, Obs. 5.) Both and. Both and. Either or. Neither nor. Whether i Not only [ Both I Not only •Both < Now ( At one time j Not only j No sooner f As soon as ') At one time [ Sometimes ■ injunctive 7 Whether or. Whether or. So that; so as. Such, so great that Such, of such a kind that. As soon as. As long as. As so. Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must be supplied when an stands with the second; as, 21. Kecte an perperam^ (Whether) Tight or wrong. 1. Et et. 2. 3. Aut, vel, } aut, vel, } sive, 5 ^^^^j ; 4. Nee nee, > Neque neque, ] 5. 6. 7. Turn turn. 8. Cum or quum turn, 9. Jam jam, ) Nunc nunc, J 10. 11. Simul si7nul, 12. Modo, alias modo, alias, Corresponding ( 13. Ne a7i. 14. Utrum an, 15. It a, sic, tarn, adeo -* ut. 16. Talis, tantus ut^ 17. 18. Simul — — ac, or atque. 19, Tamdiu quamdiu 20. Ut sic, ' or. - but also. - ana - but also. - and - then. - at another. - but also. • than. • instantly, at another, sometimes. 52 INTRODUCTION. Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations, 1 There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in re- citiiig, unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are anxious to go over a great space in a short time should remember that a short lesson well prepared, is vastly more profitable than a long one ill prepared. Nothing is more injurious than superficial learning. Festlna lente. Hence, 2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got by all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it Is thoroughly prepared. 3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or dictionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. And if more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try which will answer best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should he pass t© another till he know all about this one — its class, gender, declension, &c., as directed Gr. § 153. And if he forget, he should look it out again, and if necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 4. Frequentand accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, are of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in the memory, the acquisitions made. 5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, should be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are easily formed, and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If proper attention has been paid to this in going through the grammar, there will be less difficulty now\ In order to assist in this, the pupil should commit to memory and apply the few following General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 1. A vowel before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus. 2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant Is long by position ; as, anna, f alio, axis. 3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, [I and r,) is com- mon ; i. e. either long or short ; as, volucrisj or volucris. 4. A diphthong is always long ; as, Ccesar, aurum. Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined by any of these rules, it is not markedj otherwise it is marked. d. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read and translate his lesson, or even to parse it tolerably, but should try »o understand the construction of every word, and the connection and dependence of every part. And moreover, should hold himself ready, if called upon, to answer such questions as the following, viz; 1 Questions that may he asked concerning every sen- tence. Has this sentence any connection with the preceding ? If so — \^hat is the connecting word ? In arranging or construing this sen- INTRODUCTION. 53 tence, which word do you take first? — which next ? — which next ? he. Why? (See introduction — directions, &c.) In this sentence, what is the grammatical subject? What is the grammatical predi- cate ? What is the logical subject ? What is the logical predicate ? Which should be taken first? (§ 152.) In what voice, mood, and tense, is the verb ? Why? 2. Questions that may he asked when the words in the sentence render them proper. Is this sentence simple or compound ? If compound — What are the simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they con- nected] Analyze the whole, and each part, (§ 152.) Is this word simple or compound. If compound — Of what is it compounded ? What is the meaning of each part? What is the meaning of the compound ? Form other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this word primitive or derivative ? If derivative — From what is it de- rived ? What is its primary meaning? What is its meaning here ? (If diiferent) — How came it to have this meaning? What English words are derived from it ? Change the verb, if active, into passive, and express the same idea — If passive, change it into the active, and express the same idea. Change the verb into different tenses, &c. Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun? Proper? or common? Why? In what case? Why? For what purpose is the nominative used? Is it the subject or predicate here? For what purpose is the genitive commonly used? — the dative? — the accusa- tive ? — the vocative ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used, and by what is it governed here ? Adjectives. How do you know this word to be an adjective ? "What noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here? Is it compare^? Why ? Why not ? (If a numeral) — To what class does it belong ? Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun ? To what class of pronouns does it belong ? (If used substantively) — Instead of what noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) — With what noun does it agree ? (If a relative)— What is its antecedent ? Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ? In what mood, tense, number, person? For what purpose is the indicative mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the in- finitive? For what purpose is it used here? For what purpose is the present tense used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite?^ indefinite ? — the pluperfect ?— the future ? — the future-perfect ? From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ? (§ 47.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting present time ? — past time ? — future time ? How is the perfect trans- lated (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present time ? — past time ? — future time ^ (§ 47.) In what mood is the lead- jng verb in oblique narration? (§ 141, R. VI. Exp.) In what mood are verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (§ 140, 6.) For what purpose is the participle used ? How does it become aa adjective ? How are gerunds used ? — supines « 54 U^TRODUCTION. • MverhSj Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the use of the adverb ? What word does it modify here ? What is the use of the preposition ? Between what words does it show the rela- tion here ? What is the use of the interjection ? What emotion does it express liere ? What is the use of the conjunction ? What words or sentences does it join here ? 7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions to events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or customs of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready to tell something respecting them. This however should be only a secondary matter with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a more advanced stage; but still a little attention to it may serve to interest and stimulate him to further research. EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES. The references at the foot of each page to which a section mark ( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction. In the references which have not a section mark prefixed, the first number directs to the corresponding number in the preceding intro- duction, and the second to the example under that number. Thus, for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignus qtii ameturj (p. 23,) and shows how the words qui ametur, in that, and all simi- lar constructions, are to be translated. The words particularly re- ferred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, are distin- guished by being printed in a different character. These references are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found a more valuable aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms of*the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the attentive pupil will soon become familiar. In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to the Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and applied. In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the lettei R.; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup- plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for ** supply," prefixed INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Substantives^ Adjectives^ and Adjective Pronouns. Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately — iben together — translate them in each case and number. (See Nos. 3, and 14.) Tell the case and number here, and translate them. Give the ru..e for their agreement (§ 98.). Shovr hovir they agree. Bonus vir. Ingenui pueri. Prima hora. Summum bonum. In omnibus terris. In toto orbe. Decimo anno aetatis (No. 11.). Melioris naturae. Prsesens peri- culum. Muliebri habitu. Ad quinlum diem. Fugaces anni. Breve tempus. Altus mons. Arbor altissima. Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Prsesente tempore. Meliore habitu. Ad omnem a^tatem. Summi periculi. Totum annum. Brevis setatis. Fugaces horse. Omni- bus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.). Ultima via. Ad imam vallem. Ille dies. Hoc tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nonqen. Hie caper. Ista carmina. Lupus ipse. His montibus. Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta. Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri setdsi caput. Pater nos- ier. Eodem tempore. The Verb and its JYominative. (§ 94, 7.). Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ; and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and per- son. Parse each vrord as directed, § 153, and show hov^r the verb agrees with its nominative, according to § 101, Rule IV. Indicative Mood, Present. Amo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat. * The nominatives of the first and second persons, cgo^ tUy nos^ vos are usually omi tted (§ 101, Obs. 1.). 56 TNTRODFCTORY EXERC1SE3. Dominus jubel. Servus paret. TJempus fugit. Aves volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos monemus. Ignis urit. Luna lucet. Homines dormiunt. 2. Jmperfeci, Monebamus. Rex regebat. Yigil voca- bat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat. Stellse vide- bantur. Cameli currebant. Equus hinniebat. Boni homines amabantur. 3. Perfect, Nos amavimiis. Illi monuerunt. Domi nus jussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip sistis. Arbores creverunt. Venisti. Amavi. 4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pueri legerant. Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Hie biberat, Amati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volaverant. Illi jusserant. Vos legeratis. Illi docuerant. 5. Future, Scribemus. Amabitis. Umbra fugiet. Viator cantabit. Erimus Uret ignis. Deus dabit. Tempora venient. Illi monebunt. Nos monebimur. 6. Future- Perfect, Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos venerimus. Moniti erimus. Hora fugerit. Docuero. Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. Ambulaverimus. Legero Subjunctive Mood. 1. Present, Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are- tur. Vos videatis. Tempus fugiat. Luna luceat. Ven- tus spiret. Dormiamus. Hie capiatur. Illi equi currant. 2. Imperfect, Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege- rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi- lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremiir. 3. Perfect, Miserim. Duxerimus. Si deus dederit. Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus. Miles pugnaverit. Domus aedificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos amiseritis. Monuerimus. Illi ceperint 4. Pluperfect, Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Ama- INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES 57 visseKiQ. Mercatores venissent. Poma pependissent. Vos vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri scripsis.^ent. Fuissem. Literse scriptse esserit. Imperative Mood, Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes la- tranto. Scribe. Illi scribunto. Time. Currito. Au- ditote. Tene. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto. Literae leguntor. Dies abito. Miscellaneous Exercises. Ego eram. Sylva stabat. Musa canebat. Nox erat. Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus erit, Rura manebunt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. Non juravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat". Caesar vicit. Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. Vox auditur. Praemia dentur. Bellum parabitur. Hostes capti essent. Portse panduntur. Verba legebantur. Leges datae sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur. , Transitive Verbs and their Object. Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject of the verb, i. e. the person or thing that acts. Point out the object of the verb, i. e. the person or thing acted upon. State what case it is in, and give the rule. Audivi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Caesar vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (ll.).Romani bella para- bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo explicat pennas (No. 11.). Canis arcebat boves. Ac- cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. Bac- chus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit Cartha- ginem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitiae non semper felicitatem praestant. 58 irs^^RODUCTORY EXERCISES. Verbs modified by Adverbs, Pugnat bene. Veniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est acriter. Res prospere gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit, fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem- per esto paratus, Nunquam dice mendacium. Icito^ statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephant! maxime ode- runt murem; gregatim ingrediuntur. Prepositions and their Cases, Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venlt. In urbe habitat. Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Caesar tendit in Galliam. In rus abiit. NiSbe locuta est in ApoUinem et Dianam. Flumina in mare currunt. In forum descendit. In au- reo saeculo flores nascebantur sine semine. Hannibal bellum in Italia gessit. mTRODUCTOKY EXERCISES. 59 SIMPLE SENTENCES. General Remarks I A simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or inmg spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the sub- ject, § 152. In the natural order the subject is translated first, and the predicate last. 2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be limited by nouns in apposition — ^by nouns in the genitive case, and by adjectives and their regimen.* 3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs and adverbial phrases. 4. Both subject and predicate maybe further modified and limited by circumstances of time, place, manner, &c., by a preposition and its regimen, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a re- lative or connective term; — and all these should occupy that place in the sentence in which their effect will be best perceived, and the meaning of the whole sentence be most clearly exhibited. N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil should now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of the Grammar, and. commit to memory, so thoroughly as to have always ready at hand the '' directions for beginners," p. 270, and the Rules for con- struing, p. 271. This being done, these rules should be applied m the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exercise becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention on the part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and the quantity read will necessarily be small; but both will be reward- ed tenfold for this labor by the ease, rapidity and certainty with which the pupil, even without the aid of his teacher, will soon ana- lyze and translate the most intricate sentences. Let the trial be properly made, and success is certain. * By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any word. Thus in the phrases, Amor patrice, avidus glorice, ama deum, ad pair em, the words patrice , glories, deum, pairem, are the regimen of Amor, avidus, ama, ad, respectively. 60 INTRODUCTO-R.Y EXERCISES. 1. Subject and Predicate. The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in the nominative case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV The predicate) or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is usually placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows : 1. The predicate consists of a noun, sm adjective, or a participle, in the same case with the subject, and connected with it by an in- transitive verb, or passive verb of naming, appointing, &c., called the copula. In all such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, comes under R. V j — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the subject, and comes under R. II. (See § 103, Obs. 2;) or 2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limit- ing or modifying words. 1. The Predicate a JVoun. Europa est Peninsula,^ Tu eris rex,^ Plurimse? stellse sunt soles .^ Boni pueri egregii viri^ fient. Castor et Pollux erant *^ fratres^ Ego sum discipulus^ Cicero factus est consult Ego salutor poeta,^ 2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle, Terra est rotunda.^ Vita brevis^ est. Vera amicitia est sempiterna.'^ Fames et sitifS sunt*^ molestce.^ Nemo semper felix^ est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes."^ Mundi innumerahiles sunt.^ Nemo nimium bedtus*^ est. Avarus® nunquam est contentus.^ Pater reversurus^ est. Virtus /awcZa/irfa/ebrietas vitnnda est. 3. The Predicate a Verb, fyc. — Active Voice, Elephanti semper gregatim ambulant,^ Cornices am- hulantj^ passeres et merulse saliunt;^ perdices currunt;^ plurimse^ etiam nidificant. Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt » Etiam infantes somniant.^ Parvse res crescunt,^ »§103, R. d§103, Obs. 2. «§101,R. IV. «> 24, and § 26. • 19, 1. ^ 19, Sup. are*. § 102, R. I. ' 108. 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 61 4. Passive Voice Oves non ubique tondenturJ^ In India ^ gignuiitur maxima animalia. In Africa^ nee cervi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur.^ In Syria ^ nigri lednes reperiuntur, Apud Romanes mortui*^ plerumque cremahantur. Fortes ^ laudahuntur^ ignavi ^ vituperabuntur, Litterse a Phoenieibus inventce^ sunt. Carthago J Corinthus, Numantia, et multee alise urbes a Romanis eversce sunt, 5. Deponent Verbs. Formicae etiam noetu operantur.^ Ursi interdum hi^edi^s^ ingrediuntur, Aquila3 semper solse ^ pr § 116, R. XX. f § 103, Obs. 2. J § 106, Obs. 3. c § 149, R. 8 § 102, R. I. t § 136, R. LI. «» ^ 106, R. VI. h § 116. R. I. 1 § 107. R. IX. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. (\t FAeph'dnti frigoris ^ impatientes^ sunt. Stultissima*^ animalium*^ sunt lanata.^ VelocissTmum *^ omnium animoliujn^ est delphinus. Stultorum^ neque quisquam beatus^ est. Gallorum^ omnium fortissimi^ sunt Belgse. 9. Genitive governed by Verbs, Omnia* erant hostium/ Hoc.^ non nostri moris^ est Miserere nostri.^ Amici^ est recordari amicorum) Platdnem magni^ sestimo, sed Socratem pluris.^ Mon uisti me diei^ natdlis. Bonorum^ est injuridrum^ obli visci, et beneficii^ recordari. Stulti^ est dicere^"non putaram." Est ^ magni laboris^ multum scribere.^ The Dative, The dative denotes the remote object to which any thing is done or given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, without directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 1. By substantives, § 110. 2. By adjectives, § 111. 3. By verbs, § 112, 123, and 126j R. III. and R. XXXIII. 10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives. Clodius semper virtutibus^ hostis" erat. Vir bonus amicis^ et patrice^ decus" est. Nox somno^ opportuna^ est. Nero primo bonis ™ amicus," et studio ^ musSrum ^ de- ditus^ fuit; sed postea monitoribus^ asper et iratus fuit, generi ^ humdno infest us, omnibus^ inimicus, diis invisus, et multa illi^ adversa fuerunt. "» § 107, R. IX. g § 108, R. XIII. ra § no. R. ° § 103, Obs. 2. ^ § 122, R. XXVIII. ° § 103, R. V. c 21, & R.X.Exp, i § 122, R. XXVII. « § 149^ r. <« § 107, R. X. J § 108, R. XIV. P § 111, R. « 19,4. k§H4,R. LVI. q § 106, R. VI f § 108, R XII. » 51. 1 ' 19, 1 64 INTRODUCTOllY EXEUCISES. iEquus cu?ictis^ et benignus esto, paucis^ familiarisj hostibus^ mitisj et nemmi molestus; sic omnibus^ carus eris, et invlsus nulli,^ Asino^ segni nullum onus gratum, et puero^ ignavo omnis labor molestus est. , 11. The Dative governed by Verbs, Natura animallbus'' varia tegumental tribuit, testas,'* coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. Hormni^ ^o/i ^ avaritia et^ ambitio data^ est. Leoni^ vis summa estJ in pectore. Antiquissimis homiiubus^ specus erant^ pro domibus. JYulli animdli^ memoria major est, quam cani.^ Gallinacei leonibus ^ terrori '" sunt. Homini *" plurima ex horn in e ' fiunt " mala. Homo furiosus ne liberis^ quidem suis^ parcit. Via mali ** omnibus ^ semper vitanda ' est. The Accusative. The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of a transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive depo- ftent verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. Camelus naturale odium adversus equos^ gerit. Pictse vestes jam apud Homerum^ commemorantur. Multa animalia congregantur et contra alia^ dimicant "^ 19, 1. i § 112, R. II. q§ 106, R. VI. »>§ 111,*R. i 118, 1. ' 5, 2, and 19, 1. c§ 123, R. k 118,2. • 108, l,and i § 116, R. XX » § 136, R. XLIX. § 103, Obs. 2. « § 126, R. Ill «»§ 114, R. t § 136, R. XLVIU ' 16,4. n§83, Obs. 3. '•§19, 4, and K§ 149, R. »§ 112, R. V.&7,2. § 136, R.XLVlil b§ 44 III. Note. P 30, 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65 Hippopotamus segetes circa JYilum'' depascitur. Apud Romanos'' mortui plerumque cremabantur. Inter omnes bestias^ simia homini^ simillima est. The Mlative. The ablative generally denotes that from which something is se- parated or taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. It is governed, 1. By nouns, § 118, or adjectives, §§ 107, 119, 120. 2. By verbs, §121, R. XXV., and XXVI. § 125, R. XXXVI., and § 12G, R. V. 3. By prepositions. 4. It is used to express various circumstances, § 11, 5th & 6th. 13. The Mlative governed hy JYouns and Adjectives, Gratia^ opus est nobis** tua^ tua(\\iQ auctoritate,^ Nunc virihus "^ o\i\i^ est vobis,'* nunc prudenti consilio. Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido colored Catilina nohUi genere ^ natus erat, magna vi ^ et ani mi ^ et corporis,^ sed ingenio ^ raalo pratjoque. Animus per somnum est sensibus ' et curis ^ vacuus. Est philosophia J9awa5 conienidi judicibus,^ Nihil video in Sulla odio^ dignum, misericordia ^ dig- na multa. Natura parvo ^ contenta est. 14. The Mlative governed by Verbs Ijeddndd jubd^ carent. Leones facile per triduum cibo^ carent. Elephanti maxTme amnibus^ gaudent. Apes tinnitu ^ aeris gaudent. Numidae plerumque lacte^ eiferina carne^ vescuntur » § 136, R. XLVIIl. f § 106, R. VII, & J § 121, R. XXV t § 111, R. 6,1. k§ 121. Obs. 2. e § 118, R. and 6, 5, 6 § 119, R. i § 121, R. XXVI. a § 112, R. II. »» § 106, R. VI. "^ § 14, 5, and (1.) * § 149, R. and Exp. J § 107, R. XI. INTRODUCTORY EXEECISES. Plunmis bonis ^ fruimur atque utimur.^ Hispania viris^"^ equisj ferro^ plumhoy cere^ argento^ auroqne abundat. 15. The Ablative governed by Prepositions. Quid am homines nati sunt cum dentibusJ^ Xerxes cum paucissimis inilitibus *^ ex Grcecid^ aufu- git. Lucius Metellus primus^ elephantos ex primo Punico bello "^ duxit in triumpho. Cantabit vacuus coram latrone ^ viator. Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant. Britannia a Phcenidbus inventa ^ est. Apes sine rege esse non possunt. . Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. Dulce ^ est** pro patrid mori.^ Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. Litterse a Phcenicibus inventae ^ sunt. 16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub^ § 136, R. jL. and LL Aquilae nidif leant J in rupibus et arboribus. Coccyx semper parit in alienis nid/is. In senectute hebescunt^ sensus; visuSj auditus debili- tatur.* In India gignuntur maxima animalia. Hyainse plurimae in Africa gignuntur. In Africa^ nee™ cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. In Syria nigri le5nes reperiuntur. » § 121, R. XXVI. f § 44, III., Note. k § 88, 2. b § 149, R. and Exp. « § 98, Obs. 6. i § 102, Obs. 1. c § 121, R. XXV. b 51, 1. » § 149, Obs. 5, and d § 136, R. XLIX. i § 144, R. LVI 124, 4. • § 98, Obs. 10. J §44,1., 1. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67 Serus m ccelum redeas.* Victi Persse in naves confugerunt. Nuina Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit Pontius Thelesinus Romanes sub jugum misit. Gallia sub septentrionibus posita est. 17. Ike Jiblative used to express various circumstances without a Preposition, The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a preposition, are Respect wherein, § 128; Cause, manner , means or in- strumentj § 129j Place, § 130; Time, § 131; Measure, § 132; Price^ § 133. Apri in morbis sibi^ medentur hedera.^ Pyrrhus veXj"^ tactu^ pollicis in dextro pede,lien6sis' medebatur. Oleo insecta exanimantur. Ferse domantur y*ame atque verhenhus, Anacreon poeta** acino^ uvae passse exstinctus est. Crocodilus pelle ^ durissimd contra omnes ictus muni- tur. In Africa elephanti capiunturybvei^.* Elephanti spirant, bibunt, odorantur proboscide,^ Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur. Mures Alpini binis pedibus gradiuntur. Apes tinnitu seris convocantur. Quibusdam in locis ^ anseres bis anno ^ velluntur. Color lusciniarum autumno^ mutatur. Hieme ^ ursi in antris dormiunt. Nemo mortalium omnibus horis^ sapit. Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur ; septimc udem decidunt anno.^ ' § 45, I., 1, and « § 129, R. ' § 136, R. LI. § 42, Obs. 4 and 5. « § 97, R. « § 131, R. XLI. * § 112, R V. & 7, 2. • § 112, R.V. & 19, 1. ^ § 131. R. XL 68 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Antipater SidoniuSj poeta,* quotannisj die natdli suo " ^L^re corripiebatur. JEstdte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. Iso crates orator unam orationem viginti talentis ® ven didit. Lusciiiia candidaj sex sestertiis ^ Romae venit. 18. JYouns in Apposition. Plurimi Scythae, hellicosissimi hovunes^ lacte** vescun- tur. Delphlnus, amma/ * horn mi ® aimcur^^ cantu ^ gaudet. Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentiw^na urhes^^ eo- dem anno a Romanis eversse ^ sunt. Quam brevi tempore* populi Romai-i, v>i^nium gen- tium victoris^ libertas fracta** est I Mithridatem, Ponti regent^ Tigranes, rex A. memus^ excepit. Circa Cyllenen, montemin Arcadia, merulss naivantur. 19. The Infinitive Mood without a SuhjscL The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the ubject of a verb, § 144, R. LVI., or as the object of another ve-b, R. LVII.; and in this case always expresses an act or state of tl ^ sub- ject of the verb that governs it. In the following, let the pupil state whether fhe infinitive • ♦ the subject or the object of the verb with which it is connected Errdre^ est humanum.'^ Turpe'' est beneficium repetereJ Beneiiciis ' gratiam non referre etiam turpius est Parentes suos non amdre estimpium.^ »§97, R. •§in,R. i§131, R.XU »» § 131, R. XL. ' § 121, Obs. 2. i § 144, R. LVJ o§133,R. s § 97, Obs. 2. k § gg, Obs. 6. d § 121, R. XXVI. ^ § 44, III., Note, > § 123 R. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69 Te cupio videre.^ Yolui dormire.^ Aude contemnere * opes. Carmina possumus dondre, Poteram contingere ramos. Nihil amplius scribere possum. Ego cupio ad te venire, Intelligere non possum. Cessator ^ esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangerel Philippus volebat*^ amari, Alexander metui volebat. ^^ Tecum ^ vivere amo. Naturam mutdre pecunia nescit. Bene fer7'e disce magnam fortunam. Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat.^ Did beatus ^ ante obitum nemo debet. iEquam memento^ rebus in arduis servdre mentem. Aurum vestibus ^ intexere invenit rex Attains. Non omnes homines sequo amore ^ complecti possumus. Illecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus. Romse ^ elephantes per funes incedere docebantur. 20. Gerunds, Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time, govern the case of their own verbs, § 147. Etiara post malam messem serendum^ est. Omnibus J aliquando moriendum^ est. Semper ^w^7ia?i(ti^mJ est contra cupiditates et lubidi- nem. Plurimse ^ sunt illecebrse peccandi? Artem scribendi ^ PhoenlceSj artem 2iCU ping endi^ Phry- (2:es invenerunt. Cupiditas Vivendi nunquam immensa^esse debet. » § 144, R. LVII. § 42, Obs. 5. i § 147, R. LXI.. & to § 103, Obs. 6. f § 84, 2. Obs. i. e § 44, II., 1. e § 123, R. ^ § 103, Obs. 2. * § 90, 2. to § 129, R. J § 147, Obs. 2. - 6 4.5, I. 1. and i § 130, 1, & 4. 1, 70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Honestissima est contentio beneficiis* beneficia vm cendi. Homo natura* est cupidus nova semper videndi et audiendi, y Libri sunt inutiles ignaro ^ legendi, Olim calamus adhibebatur scribendo.^ Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo, Culex habet telum et ^ fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum. Non omnes sequaliter ad discendum^ proni sumus. Simise catulos ssepe complectendo^ nec^nt. Beneficia exprobrando^ corrumpimus. Amicus amicum semper aliqua re ^ juvabitj aut re, aut consilio aut consolando ^ certe. 21. Gerundives. Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, and agreeing in gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49-7, and § 147, R. LXII. Initum est consilium urbis delendce^^ civium trucidan- dorum^ nominis Romani exstinguendi,^ Puer par est oneri^ ferendo. Omnes civitates Greeciae pecuniam ad classem aediflcan- dam^ et exercUum comparandum dederunt. Vir bonus, in malis aliorum amovendis^ seipsum g=uh- levat. Compound Sentences. A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences connected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §5 149, 99, 140 and 141. ^ » § 129, R. 124, 1. g § 147, R. LXII, § 110, Obs. 1, &5, 3 <» § 131, R. XLI Ods. 1. J 19, 4. p § 97. •» § 149 ,R & Obs 1. k § 121. R. XXV 72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 24. Compariso?!, Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, quam, ac, at que, connecting the words denoting the things compared in the same case, § 149;— and 2d, By the ablative after thqpcomparative without a conjunction, § 120. Canes Indici grandiores sunt quam ceteri.^ Nullum malum est vehementius^ et importunlus^ quam invidia.*^ Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus quam hominum.'^ Latro ferae ^ est similior quam homini.*^ Major est animi voluptas quam corporis.^ In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior quam in valli- bus. Com^parison without a Conjunction, Nihil est dementia ^ divinius. Aurum gravius est argentoS Adam as durior est ferro^ ferrum durius ceteris me- tallis. Luna terrse propior est sole. Quid magis est durum saxo^ quid mollius aquH ? 25. Relative Pronouns, (§ 99.) Non omnis ager^ qui^ seritur, fert fruges. Psittdcus^ quern India mittit, recldit verha^ quce accepit. Achilles^ cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, ad Hellespontum sepultus est. Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore, quam musca alis^ integebat. Qui^ bonis non recte utitur, ei^ bona mala fiunt.^ » § 149, R. and 19. « § 111, R. ^ § 99, Exp. &43, 1 »> § 103, Obs. 2. f § 120, R. and 6, 3. J § 126, R. III. « § 149, R. s § 99, R. k § 83, Obs. 3. ^ § 106, Obs 3. b § 129, R INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 73 Beneficiam reddit, qui ^ ejus ^ bene memor est. Grues in itineribus ducem^ quern sequantur,^ eligunt. Copias suas Caesar in proximum collem subduxit, equv- tatumque^ qui sustineret"^ hostium impetum, misit. Subjunctive Mood, The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected With the leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the relative pronoun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but not directly asserted or vouched for, it is translated by the English indicative. When it expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but only as conditional or contingent, as vi^hat may, can, might, or should take place, it is translated by the English potential, § 42, II., and § 140, and 141 26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum. Platea, cum devoratis se implevit^ conchis/ testas evomit. Ceres frumenta invenit, cUm antea homines glandibus^ vescerentur.^ Nave^ primus* in Grseciam Danaus advenit, cum an- tea ratibus ^ navigaretur) Alexander, rex^ Macedonian, cum Thebas cepisset^ Pindari vatis ^ familiae ™ pepercit. 27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles. (§140.) Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu " tur mse equitum condantur,^ Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno ^ premuntur, ut ne vi^lneribus** quidem excitentur,^ * 37, 1st. 3. « § 121, R. XXVI. i § 140, Obs. 4, and " § 107, R. IX. h § 129, R. 74, 8. '^141,R. II.&40,5 i§98, Obs. 10. "§112, R.V. • •'§141,R.II.&40,4. J § 85, 3, & § 140, » § 136, R. LI. • § 140. Obs. 3. Obs 3. o § 140, 1, 1st. '§125,R. M97, R. 7 74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Delphini tanta interdum vi e mari exs'liunl, ut vela* navi'im transvolenty In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudlnem adolescuntj ut integros hat/riant^ cervos taurosque. Fac,^ ut homines animum tuuin pluris faciant^^ quam omnia, quae illis^ tribuere possis/ Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum^ prseter Apellem^iV geret,^ Pythagoreis* interdictum fuit,J we^fabis^ vescerentur,^ Oculi palpebris"" sunt muuiti, we"* quid incidat.^ Nihil fere tarn reconditum est, quin ^ quserendo ™ inve- niri possit, Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tam vesperi do- mum P revertor, quin° te in fundo conspicer fodere,** aul arare,*! aut aliquid facere. Xerxes non dubitabat, quin^ copiis suis Greecos facile superaturus esset.^ 28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect question. (§ 140, 5.) Quseritur, unus ne* sit^ mundus, an plures. Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu"* ne^ f actus sit^ mundus, an mente"* divina. Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrtim impe- rium servdret^ an deponeret, Perperam quseritur, num in amici gratiam jus violaci possit} '^ § 136. R, LII. b§ 137, R. and Exp. » 121,1. b § 140, 1, 1st. and § 140,1,3d § 140, 3. " § 79, 4. 1 § 126, R. III. P § 130, 4. d § 140, 1, 3d. J 51,3. q 89, 1. • § 123, R. k 121, 6. r § 45, 1. '§ 141, Obs. 8. 1 § 121, R. XXVI. • 124, 13 « 32,8 . «"§ 129, R. ♦ § 140.5. INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75 Ciconise quonam e loco veniant^ aut in quas se regiones conferant^ incoriipertum est.* Quis numerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacry- mas fuderit ? 29. Subjunctive after the Relative, (§ 141.) Quis est g^^^ nesciat^ quid voluptas sit T Non invenies qui Demosthenem oratdrem maximum esse negety Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivat^ ut impune necari posset.*^ Caesar legates misit, qui iter cognoscerent,^ Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant^ Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam leg^- riniS Verba, quce sententias indicent^^ reperta sunt. Peccayisse mibi videor,^ qui a te discesserim.^ Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scriberent,^ Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die qua in potestatem Poenorum venisset.^ 30. The Infinitive with a subject^ § 145. ThP infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or po- tential in English. Its subject, which is always in the accusative, is translated in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction r/iar before it. It forms a distinct but dependent proposition which, like the infinitive without a subject, forms either the subject or object of the verb on which it depends. (See § 145.) Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Cariae monte, JicDjJites a rcorpionibus non Icedi^ indigenas intermii.^ * 51, 3. e § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. ^ § 141, R. VI. b § 141, R. I. f § 141, Obs. 4. J § 126, R. Ill c § 140, 5. 8 70, 2. k 95, 4, & § 145. i § 140, 1, 1st. ^ § 141, R. Ill 76 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. M Varro rmrrat, a cunicSlis suffossum ^ in Hispania op'indum^ a talpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas^ urbis in Gallia pulsos^^ ab locustis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula incolas^ a muYihusfugdfoSy in Italia Amy das a serpen- tibus deletas esse. Observatum est,*^ pestilentiam^ semper a meridianis partibus ad occidentem ire,*^ Homerus PygmcEos^ populum ad oceanum, a gruibus infestdri^ prodidit; Aristoteles eosdemm cavernis mv^re ^ narrat. Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores^ ever- SOS esse/ Virgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina^ sua cre^ mdrij^ id^ Augustus ^ri^ vetuit. Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, q^am^ Hispania? g^nies fatidicam^ esse} credebant. Illustre est inter philosophosnomenAnaxagoraejg'wem^ veteres nunquam in vita W^meJferunt. 31. Participles, (§ 146.) Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which they agree in gender, number, and case, in the same manner as the adjectives j and at the same time govern the case of their own verb. Exempla fortunse variantis ^ sunt innumera.** Galli diem venientera cantu nuntiant. Cecrops urbem ^ a se conditarri^ appellabatCecropiam.' * § 47, 6, & 97, 4. « 95, 4. ^ 90, 2, or 91, 4 « i 145, R. and Exp. f 97, 6. J 91, 4. e 51, 2, &94. 1. « 96, 12, or 90, 4. ^ 101,1 •» 95, 1. ^ § 103. Obs. 2. > § 116. Obs. \ INTBODUCTORY EXERCISER Augustus primus* Romae^ tigrin*' ostendit mansue- factum.^ Gymnosophistae in India toto die ^ ferverttibus'^ arenis' insistuntj Solem ^ intuentes, Epimenides puer,*^ sestu* et itinereJ fessus,^ septem et quinquaginta annos^ in specu dormivisse dicitur. Julius Csesar simul dictare,^ et legentem^ audire solebat. Leo prostrdtis^ parcit. Aves aduncos ungues habentes carne® vescuntur, oec unquam congregantur. Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro * ad fera- rum lustra trahit. Beneficium nqn m eo p consistit, quod datur, sed in ipso dantis ^ anlmo. Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo ^ insi- dentis excedunt. Interdum delphini conspecti suntj defuncttcm^ delphl- num portantesj et quasi funus agent es. Multa, quae de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis ^ pro- duntur, fabulosa '' videntur. Homo quidam, lapTde ictus^ oblitus est literas;' alius, ex praealto tecto lapsus^ matris et affinium nomina dicere non potuit. L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prcelidtus^ quadra- ginta quinque cicatrices adverse corpSre^ habebat, nul- 1am in tergo. » § 98, Obs. 10. »>§ 130, 1,&4, 1 «§ 15, 13. ^ 101,7, and 8. •§ 131, R. XLI. and 6,6, t § 136, Obs. 5, (in) 6 § 116, R. I. »§ 112. R.V.& 19,1 ^ 13,2 « § 121, R. XXVI i § 129, R. P 19, 4. i § 149, R. ^ § 112, R. IV. ^ 101,4. ' § 103, Obs. 2. 1 § 141, R. LVII. • § 108, R. XIV. «" 19, 1. 78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. Leones satidti mnoxii sunt. Elephantes nemini* nocentj nisi lacessUL Elephantes amnem ^ transituri "" minimos prsemittunt. Pavo lauddtus^ gemmdtam pandit caudam. Gallus, ab adversario victus^^ occultatur * silenSj et ser- vitium patitur. Leo vulnerdtus ^ percussorem intelligit, et in quanta- libet multitudine appetit. Oldres iter facientes^ colla imponunt praecedentibus ;^ fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. Testudines in mari degmtes conchyliis*" vivunt; in ter- ram egress(E^^ herhis/ Sarmatae longinqua itinera yacifwri,'^ hiedia pridie prse- parant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque ita lon- gissimam viam continuo cursu conficiunt, Elephanti, equitatu circumventi^ infirmos aut fessos vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt. Multos morientes cura sepulturse angit. DanauSj ex iEgypto in Greeciam advectuSy rex ^ Argi- vorum factus est. Alexander, Bucephalo equo* defunctOj duxit exequias, urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumuloJ circum- dedit. P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres omnibus ejus bonis *^ institutus^^ in rogum ejus se conji- ceret ^ et concremaretur."" » § 112, R. V. ' § 121, Obs. 2. J § 123, R. & Obs. 3, * § 136, R. LII. s 105, 1. & 119, 2. c § 146, Obs. 6. t § 103, R. &Exp. k § 110, Obs. 1. * 116, 7. i 9, 1. &§ 146, R. 1 § 140, 1, 1st. e § 123, R. & 19. LX. » § 149, R. TNTRODTTCTORY EXERCISES. 79 Erinacei volutdti^ super poma, humi^ jacentia^ ilia spinis^ affixa in cavas arbores portant. Indicum mare testudines tantae magnitudinis ^ alit, ut singulee tugurio tegendo^ sufficiant/ Leones, senes factiy appetunt homineSj quoniam ad yersequtndas feras vires non suppetunt. Struthiocaraelis'' ungulse sunt cervinis^ similes, com- prehendendis^ lapidibus utileSj quos^ in fuga contra se- quentes ^ jaculantur. 32. Ablative Absolute. (§ 146, R. LX.) Senescente Lund "* ostrea tabescere dicuntur, crescente edderrij gliscunt. Cepe contra, Lunci, deficiente^ revires- cere, adolescente^ inarescere dicitur. Geryone^ inter emto Hercules in Italiam venit. Sabinis^ debelldtis^ Tarquinius triumphans Romaiij rediit. Jasone ^ Lycio interfecto^ canis, quern habebat, cibum capere noluit, inediaque confectus est. Regis Lysimachi canis, domino ™ accensse pyrse '^ impo- sitOj in flammas se conjecit. J\^icomede^^ rege interfecto^ equus ejus vitam finivit inedia. Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,®^/to victor e ^ Olym- pise,*! prse gaudio exspiravit. » 116, 4. s 112, 7. Obs. 9. b § 130, Obs. 7. ^ § 112, R. II. «> § 146, Obs. 9, and c § 126, R. III. i 19, § 106, Obs. 4. 104, 1. d § 106, R. VII. J 112, 6. o § 107, Obs. 8. « § 147, Obs. 3, & R. k § 116^ r. i. p § 146, Obs. 10 and LXII. &§112, 1 19,1. 110,4. R. IV. & 112, 6 ™ § 146, R. LX, and ^ § 130, 1, & 4, 1 f ^ 140, 1 1st. FABLES FROM iESOP 1. Accipiter et Columbce, CoLUMBJE milvii metu accipitrem* rogaverunt,* ut eas* defenderet.*" Ille^ annuit. At in*^ columbare receptus^ uno die® majdrem stragem edidit, quam milvius longo tempore® potuisset edere/ Fabiila docet, malorum ^ patrocinium vitandum^ esse.* 2. Mus et Milvius, Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum* exoravitj ut eum, corrdsis plagis J liberaret.® Quo ^ facto, milvius liberatus murem arripuit et devoravit. Hsec fabiila ostendit, quam gratiam mail ^ pro bene- ficiis reddere soleant.* 3. Hcedus et Lupus » Hcfidus, stans in"* tecto domus, lupo" prsetereunti " * The remote object of rogaverunt here is aceipUrem; the imme- diate, ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX § 124.) So generally in these fables, after inquit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate ob. iect of the verb is a clause axpressing the thing said or replied, and, if in direct discourse (§ 141 R. VI. Explan.), is printed in italics. 63,3. ' 88,5. k 38, 5. 27, 6. 8 20, 1. » 74. 9. 78, 5. § 140, 1, 3d. h 108, 4. *« 123,2. 123, 2. « 95, 1. n§ 112, R. Ill 7 3, 6 6. J 109,2, 104, 1. • 101, 1. FABLES FROM -fiSOP. 81 maledixit. Cui * lupus, JVb/i tu^ inquit , sed tectum mihi • maledicit, S«epe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddil.'' 4. Grus et Pavo, Pavo, coram grue pennas suas ® explicans. Quanta^ est ^ mc\}xii^'' formositas mea et tua deformitas I At grus ev5- lans, Et quanta est^ inquit, levitas mea et tua tarditas I Monet" heec fabula, ne^ ob aliquod bonum, quod no- bis natura tribuit,^ alios contemnamus,*" quibus* natura alia ^ et fortasse majdra^ dedit.^ 5. Pavo. Pavo graviter conquerebatur ^ apud Junonem, domi- nam suam,^ quod vocis suavitas sibi"* negata esset,*^ dum luscinia, avis tarn parum decdra,® cantu excellat.** Cui * Junoj Et mentby inquit; 7i07i enim omnia bona ^ in unum conferri oportuit. 6. Anseres et Grues. In eodem quondam prato pascebantur^ anseres et grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola- bant; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate,^ depie- hensi ' et mactati sunt. . Sic saepe pauperes,* cum potentioribus in eodem crira- ine deprehensi, soli* dant pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. » 63, 1. & § 123, h 77,3,&§140, l,3d.P 9, and 109, 1 Obs. 2. i 19, 4. q § 129. »> § 102, Obs. 3. k 72,1. ' 115,1. c§ 112,R. III.&7,3 i§ 44,11.1. • 20. d § 102, Obs. 1. » 64, 2. * 16, 4. « 30, 1. n § 141, Obs. 7. " § 116, Obs. 6. ' 48. o 16,5. v§113, Exc. Ill « 121, 3 82 FABLES FROM JESOP. 7. Capra et Lupus, Lupus capram in ^ alta rupe stantem conspicatuSj Cur noUy inquitj relinquis ^ nuda ilia et sterilia loca^ et hue descendis in ^ herbidos campos^ qui tibi Icetum 'pabulum offeruntl Cui*^ respondit capra: Mihi^ non est in ammc , dulcia ^ tutis ^ prcepmiere. 8. Venter et Membra, Membra quondam dicebantventri:*^ JYosne^ te semper^ ministerio nostro alemus^ dum ipse * summo otio J frucris ? JYonfaciemus* Dum igitur ventri ^ cibura subducunt, corpus debilitatur, et membra ^ sero inyidise suse poeni- tuit."^ 9. Canis et Boves, Canis jacebat" in * praesepi bovesque latrando ° a pab- ulo arcebat. Cui^ unus^ boum, Quanta ista "^ inquitj in- vidia est^ quod non pateris^ ut eo cibo^ vescamur^ quern tu ipse * caper e nee velis * nee possisl " Haec fabula invidise indolem declarat. 10. Vulpes et Leo. Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei^ forte occurrisset," ita est "" perterrita, ut psene moreretur "^ foi * Supply hoc. 19, 4. 123, 2. i 32, 2. q § 31, Obs. 2. 56, 2d., 3cL J § 121, R. XXVI. >• 84, 4. 123, 1 k 5. 1. - § 141, Obs. 8. 63, 1. » § 113, Exc. II. t 7, 2, & § 112, 118, 7, and 51. ^ 66, 9, R. IV. 19, 4. & § 123. R. n § 44, II. 1 « 74, 8. 58,7. " 111,5. V 124, 15. 120. p 21, 2. ^§ 140,1,1st. &74, 4 Fbs. 4. i 78, 6, & ^§ 93, 1. « Sup. Verimest. 8 , 86 FABLES FROM jESOP. f( 20. Acciintres et Columbce. Accipitres quondam acerrime inter se belligerabant Hos columbee in ^ gratiain reducere conatse ^ efFecerunt, ut illi pacem inter se ^ facerent/ Qua ^ firmataj accipi- tres vim suam ^ in ipsas columbas converterunt. Hsec fabiila docet, potentiorum discordias imbecilliori- bus ^ seepe prodesse. 21. Mulier et Gallina. Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligentius saginaret,'^ fore,^ ut ilia bina aut terna ova quotidie par- eret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis esset facta^J plane ova parere desiit. Hsec fabula docet, avaritiam ssepe damnosam esse. 22. Vulpes et Uva. yj ^ - Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata^ ad illam subsiliit omnium virium suarum ^ contentione,^ si eam forte attin- gere posset.^ Tandem defatigata inani labore ^ disce- dens dixit: At nunc etiam acerbce sunt^ nec^ eas in vid repertas "^ tollerem.^ Hsec fabula docet, multos® ea** contemnere, quad »^ assequi posse desperent.P » 123, 1. 6§ 112, R. I. 1 § 93, 1. b 105, 2, ^ § 140, 2. ^ 101, 4. c 31, Note. i § 145, Obs. 6. » 78, 8. i§ 140, Obs. 1. 3d. i 74, 8. o 19, 1,&4. - 38, 3. fe § 129, R. p § 141, Obs. 8. ' 31,3. FABLES FROM -ESOP. f . Sl^ 23. Vul'pes et LerBna, Vulpes leeense * exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catu- lum pareret.^ Huic dicitur respondissCj Vnum^ sed leo nem. Hsec fabiila, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum sestiman- dam * esse, doeet. 24. Mures. ^¥>Pi/^ Mures aliquando habuerunt consiliunij quomodo sibi a fele caverent.^ Multisaliis^ propositis, omnibus^placuitjS ut ei^ tintinnabulum annecteretur;^ sic enim ipsos-J soni tu admonitos earn fugere posse. ^ Sed quum jam inter mures qusereretur,^ qui feli "^ tintinabulum annecteret," nemo repertus est. Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces,** sed in ipso periculo timidos.P 25. Canis Mordax. ^^^.^..^.J^ Cani^ mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex sere appendi,*! ut omnes eiim cavere possent.* Ille verb ffiris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtutis suae praemium ' essetj* alios canes prae se contemnere ccepit. Cui unus senior/ te^ stolidum^ ixi(\\xii^ qui ignordre vider is ^"^ isto tinnitu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdril"^ * 63,2, &§ 123, R. J 32,8, i 90,1. b § 140, Obs. 2. k § 145^ Obs 7. Sup. ' § 103, R. V. ' « 108, 4. exist imaverunt. ■ § 140, 2. Sup. td ^ § 140, 5. * 65, & 74, 3. sc. tintinnabulum. « 9, 1,& 19, 4. m § 123, R. t Sup. ceteris 6. 3 t § 113, R. XVIII " 76, 2, & "§ 117. « 65. § 34, Obs. 1. ^ 95,4. »» § 126, R III. o § 103, Obs. 2. " 70, 3. ^ § 140, 1, 4th. P § 149, R. 88 FABLES FROM M30P, Hsec fabula scrlpta est in^ eos, qui sibi^ insignibus flagitiorum suorum placent. 26. Canis et Lupus. ^ ^ Lupus canem widens bene saginatuiiij Quanta estj iu" qnii^felicUas tual Tuj utvideris^^ laute vivis^ at ego fame etiecor. Turn canis. Licet ^ inquit, mecum ^ in urhem veni- as^^ et eddem felicitate^ fruuris. Lupus conditi5nem ac- cepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in collo canis attrltos^ pilos. Quid hoc estl inquit.* JYum^ jugum sustinesl^ cervix enim tua tot a est glabra. JYihil est^ canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant^ ut noctu sim vigilantior ; atque hcec sunt vestigia colldris^ quod cer- vici^ circumddrisolet. Turn lupusy Fa/e, inquit, amzce/^ nihil * moror f elicit at em servitufa emptam ! Haec fabula docet, liberis * nutLim commodum tanti ™ esse, quod " servitutis calamitatem ^ompensare possit.® 27. Lupus -et Gr%s. In faucibus lupi os inhseserat. Mercede igitur con- ducit gruem, qui" illud extrahat.P Hoc*^ grus longitu- dine colli facile effecit. Quum autem merccdem poslu- laret, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, J^rum^ tihiy inquit 5 joar?;a merces^ videtur,^ quod caput inc^/^ume ex lupi faucibus extraxisti '/ " * Supply lupus. » 123, 1. i 58, 1. 2, 2(1. »»§n2, R. V. J§126,R. III. P§141,R.l J^Imi 2. c 70, 6. k § 117. 4th, i § 28, Obte. 4. » § 122, Obs. 6. q 19, 4. ^§ 140, Obs. 5. ^ § 133, Exc. &§ 122, r § io3, R. V. ' § ]21, R. XXVI. R. XXVIII. Exp. • § 138. « 97, 4, & § 47, 6. ° 40. 1. » § 110, R. XV. b 56,3d. • § 141. R. II. Obs. « 51, &70. /^ FABLES FROM iESOP. ^ 89 28. Agricbla et Anguis. i^vf^x^^ AgTic51a anguem reperit frigore psene extinctum. Mis ericordia motus eum fovit sinu,^ et subter alas^recondidit Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agricolse *^ pro bene ficio letale vulnus inflixit. Hsec fabula docet, qualem ^ mercedem mail pro bene ficiis reddere soleant.^ 29. Asinus et Equus, ^ Asinus equum beatum preedicabat, qui® tam copiose pasceretur,*" quum sibi post molestissimos labores ne palese quidem satis praeberentur/ Forte autem bello^ exorto equus in ^ prcelium agitur, et eircumventus ab hostibus, post incredibiles labores tandem, multis vulneri- bus confossus, collabitur. Hsec omnia asinus conspicatus,* me.^ stolidum^ inquit, qui^ beatitudmem ex prasentis temporis fortund cestimaverim '* « 30. Agricola et Filii. ^^e^p^^ ^^ Agricola senex, quum mortem sibi^ appropinquare ' sentiret, filios convoeavit, quos, ut fieri solet,™ inter- dum discordare " noverat, et fascem virgularum afferri " jubet. Quibus® allatis, filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem frangerent.P Quod*^ quum facere non possent, distri- buit singiilas virgas, iisque celeriter fractisj docuit • § 136, Obs. 5. § 140, Obs. 3. 1 96, 1. ^ § 136, R. LI. g 9,1,& 109, 5. ^ 68,3. c § 123, R. XXIX. ^ 123, 1. n 90, 2. i § 140,' 5, i 105, 1. o 38,3. • § 141, R. III. J § 117, R. XXI. p§ 140, 1,3(1. • 74, 3, & fe § 112, R. IV. q 38, 4. BO fABLES FROM ^SOl'. illos^* quam firma res^ esset*" concordia, quamque im< becillis discordia T 31. Equus et Asinus, AsTnus onustus sarcinis equum* rogavit, u^ aliqu^ parte "^ oneris se^ levaret, si se^ vivum videre vellet.* Sed ille asini preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur asi- nus labore consumptus in via corruitj et efflavit^animam. Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, atque insuper etiam pellem asino^ detractam in^ equum imposuit. Ibi ille sero pri5rem superbiam deplorans, me miserunij inquit, qui parvulum onus in ^ me recipere noluerim^ quum nunc cogar^ tantas sarcinas ferre^ una cum pelle comitis mei^ cujus preces tarn superbe con- tempseram, % 32. Mulier et Ancill(B, Mulier vidua, quse texendo ^ vitam sustentabat, solebat ancillas suas* de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primura galli cantum audivisset. At illse diuturno labore fatiga- tse statuerunt gallum interficere."^ Quo ^ facto, deteriore conditioned quam prius* esse cceperunt. Nam domina, de hora noctis incerta^ nunc famulas ssepe jam prima nocte ^ excitabat. * Supply /weranf. * 63, 4, 3. g § 126, R. V. « § 144, R. LVII. b 57, 6, and Note. ^ 123, 1. » 38, 5, & 109, c § 140, 5. i § 141, R. III. o § 136, Obs. 5. d § 125. J 74, 1. P 16. • § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. k § 147^ obs. 5. ikv4^^' Testudo aqiiilam magnopere orabat, ut sese ^ volare doceret. Aquila ei ostendebat quidem, eam^ rem petere* naturse*^ suee contrariam; sed ilia nihilo*^ minus instabat, et obsecrabat aquilam, ut se* volucrem facere^ vellet. Itaque ungulis arreptam^ aquila sustulit in sublime, et de- mlsit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn in saxa iLcidens comminuta interiit. Haec fabula docet, multos^ cupiditatibus suis occoeca- tos consilia prudentidrum respuere ^ et in exitium ruere * stultitia sua.^ 34. Luscinia et AcciplttT. Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae,* quum in- telligeret sibiJ mortem^ impendere, ad preces con versa orat accipitrem, ne ^ se perdat sine causa, Se ^ enim avidissimum ventrem illius non posse explere^ et suadere adeoj ut grandiores aliquas volucres veuetur} Cui ac- cipiter, Insanirem^ inquit, si partam prcedam amitterejl^ et incerta ° pro certis ^ sectdri vellem.^ V) 35. Senex et Mors. Senex in silva ligna ceciderat, iisque^^sublatis domum* • Supply tVZawi. »§ 28, Obs. 3, 1st. s 91- 2. ^ 78, 8. * 27, 2, 6, and 91, ^ 31, 3. » 87, 5. § 145, Obs. 1, & 2. i 39, 5. o 19, 4. • .96, 1. J § 112, R. IV. P § 140, 2. ^§111, R k 121, 2. 1 9, 1, & 109. • § 132, R. XLIII. 1 § 141, Obs. 8. ' § 130, R. XXXIX. t 87, 5. 92 FABLES FROM ^SOP. re § 141, Obs, 8. h 95, 4. ^§ 111. « 51,4. i § 126, R. III. n 91,2. «» 19, 4. J § 147, R. LXI. and 95, 1. *§ 112, R. IV. Obs. 1. . P § 140, 2. ' § 129. ^§ 132, R. XLIII. q § 79, 1 94 FABLES FROM iESOP. mam ejus^ pennarumque nitorem laudasset, PoZ, inqult, te avium regem esse dicerem^ si canius pulcJiritudini ^ tuce responderet. Tum ille laudibus vulpis inflalus etiam cantu se* valere*^ demonstrare voluit. Ita vero e rostro aperto caseus delapsus est, quem vulpes arreptum devo- ravit. Haec fabiila docet, vitandas^ esse adulat5rum voces, qui blanditiis suis nobis ^ insidiantur. 40. Leo, Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, ovis. Prse- das autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes aequales divisEj leo, Prima^ ait, meo!^ est; debetur enim Ikbc^ prcBstantice^ raecB, Tollam et secundam^ quam meretur rohur m^eum. Tertiam? vindicat sibi egregius labor mens. Quartam qui sibi arrogdre volueritj is ^ sciaty se habitu- rum^ me inimicum sibi.^ Quid facerent** imbecilles bestise, aut quae* sibi" leonem infestum habere vellet^° 41. Mus et Rusticus, j^ Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprebensus tam^ acri morsu ejus* digitos vulneravit, ut^ ille eum dimit- teret,"! dicens: JVihil, mehercule^ tarn pusillum est, quod ' de salute desperdre debeat^ modo se defendere et vim de- pulsdre velit,' • Supply bestia, 19. » 31,&0bs t 19. » § 111. b 78,8. i 64, 2, &§ 126. «§ 42, 11, 2d. e § 112, Obs, 5, 5tli. i 62, & § 123. p 124, 15. d 96, 2. • k § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. q § 140, 1, 1st. • 108, 4. 1 § 45, I. 1. ' 40, 3. f § 112, R.V. also 7,7 «> § 47, Note 1. • § 140, 4. f 9. 1.&109. FABLES FROM iESOP. 95 42. Vultur et AviculcB. yP Vultiir allquando aviculas invitavit ^ ad convivium, quod illis daturus esset^ die*^ natali suo. Quse^ quum ad tempiis adessent, eas carpere et occidercj epulasque sibi de invitatis instruere coepit. 43. Ran / Ranee Isetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset ^ Solem uxo- rem duxisse.^ Sed una ceteris ^ prudentior, vos stoli- dos^ inquit; nonne meministis^ quantopere nos scepe unius Soils astus excrucietP Quid igUurfiety quum liberos etiam procreaveri tV 4:4:, RancR et Jupiter, Ranse aliquando regem sibi a Jove ^ petivisse dicuntur. Quarum ille precibus exoratus trabem ingentem in la- ciim dejecit. Ranai sonitu perterritse primum refugere,' deinde vero trabem in aqua natantem conspicatse magno cum contemptu"" in ea consederunt, aliumque sibi novis clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Tum Jupiter earum stultitiam puniturus**hydrum illis misit, a quo**quum plu- rimse captse perirent, sero eas ^ stolidarum precum poeni- tuit. 45. Lupi et Pastor es, Quum Philippus, rex Macedoniae, cum Atheniensibus foedus initurus esset ea conditidne,** ut oratores sues * 73. s 6,3. 1 § 144, Obs. 6. M 141, Obs. 7. h§84, 2, 8c 58, 1. nx § 129, Obs. 2. c§ 131, R. XL. i § 44, I. 1, and ° 102, 1. d 39,6. § 140, 5. o § 126, Obs. 2. • 51, 2. i § 44, VI. p 66, 8, &§ 113,11 98,3. k § 124, Obs. 2. q § 129, R. 96 FABLES FROM JESOP. ipsi* tratlerent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabulara, qua iis^ callidum regis consilium ante oculos poneret.*^ Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse,*^ se nunquam in posterum^ greges esse impugnaturos/ si canes ipsis^ dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastoribus^ conditionem; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis^ nudatas vidissentj eos-J impetu facto omnem gregem dilaniasse. 46. Puer mendax. Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori- bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum aggressos esse^ fingens. Seepe autem frustratus eos, qui auxilium laturi ' aVlvenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente, multis cum lacrymis vicinos orare coepit, ut sibi^^^ etgregi^ subvenirent. At illi eum pariter ut antea ludere" existi- mantes preces ejus et lacrymas neglexerunt, ita ut lupus libere in oves grassaretur,® plurimasque earum p dilani- aret. 47. Corvus, 'Corvus, qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alt^ voce ** significavit. Quo'sono** allecti plures corvi famelici advolaverunt,* impetuque in ilium facto, opimam ei* da- pem eripuerunt. » § 123. «§ 126, R. III. '>94,l,2d,&96. 2. ^ 5, 3, and b 7, 2. o § 140, 1, 1st. § 110, Obs. 1,2. i 64, 8. P § 107, R. X. c§ 141, R. II. i § 149. q § 129. d 98, 2, & 94, 3. k 94,l,2d,2,&98,2'' 38. «§ 89,Obs.l.&19,5 1 102,1. •» Supply ad Mtwi ' 100,3. ^ 7, 2,&§112. R.V t 5, i. FABLES FROM ^SOP. 97 48. Comix et Columha. Cornix columbae * gratulabatur foecunditatem,'* quod singulis mensibus pullos excluderet.*^ At ilia, JVe mei^ in quit, doloris causam commemores.^ JVam quos pullos ^ idfico^ eos^ dominus raptos aut ipse comedit^ aut aliis comedendos ^ vendit. Ita mihi mea fcecu7iditas novum semper luctum parit. . « — 49. Leo, Asinus^ et Vulpes. Vulpes, asiiius, et leo venatum^ iverant.^ Ampla prseda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubet.J Qui^ quum singulis singulas^ partes poneret sequales, leo eum cor- reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculse partiendi*" negotium tribuit. Ilia astutior le5ni partem maxiraam apposuit, sibi vix minimam reservans particulam. Turn leo subri- dens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit" in- terrogare, ccEpit. Et vulpes, Uujus'' me, inquit, calami- tas docuifj quid minor es^ potentioribus deheant,^ 60. MusccB, Effusa mellis copia est: Musca? advolant:* Pascuntur. At mox impeditis cruribus Revolare nequeunt. Heu miser am^ inquiunt, vicem " • 7, 2, & § 112. R.V. s 107, 2. » § 140, 5. ''§ 128, Obs. l,Exc. ^ 114, 1. o Viz: asini. and Note. i § 102, R. I. P 19, 1. § 141, Obs. 7 J y 44, I. 3. «i Sup. ad id (sciL •» § 45, I. 1. • k 39, 1. mel,) « 37, 2d, Note, & 6. i 26,4. ' § 117. ' Supply pullos. B» § 147, Obs. 2. 1)8 FABLES FROM ^SOP. Cihus iste * hlandus^ qui pellexit suavUcr^ JVuJic fraudulent us quam crudelUer necat ! Perfida voluptas fabula hac depingitur. 51. Cancer, Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litore Pascendi^ cupidus. Vulpes hunc simul ^ adspicit Jejuna, simul accurrit,* et prsedam capit. JVcBj dixfit iWe^ jure plector^ quij salo* Quumfuerim natus^ voluerim^ solo ingredi ! Suus unicuique ^ preefinitus est locus, Qii,em prseterire sine periclo non licet. ^ 52. Culex et Taurus, In cornu tauri parviilus quondam culex Consedit; seque^^ dixit, mole si sua^ Eum ^ gravaret, avolaturum ^^ illico. At ille:^ JVec te considentem senseram. * There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be preserved in the translation; — a loss of but little importance. » § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. • § 141, R. III. ^ § 100, 2, and * § 147, Obs. 2. f § 126. § 47, Note 1. « 124, II. « 31. i § 101, Obs. 4. * Sup. ad eum. MYTHOLOGY. 1. Cadmus, Agenoris filius,^ quod draconem, Martis tilium, fontis cujusdam in Boeotia custodem,* occiderat, omnem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum Harmonia,^ uxore * sua, in Illyriam fugit, ubi ambo ** in dracones conversi sunt. 2. Amjcus, Neptuni filiuSj^rex Bebryciae, omnes, qui in ejus regna venissent,*^ cogebat caestibus secum conten- dere, et victos occidebat. Hie" quum Argonautas ad cer- tamen provocasset,^ Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum interfecit. 3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii^ mira magnitudine ^ fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis^ mensibus' novem digitis^ crescebant. Itaque quum essent annorum novem 5^ in coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faci- ebant,^ ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, alios- que prseterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis sagit- tis interempti sunt. 4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius, artifex peritissimus, ob • 12, 1. • 74, 8. ^ 26, 5. »> § 102, Obs. 2. ' § 97, Obs. 2. » § 131, R. XLL e § 98, Obs. 1, & 2. s 6, 1, and J § 132, R. XLIi ^ § 141, R. I. § 106, R. VII. k § 44 II 2. 100 MYTHOLOGY. csedem Athenis * oommissam in Cretam ^ abiit ad regem Minoem. Ibi labyrinthum exstruxit. A Min5e *^ ali- quando in custodiam conjectusj sibi et Icaro filio alas cera*^ aptavit, et cum eo avolavit. Dum Icarus altius^ evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decidit, quod ex eo Icarium pelagus *" est appellatum. Daedalus autem in Siciliam ^ pervenit. 5. -^sculapius, Apollinis filius, medicus prsestantissi- mus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. Ob id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Tum Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non poterat, Cyclopes, qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc fac- tum, Apollinem Jupiter Admeto,^ regi Thessalise, in ser vitutem dedit. 6. Alcestim,' Peliae filiam, quum multi in matrimoniura peterent, Pelias promisit, se filiam ei esse daturum,J qui feras currui junxisset.^ Admetus, qui eam perdite ama- bat, Apollinem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuvaret. Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei ^ serviebat, liberaliter esset tractatus, aprum ei et le5nem currui junxit,™ quibus" ille Alcestim avexit. Idem grarvi morbo implicitus, mun?^s ab Apolline accepit, ut preesens periculum efFugeret, si quis sponte pro eo moreretur." Jam quum neque pater, neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluissent ^ uxor se Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte adveniens Orci manibus ^ eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 7. Cassiope filiee suae Andromedee formam Nereidum » 6, 2. e 123,2, and •"§ 114. R. XIX, and b 123, 1, and § 136, Obs. 3, 4. Obs. 3. § 130, Obs. 10. h § 123. » § 99, Obs. 6. c § 126, Obs. 2. i § 15. 2. o § 42, II. 2d, and d 6,4. . J 100 2. § 140, 2. • 22, 3. k 80, 2. p § 102, Obs. 1. f § 103. 7.2&§112,R. V <» 5,1, MYTHOLOGY. ]01 formse * anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illae a Neptuno ** postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto*^ immani, qui oras populabatur, objiceretur. Quae *^ quum ad saxum alli- gata esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat, advolavit, et, b^llua devicta^ et interempta,® Androme- dam liberavit. 8. Quam quum abduce^e vellet victor, Agenor, ciii antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ lUe, re cognita,* ca- put Medusae insidiantibus ostendit, quo ^ viso, omnes in saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda in patriam rediit. 9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, Alcyone, conjugis morte audlt^,^ se in mare praecipitavit. Turn de5rum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae Alcyones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem- pore.** Per illos dies mare tranquillum esse dicitur; unde nautae tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos appel- lare solent. 10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam earns fuit diis,^ ut Ju- piter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas deo- rum admitteret.^ At ille, quae^ apud Jovem audiverat, cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur ^ apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque sitire. Nam, quoties haustum aquae sump turns * est, aqua rece- dit. Tum etiam poma ei™ super caput pendent; sed, quo- ties ea decerpere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii * § 123, R. f 85. J 37, 2. b § 124, Obs. 2. « 38, 5. k § 145, Obs. 4 « § 126, R. III. b § 131, R. XL. » § 79, 8. . d 39, 2. i § 111 »5,3,&§110,Ob8 I. • 104, 1 \ 102 MYTHOLOGY. saxum ejus capitl* impendere dicuntjCujus ruinam timens })erpetuo metu cruciatur. II. In nuptiis^ Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati erant praeter Discordiam. Heec ira commota malum misil in medium, cui*^ inscripta erant verba: Pulcherrima me habefo. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul ap- petebant; ^ magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupiter Mercuric imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami iilium, duceret,^ qui in monte Ida greges pascebat;^ hunc earum litem dirempturum esse.^ Huic Juno, si se pulcherrimara judicassetjS omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita ; Mi- nerva ei splendidam inter homines famam promisit ; Venus autem Helenam, Ledse et Jovis filiam, se ei in conjugium dare^ spopondit. Paris, hoc dono prioribus*' anteposito ^ Venerem pulcherrimam esseJ judicavit. Pos- tea Veneris hortatu Lacedsemonem ^ profectus, Helenam conjugi^ suo ^ Menelao eripuit. Hinc bellum Trojanum originem cepit, ad quod tota fere Grsecia, duce " Aga- memnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 12 Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium suum cito periturum esse,^ si Gr8ec5rura exercitum ad Trojam sequereturj^ eum misit in insulam Scyron," regi- que Lycomedi commendavit. Ille eum,muliebri habitu,^ inter filias suas servabat. Grgeci autem quum audivis- sent eum ibi occultari,*i unus e5rum' Ulysses, rex Itha- cse, in regio * vestibulo munera feminea ^ in calathiscis ♦ Supply dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, 94. 4. » § 112, R. IV. h 94, 3, & 100, 2. »110, 1. ^ § 136, Obs. 3. i 104, 1. § 10. Greek nouns c § 126, R. III. J 90, 3. P § 129. d § 102, R. I. k § 130, 2. q 96, 7. « § 140, 1, 3d. 1 5,1. ' 21, 2. f 94,l,2d.&100, 1. m 30, 4, & •'§ 106. Obs. 4. • § 140, 2 §28, Obs.3, Exc. MYTHOLOGY. l03 posuit, siinulque clypeum et hafftam; mulieresque advo- cfiri^ jussit. Quae ^ dum omnia contemplabantur, subito tubicen cecinit; quo sono audito, Achilles arma arripuit. Unde eura virum *" esse^^'intellectum est. 13. Quum totus Graecdrum exercitus Aulide^ conve- nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dianae retinebat. Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditidnis, cervam dea3 ^ sacram ^ vulneraverat, superbiusque ^ in Dianam locutus erat. Is quum haruspices convocassetj responderuntj iram deae expiari^ non posse,*^ nisi filiam suam Iphige- niam ei immolasset.J Hanc ob causam Ulysses Argos'' profectus mentitur^ Agamemnonem filiam Achilli in matrimonium promisisse."^ Sic eam Aulidem ^ abduxit. Ubi quum pater eam imraolare ° vellet, Diana virginem miserata° cervam ei^ supposuit. Iphigeniam ipsam per nubes in terram Tauricam detulit, ibique templi sui sa- cerddtem fecit. 14. Troja eversa, quum Graeci domum ^ redire vellent, ex. A chillis tumulo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Grsecos monebat, ne fortissimum virum sine honore relinquerent.' Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, quae virgo full formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 15. Prometheus, lapeti filius, primus" homines ex luto finxit, iisque ^ ignem e ccelo in ferula attulit, mon- stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent.* Ob hanc rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis » 90, 4. ^ 22, 3. o 106, 1. b 38, 6. i 87, 1. p § 123, R. XXIX. '^ § 103, R. V. J § 141, Obs. 8. &80. and Exp. •^ 96, 2. ^ § 130, 2. q § 130, 4. « 6,2. J § 44, 3. r § 140^ 1, 3d. f § 111. «« 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. » § 98, Obs. 10. « 16, I » 88,2. t§140, 6. 104 MYTHOLOGY. ferreis alligavil ad saxum, et aquilam ei apposuit, quae * cor exederet. Quantum ^ vero interdiu exederat, tantum^ nocte crescebat. Hanc aquilam msequenti tempore Hei- ciiles transfixit sagittis, Prometheumque liberavit. 16. Pluto, inferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, at sibi Proserpinam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimoniura daret.*^ Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passuram esse,*^ ut filia in tenebris Tartarimoraretur;'''sed fratri permisit, ut earn, si posset, raperet.*^ Quare Proserpinam, in ne- more Ennse in Sicilia flores legentem, Pluto quadrigis ex terrse hiatu proveniens rapuit. * 17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset,*" eam per totum orbem terrarum queesivit. In quo itinere ad Celeum ve- nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanira puerum Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nutri- cem in domum reciperent.^ Quo facto, quum Ceres alumnum suum ^ immortalem reddere vellet,^ eum inter- diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita- que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod * quum miraren- tur parentes, eam J observaverunt. Qui ^ quum viderent Cererem puerum in ignem mittere,^ pater exclamavit. Tum dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem currum draconibus™ junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, quas per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret." 18. Althaea, Thestii filia, ex CEneo peperit Meleagrum Ei Parcae ardentem titionem dederunt, praefantes ° Mele- agrum tam diu victurum ^ quam diu J' is titio foret ^ in- » 40, 1, & s 30, 4. ^ 64, 6. § 141, Obs. 2,4th. h 74,3. ' •> 40, 5, & «» 44, 3, & 47. i 38,4. § 141, R. II. « § 140, 1, 3d. i 27,6 94, 1, 2d. d 100, 2. k 39, 1. P 124,19. • § 145, Obs. 5, 5th 1 96,1. •§ 140, 6. f § 141 Obs. 8. MYTHOLOGY. 1C5 columis. Hunc* itaque Altheea illigenter in arc^ clau- sum servavit. Interim Diana CEneo^irata quia ei sacra, annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine ^ misit, qui agrum Calydonium vastaret.^ Quern® Meleager cum juvenibus ex omni Graecia delectis interfecit, pellemque ejus Atalantse donavit. Cui*^ auum Althasae fratres earn eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui avunculos occidit. Tum Althaea, gravi ira ^ in filium commota, titi5nem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- biliter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt. 19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter m taurum mutatus Sidone^ Cretam^ transvexitj et ex ea procreavit MinSem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. Hanc ut reducerent Agenor sues filios misit, conditione addita, ut nee ipsiJ redirent, nisi sordrem invenissent.^ Horum unus, Cadmus nomine/ quum erraret, Delphos* venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem praecedentem se- queretur; ^ ubi ille decubuisset,^ ibi urbem conderet.* Quod quum faceret," in Boeotiam venit. Ibi aquam quse- rens ad fontem Castalium drac5nem in venit, Martis filium, qui aquam custodiebat.** Hunc Cadmus interfecit, dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex qui- bus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes originem dux- erunt. * Conderet is in the same construction with sequeretur. * Sup. titionem ' 39 ''from her,'' k§ 141, Obs, 8. M 111. and 5, 1. 1 § 128, R. XXXIV. « 6. 1, and f § 129, R. XXXV. ^ § 140, Obs. 5. § 106, R. VII. h§ 130,3. ° 38, 4. d 40, 4. i § 130, 2. § 44, II. 2. « 39. 7 1 32,3. ion MYTHOLOGY. 20 Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele filius, exercitum in Jndiam duceret, Silenus ab agmine aberravit. Quern * Midas, rex Mygdoniae, hospitio^ liberaliter accepit eique ducem dedit, qui ^ cum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob noc oeneficium Baccnus Midff'. optionem dedit, ut quicquid vellet '^ a se peteret/ Ille petiit, ut quidquid ^ tetigisset ^ aurum fieret.^ Quod ^ quum impetrasset, ^ quidquid ^ te- tigerat aurum fiebat. Primo gavlsus est hac virtute ^ sua; mox intellexit nihil ipsi-J hocmunere^ perniciosius esse. Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum mutabatur.^ Quum jam fame cruciaretur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum revocaret.*^ Quem * Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se abluercj quumque aquam tetigisset, facta est colore™ aureo. 21. Schceneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur habuisse, quse cursu viros superabat." Hsec quum a pluribus ® in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet,^ prius cursu cum ea contenderet;^ si victus esset,^ occideretur.^ Multos quum superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque ^ Atalantse cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hip- pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus filiam uxdrem dedit. Quam p quum in patriam duceret, oblitus Veneris beneficio ^ se vicisse,*i grates ei * non egit. « 39,7. e 38,7. » o, 1, &§ 106, R.VIl. M129, R. XXXV. h 74, 8, and ° § 44, II. 1. « 40, 4, and § 140. Oos. 4. <> 19, 1. § 141, R. II. i § i'66, Obs. 5. P 39, 8. a§141,0bs. 8. J § 111. a3cipitatj navemque per- sequitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus est, Scylla m piscem, quem Cirini vocant. Hodieque, si- quando ilia avis hunc pisceni conspexerit,' mittit se in aquam, raptumque unguibus* dilaniat. 23. Amphion, Jovis et Antiopes filius, qui Thebas muris cinxit, Nioben, Tanlali illiam, in matrimonium duxit. Ex qua procreavit lilios septem totidemque filias Quem partum Niobe Lat^nee lil)eris anteposuit, super- biusque"* locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id Apollo filios ejus venanfes sagittis interfecit, Diana au- tem filias. Niobe liberis^ orbaia in saxum mutata esse dicitur,* ejusque lacrynise hodieque manare narrantur." AmphTon autem, quuni templiim Apollinis expugnare vellet,° ab Apolline sagittis est interfectus. » § 145, Obs. 4. f § 129, R. k § 44, II. »» 51,2, & « 39, 1. 1 § 45, III. 1, 2. § 101, Obs. 5. t § 140, 1, %\, ^ 22, 2. « 100, 2. i 5. 1. » 64, 8, & 5- 1. d 124, 19. i 115, 1. § 140, Obs. 4. «§ 141, Obs. 8. ^ 108 MYTHOLOGY. 24. Phineus, Agenoris filius, a'o Apolline futurarum rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum vero hominibus^ deb rum consilia enuntiaret,^ Jupiter eum exca^cavit, et im misit ei* Harpyias, quae Jovis canes'^ esse dicuntur, ut cibum ab ore* ei*^ auferrent.® Ad quern*" quum Argo- nauts venissent, ut eum iter ^ rogarent,^ dixit se illis iter demonstraturum esse/ si eum pcenaJ liberarent. Turn Zetes et Calais, Aquildnis filii,^ qui pennas in capite et in pedlbus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in in- sulas Strophadas, et Phineum poena J liberarunt. * ^b ore is emphatic *' from him, from his very mouth." » § 123. • § 140, 1, 2d. * 100, 2. »» § 140, Obs. 4 ' 39, 9. i § 125. * § 103. 8 § 124. k § 97, Ob8, 2. * 6, 1. k § 141^ ob», 8. "oA^i^A^^- . /X^i" ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 1. Thales interrogatus an facta hominum deos* late- rent,^ respondit, ne*^ cogitata quidem. 2. Solon, qui AtheniensTbus leges scripsit, dicebat nemmem, dum viveret,'^ beatum haberi posse, quod om- nes ad ultimum usque diem ancipiti fortunes ® obnoxii essent/ 3. Pythagorse philosophi tanta fuit apud discipulos suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent,*^ ea in dubi- tationem adducere non auderent.^ Rogati autem ut cau- sam redderent^ eorum, quae dixissent,*^ respondebant, Ipsum dixisse} Ipse autem erat Pythagoras, 4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,J quum patriam Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret,^ interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret,^ Ego re/b, respondit,^ bona mecum porto omnia, 5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, omne fere patrimonium suum civibus donavit, ne do- * § 116, R.XX. f § 141, Obs. 7. i § 107, Obs. 8, and ^ 74, 12. 8 § 140, 1. 1st. 19, 1, & 4, « 121,5. b 78,5. k 74,3. •* § 14], Obs. 8. i 98, 1. » § 116, Obs. 6. »§ 111. 10 110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. mesticarum rerum cura a philosophiee studio avocare- tur/ 6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bon? sua inter Thebarios divisit, nihil sibi servans pr^p/^er peram et baculum. H?ec enim Cynic5rum in«tiumenta erant. A quo^ consilio quum amici et propinqui eum avocare studerent,^ eos correpto baculo "^ fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus, quam ab omnibus curis*" vacuum^ uni philosophia3 ope- ram dare.^ 7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci- entiee augendse^ causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, JYon esseiti^ inquit, salvus^ nisi ista^ periissent,^ 8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquan^ cessavit a philosophiaj studio. Saepe ei accidit/ ut, quum cibi** capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus'" inhae- rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur." 9. Idem adversus Zenonem Stoicum scripturus caput helleboro purgabat, ne corrupti humdres sollertiam et acumen me\itis impedirent.* 10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte ^ filii audita, vultu nihil ° immutato dixit. ^ Sciebam me mortdlem gemdsse.^ 11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itinere reversus agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Graviter te cashgdremj' inquit, nisi irdtus essem.^ 12. Plato quoque, quum in servum Tehementius * ex- * § 140, 1. 2d. g § 149, R. and Obs.l °» § 112, R. IV. * 38,8. h 112, 1,&5. n§i40, 1,4th. 74, 3, and ^ 78, 8. <> § 128. § 140, Obs. 4. i § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. p § 116, Obs. 6. a 9, 1, and 104, 2. k§ 140, Obs. 2. q 98,1. « § 107, R.XI. Obs. 10.1 51, 3, '♦ happened.'' ' 22, 1. , * Sup. sc. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill arsisset, veritus ne ^ vindictae mod urn excederet, Speu- sippo^ adstanti manclavlt, ut de illiiis poena statueret.V. 13. Idem discendi"^ cupiditate ductus iEgyptum pera- gravit, et a sacerdotibus illius regionls geomietriam et astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecitj ut ibi Py- thagorge philosophiam et instituta disceret.^ 14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque philoso- phum, qui ausus^ fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii es- sent,^ Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, mor5sa admodum fuisse iertur. Quam ^' ejus indolem quum perspexisset Alcibi- ades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset,^ quod mu^ierem tam acerbam et jurgiosam non exigeret* d'^mo.J Turn ille, Quoniain^ inquit, dum illam domij perpetior^ insu- esco^ lit ceterorum quoque foris petulantiam et injurias fa cilius ferara . ^ 16. Xenocrates phuosophus, quum maledicorum quo- rundam sermon:^' interesset, neque quidquam ipse loque- retur,' in^errogatus, cur solus taceret,^ respondit: Quia dix^se^ me aliquando pceiiituit^ iacuisse^ nun quam, 17. Hegesias philosophus in disputationibus suis" mala et cruciatus vitse tam vivid is coloribus reprsesenta- bat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occiderent.' Quare a Ptolemseo rege ulterius his de rebus disserere est prohibitus. » 121, 6, and f § 78. k§112, R. I, &5 § 140, Obs. 6. s 74, 11, and » § 149. »>§ 123. § 140,5. « 66, 10, and c § 140, 1, 3d. ^ 38, 6. § 113, Obs. 7. i § 147, Obs. 2. i § 141, Obs. 8. « 30, 1. * s^ 140, 1, 2d. J § 130, 4 § 140, 1, 1st. 112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 18. Gorgiae Leontino,'' qui eloquentia^ et eruditione omnes suae setatis homines superare existimabatur, uni- versa Gra^cia in temple Apollinis Delphici statuam aure- am collocavit. 19. Idem, quum annum centesimum septimum ageret, interrogatus, quapiopter tam diu vellet^^invita remanere, respondit: Quia nihil habeo^ quod^ senectutem meam accusem,^ 20. lllustrissimi saipe viri humili loco^ nati fuerunt.^ Socrates, quem oraculum Apollinis sapientissimum omni- um hominum^ judicavit,' obstetricis filius fuit. Euri- pides, poeta tragTcus, matrem habuit,* quae olera vendi- tabatjj et Demosthenis, orat5ris eloquentissimi, patrem cultellos vendidisse^ narrant. 21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Grsecorum, dolore absumptus esse creditur, quod quaestionem a piscatoribus ipsi ^ propositam solvere non posset."^ 22. Simonides, poeta praestantissTmus, gloriatur in quodam poemate, se° octoginta annos'' natum in certa- men musicum descendisse ^ et victoriam inde retulisse. Idem aliquandiu vixit apudHipparchum, Pisistrati filium, Athenarum tyrannum. Inde Syracusas^ se contulit ad Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicitur. Primus *i carmina statuto pretio"^ scripsit; quare eumMu- sam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 23. Quum iEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens* tragce- diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,^ ibique in loco aprico '~ *§ 123^ « 72. ° § 145, R. LVIII. b§ 128, R. XXXIV. »»§107, R. X, « § 131, R. XLI. c 74, 16. i 73. p § 130, 2. § 122, Obs. 2. J § 44, II. 1. q § 98, Obs. 10. e§ 141, R.I. k 97^1. ' § 133, R. XLIV. f 6, 5, & »* 32,9, § 126, R.III •§103. § 119, R. XXIIl, «§1410bs. 7 t 74.3. I ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. \ll^ gederet, aquila testudmem glabro ejus capTti"immisit quod pro saxo habuit. Quo ^ ictu ille extinctus est. 24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter pesetas tragi - cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibus lace ratus est. 25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, ut ex tragoedia sententiam quandam tolleret.^ lile au- tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere solere,^ ut populum doceret,'' non ut a populo disceret. 26. Philippides, comcediarum scriptor, quum in poe- tarura certamine piseter spem vicisset^ et ilia victoria impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est. 27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, Apollini^ gratissimus fuisse dicitur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum Delphicum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei ^ tribuebatur donorum, quae sacrificantes^ deo obtulerant, Ferunt etiam PanaJ Pindari hymnis ^ tantopere fuisse laetatum, ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret.^ Quum Alexander, rex Macedoniae, Thebas diriperet, unius Pindari domo"* et familiae pepercit. 28. Diogenes Cynicus Myndum profectus, quum vide- ret magnif leas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios mon- uit, ut portas clauderent,*^ ne urbs egrederetur.® 29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- bdre eo" pervenit, ut, quum*" multi eum ingenio^ parum valere existiraarent, omnes eetatis suae orat5res superaret eloquentiaP. Nunquamtamen extempSre dicebat, neqne m concidne volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,'' * § 123. g § HI. ^ § 112, R. V.Sc7, 2 *• 38, 9. b § 126, R. III. « 28, Obs. ^ § 140, 1, 3d. i 19, 1. § 140, Obs. 4. ^ 96, 2. J § 15, 4. p § 128. ' § 140, 6, or 1, 2d. ^ § 121, Obs. 2. i § 141, Obs. 8. ' 74. 8. » § 140 1. 1st. 114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. accurate antea meditatus esset.^ Uncle plerique euin tim- id iiiii esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue- tudinem imrtabaturj qui non facile de quaque re dieere, nee exislimationem suam ^ fortunee committere solebat. ■ 30. Pericles in conciOnem iturus, quuin animo perpen- deret, quantum periciili*^ inconsiderate dicta ^^ hominibus afFerrent,*^ solebat precari a diis/ ne quod ipsi ^ verbum imprudent! excideret, quod reipublicae officere possetJ^ 31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam quandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove colloqui^ leges- que ab eo accipere^ dirc^at. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae- moniis"^ persuasit, se leges suas^ ab Apolline didicisse.^ 32. Quum Lycurgus, Laceda^moniorum legislator, Del- phis4n templum Apollinisintrasset,utadeo^oraculumpe- teret, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: JVescio utrum de- us an homo appellandus ^ sis ; sed deus potius videris^ esse, 33. Leonidas, rex Lacedasmoniorum, quum Persae di- cerentur sagittarum multitudine sol em obscuratiiri, re;, spondisse fertur: Melius itdque in umbra pugnahimus. 34. Cyrus omnium su5rum milTtum nomina memori^ tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- ginti gentium, quae sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita di- dicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus" imperabat, sine inter- prete loqui posset. 35. Themistocles interroganti p utrum Achilles esse mallet,^ an Homerus,*i respondit: Tu verb mallesne te in Olympico certamine victorem reiiuntidri^ an prcBco esse^ qui victorum nomina proddmat ? ' »§ 140, Obs.2^ r§~112, Obs. 3. ^ 74, 9, & 108, 1. t 30, 3. ^§ 141, Obs. 8. ^ 70,3. e § 106, R. VIII. i 96,1. o 7, 2, &§ 112,R.V * 19 4. j§123, &7, 2. P 19, &§ 98, Obs. 5 • 74, 11. 1^ 98, 2. q § 103, R. V. '§124, Obs. 2 I § 130, l.Exc. &6.2 ' § 145, Obs, 1, 3. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 115 36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello ad- versus Lacedsemonios, animos su5rum religione excitan- dos^ ratus, arma in templis affixa nocte^ detraxit, persua- sitque militibus, quum ilia abesse"^ viderent, deos iter suum sequi,*^ ut ipsis*^ prceliantibus adessent. 37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulneratus est. Quum animam recepisset, inter rogavit circumstantes amicos, an clypeus salvus esset; ^ deinde, an hostes fusi essent.* Illi utrumque affirmaverunt. Turn demum hastam e corpore educi^ jussit. ^uo^ facto statim ex- spiravit. 38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia^ et integritatCj ut post plunma bella, quibus Thebanorum potentiam incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet prse- ter ahenum et veru. 39. Lysander, dux Lacedaemoniorum, militem quen- dam via^ egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullius. rei rapinam se ab agmine recessissejj respondit: Jfe^ spe- ciem quidem rapturi^ prcBheas volo, 40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum prsesidio tene- ret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse™ vigilias circumiretj vigilem, quem dormientem invenerat, hasta transfixit. Quod ^^ factum quibusdam"" ei ° ut ssevum ex- probrantibuSj Qualem^ inveni^ inquit, tah'tn reliqui. 41. Quum quidam Thrasybulo, qui civitatem Athe- niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: Quantas ^ tibi gratias ^thence debent ! ille respondit: Dii I » 108, 4, & § 79, 9. g 38, 5. 1 19,fe§98,Obs.5 »> § 131, R. XL. h § 106, R. VII. ^ 32, 3. e 96, 2. i § 136 R. LII. ° 38. d§112, R. I. i 94, 1,2(1, &982. § 123. • 74, 12, & § 140, 5. ^ 121, 2, and p 44,4, & 47. ' 90,4. §140, 1.3d. q 48, 3. J 16 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. fncmntj^ ut quantas^ ipse"^ patria deheo gratias^ tanias ei t'idear "^ retulisse. 4:2. Philippus, rex Macedonum, monentibus* eum quibusdam, ut Pythiam quendam caveret,"^ fortera mili- tem, sed ipsi ^ alienatuin, quod tres filias segre aleret^^ nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur: Quid 1^ si partem rorporis haherem^ cEgram^ ahscinderem^ potius^ an curd- rem ? Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum,^ accepta^ diffi- cultate rei domesticse, pecunia^ instruxit. Quo facto nullum rex militem Pythia "^ fideliorera habuit. 43. Mulier quaedam ab eodem Philippo, quum a con- vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, j3 Philippo^ inquit, teniulento ad Philippum sobrium provoco, 44. Philippus, rex Macedonise, preedicare solebat, su oratorlbus Atheniensium maximaiii gratiam habere. ° JYam conviciis suis^ inquit, efficiunt^ ut quotidie melior ® evadaniy dum eos dictis^ factisque mendacii arguere Conor. 45. Ejusdem regis epistola fertur scripta ad Aristote- lem philosophum, qua filium sibi "^ natum esse nuntiavit. Erat ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his: Filium mihi^ genitum esse scito. Quod' equidem diis haheo gratiam.: 710JI tam quod natus estj quam quod ei^ contigit nasci temporibus vitce tuce. Spero enimfore^ ut a te educdtus et eruditus dignus evddat et nobis '^ et rebus ^ quas ipsi relicturi sumus. « 77, 9, and ^ § 150, 1. «» § 103, Obs. 2. § 42 Obs. 4, 5. i § 140, 2. p § 129. b 44, 3, & 47. J 78, 4, q § 126, R. III. « 32, 1. § 139, 2, & 124, 13. ^ 38, 10, Note. «!§ 140, 1, 3d, &70. k 104, 3, & 2. •§113. e § 122, Obs. 4. 1 § 125. t § 145^ obs. 6. t 64, 9. « 6, 3 « 6, 5, & § 119. f§ 141, Obs. 7. » 94, l,2d,&96, 1. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 117 46. Alexander Macedo, Philippi filius, quum puer a praiceptore sue audivisset innumerabiles mundos esse,^ lieu me^ miserum^ inquit, qui ne uno ^ quidem adhuc j)o- Vitus sum I 47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorun- dam benevolentiam largitionibus sibi conciliare conatus esset, Philippus eum bis verbis increpuit: Sperasne^ eos tibi ^jideles essefutilros/quos pecunid tibi conciliaveris 1 ^ Scito amorem non aurd emi sed virtutibus. 48. Alexandre ^ Macedoni, Asia debellata, Corinthii per legates gratulati sunt, regemque civitate ^ sua dona- verunt. Quod^ officii genus quum Alexander risisset, unus ex legatis, Mulli^ unquarriy inquit, civitdtem dedt- mus alii quam tibi ^ et Herculi. Quo * audito, Alexan- der honorem sibi delatum lubentissime accepit. 49. Quum Alexander Grseciee populis ^ imperasset, ut divmos ipsi honor es decernerent,"* Lacedaemonii his ver- bis utebantur: Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit^ esto deus ; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 50. Lysimachus, rex Thracise, Theoddrum Cyrenseum, virum libertatis^ amantissimum et regise dominationi*^ in- festum, cruci aff igi® jussit. Cui ille, Hujus modi minis^ inquit, purpurdtos tuos t err easy Mea ^ quidem nihil ' interest^ humine ^ an sublime putrescam. 51. Mausolus, rex Cari8e, Artemisiam habuit conju- gem. Heec, Mausolo defuncto, ossa cineremque marlti contusa et odoribus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxil * 96, 9. g § 141, Obs. 8. « § 107. R. IX. ^§117, R. b § 125, & Obs. 1. o 90,4. ^ 7, 5, and i 38, 7, & 38, 5. p § 45, T. 1 § 121, R. XXVI. J § 123. q § 113, Exc. 1. d 58, 1, & 56, 3. k § 149, R. LXV. ' § 122, Obs. 6. *§in. « 7,2, &§112, R.V '§130, Obs. 7. ' 99. 1 m § 140^ 1^ sd. 118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. quoque, ad conservandam ^ ejus memorianij sepulcrum iJludnobilissimum, ab ejus nomine appellatum, quod inter septem orbis terrarum miracula numeratur. Quod^ quum Mausoli manibus'' dicaret, certamen instituit, prse- miis amplissimis ei propositis, qui defunctum regem op- time laudasset.^ 62. Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et psene totius Sicillae tyrannidem acceperat, senex patria^ pulsus Co- rinthi^pueros litteras docuit.^ 63. Mithridates, rex Ponti, ssepe venenum hauserat, ut sibi a clandestinis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est, ut, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere veilet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerentJ^ 64. Quum Gyges, rex Lydiae ditissimus, oraculum Apollinis interrogaretj an quisquam mortalium ' seJ esset^ feliclor, deus, Aglaiim quendam Psophidium feliciorem, praedicavit. Is autem erat Arcadum' pauperrimus, par- vuli agelli possessor, cujus terminos quamvis senex nun- quam excesserat, fructibus^ et voluptatibus angusti ruris contentus. 65. Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, quum in Italia esset, audivit, Tarentinos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum hono- rif ice de se locutos esse.'"^ Eos igitur ad se arcessTtos per- cunctatus est, an dixissent^ ea, quse ad aures suas per- venissent."* Tum unus ex his, J\%sij inquit, vinum nohis^ defecissety^ multo "^ etiam plura ' et graviora in te locutu- ri erdmus,^ Hsec criminis excusatio iram regis in risum convertit. « 112,7. i»§ 140, 1, 4th. n§141,0bs. 8. to 38, 4. i § 107, R. X. ° § 112, Obs. 1. c § 123, R. J 6. 3. P § 140, Obs. 2. d § 141, Obs. 2, 2d. k § 140, 5. q § !32, R. XLIII • § 126, R. V. » § 119, R XXIII. ' 19, 4. t 4, 1, & § 130, 1. » 98, 2. " § 79, 8. « § 124, R. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 119 56. Marsyas, frater Antigdni, regis Macedonian, quum causam hab^ret cum private qiiodam, fratrem rogavit, ut de ea domi cognosceret.^ At ille. In for o jp otitis * inquit. JVam si culpa ^ vacaSj innocentia tua ibi melius appare- bit; sin damnandus eSj nostra justitia* 57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomina fratrum Ana- pi^ et Amphinomi,^ qui patrem et matrem humeris per medics *^ ignes iEtnae portarunt, eosque cum vitae suse *" periculo e flammis eripuerunt. 58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod claudus in pugnam iret/ At mihi^^ inquit, pugnare^ nonfugere est propositum,^ 59. Spartanus quidam in magistratus petitione ab semulis victus, maximse sibi laetitiae esse,J dixit, quod pa- tria sua se ^ melidres cives haberet/ 60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare, didicerat, Lacedsemonio * cuidam dixisset, se non arbitra- ri Lacedaemonidrum ^ quemquam tamdiu idem facere posse, ille respondit: Jit anseres^ te^ diutiiis. 61. Diagoras Rhodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis Olynipicis vict5res renuntiati essent, tanto affectus est gaudio,'"" ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in filiorum manibus animam redderet." 62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia pub Ilea ac- cedebat, antequam in templo Jovis precatus esset.® 63. Scipio dicere solebat, hosti non solum dandara^ « Supply the proper verb. » § 140, 1, 3d. s § 126, R. III. ^ § 129. *• § 121, R, XXV. ^ § 144, R. LVI. a § 140, 1, 1st c§ 97, & Obs.o. i 51, 1. § no, 4. d 17,1. i 8, 1, and § 114. p 108, 4. • 30,2. k 6, 3, & § 120. q § 1)7, R. X. f § 141 Ohs. 8 ' 63, 8c§ 123. 20 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. esse viam fugiendi, sed etiam muniendam. Similiter Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, fugienti hosti^pertinaciter instandum'' esse negabat; non solum, ne fortius ex necessitate resis teret,^ sed ut postea quoque facilius acie ^ cederet, ratus victores fugientibus non usque ad perniciem instaturos esse. 64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens interro- gatus, quid postero die facturus esset T Tunicam meam^ inquit, si id eloqui posset^ comhurerem.^ 65. L. Mumniius, qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam tabulis^ statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil in suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset ^ un- de ejus filia dotem acciperet.J Quare senatus ei ex pub- lico dotem decrevit. 66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetee imaginem in sepulcro gentis Cornelise coUocari jussit, quod Scipionum res gestas carminibus ^ suis illustraverat. 67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset,^ animadvertisset- que gladium excidisse ^ vagina,™ rediitin hostem: accep- tisque aliquot vulneribus,'^ recuperate" demum gladio ad suos reversus est. 68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispania quinque co- hortes, qua3 hostibus" cesserant, testamentum facere jus- sas ad locum p recuperandum misit; minatus "^ eos non- nisi post victoriam receptum iri."* » § 112, R. IV. § 42, II. 2d. ^ § 136, R. LII. b 113 8. ^§ 129. » 104,1. c § 140, 6. i § 140, 1, 1st. ° § 1]2, R. V. d § 136, Obs. 5. i § 141, Obs. 8. Obs. 5, 5th. e § 140, 5. k 74, 8, & P 112, 7. t § 140, 2. § 140, Obs. 4. q 106, 1. c 78,8, & » 98,3 r 94, 1, 2d, & 100, 8. ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 1^1 69. Publius Decius consul, quum in bello contra Lat- inos Romanorum aciem cedentem videret, capite pro rei- publicge salute devoto,^ in medium hostium agmen irruit, et magna strage edita* plurimis telis obrutus cecidit. Hsec ejus mors Romandrum aciem restituit, iisque victo- riam paravit. 70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit, filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restituere (^onati erant, ipse^ capitis^ damnavit, eosque virgis csesos securi *^ percuti ^ jussit. 71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unicum, ju- venem summee pietatis^ et magnee spei, morte ^ amisisset, dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus curiam peteret,^ ibique muneris sui negotia strenue oblret. 72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Macedo- nise rege, accidit,^ ut serena nocte-J subito luna deficeret Haec res ingentem apud milites terrorem excitavit, qui existimabant hoc omine ^ futuram cladem portendi.^ Turn vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione militum causam hujus rei tarn diserte exposuit, ut poste- ro dieJ omnes intrepido animo^ pugnam committerent.^ 73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem ap- pellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse^ is dicitur centum et viginti proeliis; ™ cicatricem aversam nullam, adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse; coronis" esse donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralibus tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin- * 104, 1. g§ 129. k 96, 5. ' 32, 4. b § 140, 1, 1st. 1 § 145, Obs.-4. * § 122. i 51, 3. ^§ 136, Obs. 5. (in.) d § 15, 6, &Note 3. J 6, 7, & » § 123, Obs. 3, and 90, 4, or 94, 3. § 131, R. XL. § 126, ' § 106. R. vn. 11 122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodeviginti. Piiaieris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Trium- phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos ^ novem. 74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria millia^ Carpetandrum reliquerunt. Quorum ^ exemplum ne ce- t eri quoque barbari sequerentur,*^ edixit eos a se esse di- missos,^ et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, quorum fides ipsi ^ suspecta erat, domum ^ remlsit. 75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non posset,^ ut praealtum flumen transirent/ neque rates haberet,^ qui- bus eos trajiceret,* jussit ferocissimum elephantorum sub aure vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset,J se in flumen conjicere illudque tranare. Tum elephantus exaspera- tus ad persequendum doloris sui auctorem tranavit am nem,*^ et relTqui quoque eum secuti sunt. *§n6, R. II. • 98,6. ^§140, Obs. 4. b § 24, 5. f 6, 2, & i § 141, Obs. 8. • 38. § 126 R. XXXIII. J § 141, R. VI. i « 140, K 2a s(i 130, 4. k § 136, R. LII AN EPITOME. OF ROMAN HISTORY, FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE EMPERORS. LIBER PRIMUS. 1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- nisse dicitur. Ibi baud procul a Janiculo arcem condidit, eamque Saturniam^ appellavit. Hie Italos primus^ agri- culturam Jocuit.^ 2. Postea Latinus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc -^neas, Ancbi- sse filius, cum multis Trojanis, qiiibus"^ ferrum Graecorura pepercerat, aufugit, et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latinus rex ei benigne recepto*^ filiam Laviniam in matrimoniiim dedit. ^neas urbem condidit, quam in hon5rem conjii- gis Lavinium*^ appellavit. 3. Post iEnese mortem Ascanius, ^nese filius, reg- num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum translu- lit, urbemque condidit in monte Albano, eamque Albam* Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui post ^neae mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus »§1]6, Obs. 1. »§124. §112, R.V. * § 98, Obs. 10. «» 7 2. and • 104, 3 124 ROMAN HISTORV. poster! omnes usque ad Romam conditam * Albse ^ regna- verunt. 4. Unus horum regunij Romulus Silvius, se Jove*^ ma- jorem esse dicebat,^ et, quum tonaret, militibus impera- vit, ut clypeos haslis percuterent,^ dicebalque hunc so- lium multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus/ et in Albanum lacum prgecipitatus est. 5. Silvius Procas, rex Albandrum, duos filios reliquit Numitorem ^ et Amulium. Horum minor ^ natu,^ Amu- lius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere velletjj an bona, quae pater reliquisset.^ Numltor paterna bona praitulit; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 6. AmuliuSj ut regnum firmissime possideret/ Numi- toris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris Rheam Silviam Vestalem virginem ^ fecit. Nam his Vestse sa- cerdotibus non licet viro "^ nubere. Sed haec a Marie geminos filios Romulum et Remum peperit. Hoc quum Amulius comperisset," matrem in vinciila conjecit, pue- ros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se efFuderat, et, quum pueri in vado essent positi," aqua refluens eos in sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque uberibus suis aluit. Quod^ videns Faustulus quidam, pastor illius regionis, pueros sustiilitj et uxori Accae Lau- rentias nutriendos^'dedit. 8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastdres Iransegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent, • § 146, Obs. 2. s § 97, Obs. 5. ™ § 116, Obs. 1. b 4, 1. h§ 107, Obs. 6. «§ 112, R. V e 6, 3. » § 128, R. o 74, 8, & « § 44, II. 1. J § 140, 5. § 140, Obs. 4. «§140, 1, 3d. k§141, Obs. 8 p 38, & § 99, Expl. « 115, 1. » § 140 1, 2d. s 107. 2 LIBER I. 125 qiiis ips5rum avus, quse mater fuisset,* Amulium interfe- cerunt, et Numitori avo regnum restituerunt. j^^te Turn urbem condiderunt in monte Aventino, Christum quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam ^ vocavit. ^^'^• Haec quum moenibus circumdaretur, Remus occisus est, dum fratrem inidens moenia ^ transiliebat. 9. Romulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum pa- tefecitj ad quod mtilti ex civitatibus suis pulsi accurre- runt. Sed novse urbis civibus "^ conjuges deerant. Fes- turn itaque Neptuni et ludos instituit. Ad hos quum multi ex fmitimis populis cum mulieribus et liberis venis- sent,* Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes virgin es rapu- erunt. 10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptse erant, bellum adversus raptores susceperunt. Quum Romse ^ appropin- quarent/ forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quse in arce sacra procurabat. Hahc rogabant, ut viam in arcem monstraret,^ eique permiserunt, ut munus sibi posceret.s Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris manibus gere- rent,*' annul os aureos et armillas significans. At hostes m arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam obruerunt; nam et ea in sinistris manibus gerebant. n. Tum Romulus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeiuiii tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum Romanum est. In media' csede raptse J processerunt, et hinc patres hinc conjuges et soceros complectebantur, et rogabant, ut csedis flnem facerent.^ Utrique his preci- bus commoti sunt. Romulus feed us icit, et Sabinos in urbem recepit. • 74, 8, & § 140, 5. § 112, Obs. 1. e § 140, 1, 3d. b § 116, Obs. 1. e § 112, R. IV. b § 141, Obs. 8. e § 136, R. LII. t 74,3 ^ and * 17, 1. d 118, 8, and § 140, Obs. 4. J Sup. muli^re* 126 ROMAN HISTORY. 12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores logit, eosque cum* ob setatem^tum ob reverentiam iis** debitam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis- tribuit, easque raptarum ^ nominibus nuncupavit. 2j ' Anno regni tricesimo septimo, quum exercitum lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam ^ repente oc- ulis^ hominum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatoribus interfectum/ alii ad decs sublatum esse^ existimaverunt. 13. Post Romuli mortem unius anni interregnum fuit. Quo^ elapso, Numa Pompilius Curibus,^ urbe in agro Sa- binorum natus^rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem nullum gessit; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam et leges dexlit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari et bellicdsi mores molliret.^ Omnia autera, qua3 faciebat,J se nymphae Egeriee, conjugis suae, jussu facere^ dicebat J Morbo decessit, quadragesimp tertio imperii anno. 14. Numae^ successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus g^ * avusse inbello adversusSabinosfortem et strenu- um virum "* praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Al- banis indixit, idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et Curia- tiorum certamine finivit. Albam propter perfidiam Metii Suffetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus annis" regnasset, fulmme ictus cum dome sua arsit. 15. Post huncAncusMarcius, Numse ex filia 114.' nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir aequitate ° et religione avo ^ similis, Latinos bello domuit, ur- • 124,8. '97,5. > § 112, R. IV. »» § 126, R. III. & 8 38,5. >»§ 116, Obs. 1. 64,6. h§ i3o,l.Exc.&6. 2 » § 131, R. XLI. e § 98, Obs. 5. i § 140, 1, 2d. and Exp. < § 146, Obs. 6. i § 44, II. 1. <> § 128, R. • 5,1&§126,R.III ^ 96,1, p 7, 6, &§111. LIBER I. 127 bem ampllavlt, et nova ei^ moenia circumdedit. Carce- rem primus a^dificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit, Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperii mor- bo obiit. 16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- ous accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos patriae ^^7 Coiinthi fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse^ Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- quando Romam*^ profectus erat. Advenienti*^ aquila pi- leum abslulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. Hinc Tanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum^ perita, reg- num ei portendi intellexit. 17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis familiari- tatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorura suorum tutorem^ reliquit. Sed is pupillis "^ regnum intercepit. Senatoribus, quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios addidit, qui mino- rum gentium^ sunt appellati. Plura bella feliciter ges- sit, nee paucos agros bostibus ^ ademptos urbis territorio adjunxit. Primus triumphans urbem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. , Tricesimo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios, quibus *^ regnum eripuerat, occisus est 18. Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe- rium, genitus ex nobili femina, captiva tarn en et jyg * famula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educa- retur,^ flamma in ejus capite visa est. Hoc prodigio Ta- naquil ei summam dignitatem portendi J intellexit, et con- jugi ^ persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos educaret.^ Quum adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit. a § 123, R. &Obs. 3. « § 107, R. IX. i § 140, Obs. 4, and ^ 32, 4. f § 116, Obs. 1. § 44, II. •=§ 130; 2. g Sup. Senatores, i 96, 6. «» (Sup. ei) § 106, R. k § 112, R. V. § 123, & 5, 1. M 126, R. III. & 5. 1. i § 140, 1, 3d 128 ROMAN HISTORY. 19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occisus esset, Tana'qui de superidre parte domus populum ^ allocuta est, dicenSj regem grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accejAsse;^' emu fetere^ ut populuSj dum convaluisset^*^ Servio Tullio ohediret. Sic Servius regnare ccepit, sed bene imperium administravit. Montes tresurbiadjunxit. Primus om- nium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capitum octoginta tria millia civium Romanorum,cum his qui in agris erant. 20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filial Tulliae 220.* et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui*' Servius successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradibus curise dejectus, quum domum^ fugeret, interfectus est. Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjugem regem s salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurigam super patris corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit. 21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. Bellotamen strenuuspluresfinitimorum populorum^ vicit. Templum Jovis in Capitolio sedificavit. Postea, dum Ardeam^ oppugnabat, urbem Latii, imperium perdidit. Nam quum filius ejus Lucretise,^ nobilissimse feminai, conjugi Tarquinii Collatini, vim fecisset, hsec se ipsamJ occidit in conspectu mariti, patris, et amic5rum,postquam eos obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriam ulciscerentur.'' 22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatlnus, ^3 ' aliique nonnulliin exitium ^ regis conjurarunt populoque ' persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis clau- deret.^ Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum rege oppugnabat, eum reliquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore " § 136, R. LII. * § 112, R. IV. i § 123, R. »» 94, 1,2(1, & 98, 2. f § 130,4. J 32. e 96,2. g§116, Obs, 1. k§140, 1,3(1. * 80, 3, &§ 140, 4 M107, R. X ' 123.1 &U36.R.L LIBER 1. 129 et liLeris suis. Ita Romse* rcgnatum^ est per septeni reges annos ° ducentos quadraginta tres. 23. Hinc consules coepere pro uno rege duo crearij ut, si unus malus esset/ alter eum coerceret.® Annuum iis imperium tributum est, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis insolentidres redderentur.^ Fuerunt^ igitur anno primo, expulsls regibus/ consules L. Junius Brutus, acerrimus libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius Collatlnus, maritus Lucre- tiae. Sed Collatino ^ paulo post dignitas sublata est. Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarqulniorum familia Romse* maneret.^ Ergo cum omni patrimonio suo ex urbe migra- vit, et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 24. Commovit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In prima pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese invi- cem** occiderunt. Romani tamen ex ea pugna victores recesserunt. Brutum Romanse matrdnae quasi communem patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lu- cretium, Lucretiae patrem, collegam sibi fecit; qui quum morbo exstinctus esset,^ Horatium Pulvillum sibi colle- gam J sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules habuit 25. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena,^ rege Etrus- 245. c5rum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Hora- tius Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes co- hibuit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset.^ Tum ge cum armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad suos transnavit. 26. Dum Porsena urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucius Scse- vola, juvenis fortis animi,^ in castra hostis se contulit eo • 4, 1. e § 140, 1, 2(1. i § 140, Obs 4. ** § 85, 3. f 9, 1. J § 116, Obs. 1 e§131,R.XLI. «§ 126, R. III. & 5.1 k§ 140,4. « § 140. 2 h § 28, Obs. 5. 1 § 106. R. VII 130 ROMAN HISTORY. consilio, ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro ipso rege interfecit. Turn a regiis ^ satellitibus cora])re- hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus allatis terreret,^ dextram arse ^ accensce imposuit, donee flammis consumpta esset.^ Hoc facinus rex miratus^ ju- venem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficiura referens ait/ trecentos alios juvenes in eum conjurasse.s Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit, Tar- quinius autem Tusciilum se contiilit, ibique privatus cum uxore consenuit. 27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos,^ 259.* populus Romse seditionem fecit, questus quod tribiitis et militia a senatu exhauriretur.* Magna pars plebls urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienera amnem secessit. Tum patres turbati Menenium Agrip- pam miserunt ad plebem, qui-* earn senatui conciliaret. Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris humani corporis; qua popiilus comm5tus est, ut in urbem rediret. Tum primum tribuni plebis cread sunt, quirJ plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges,^ 261. * Q^* Marcius, Coriolanus ^ dictus ab urbe Volsco- rum Coriolis,' quam'"" bello ceperat, plebi" invl- sus fieri ccepit. Quare urbe° expulsus ad Volscos, acer- rimos Romanorum hostes, contendit,et ab iis dux^ exer- citus factus Romanos ssepe vicit. Jam usque ad qumtimi milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum I?- * § 106, Obs. 4. f § 44, I. 3. k § io3, R. and t § 44, II. 2, and e 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d § 116, Obs. 1. § 42, Obs. 2 ^ § 146, Obs. 2. i § 97, R. I. «§123, R. i § 141, Obs. 7. »§ 99, Obs. 3. a §140,4. J 40, 4, and n § 111, R. • 106, l,and § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. «> § 136, R. LIl § 146, Obs. 6. LIBJiR I. 131 gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret.* Denique Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum vene- runt; quarum fletu et precibus commotus est, ut exerci- tum lemoveret.^ Quo ^ facto a Volscis ut prodltor*^ oc- clsus esse dicitur. 29. Romani quum adversum Veientesbellum gererent fa m ilia Fabidrum sola hoc bellum suscepit. Profecti sunt treceiiti sex nobilissimi homines, duce ^ Fa- bio consule. Quum sa3pe hostes vicissent, apud 274. Cremeram fiuvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Vei- entes dolo ^ usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi exorto^omnes perierunt. TJnus superfuit ex tanta fa- milia, qui propter setatera puerllem duci non potuerat ad pugnam. Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum illumjS^ qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctatidne debilitavit. 30. Anno trecentesimo etaltero^^ab urbe con- , 1- A • , - . _ . ....... A. U ditaMecemviri creati sunt, qui J civitati leges 302. scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt; se- cundo autem dominationem exercere cceperunt. Sed quum unus eorum ^ Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam, Virginiam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, pater eam occidit. Tum ad milites profugit, eosque ad se(liti5nem commovit. Sublata est decemviris ^ potestas, ipsique omnes aut™ morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 31. In bello contra VeientanosFuriusCamil- lus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua" obsidi- 353 * one quum ludi literarii magister principum filios ex urbe in castra hostium duxisset,® Camillus hoc donum » § 140, 1, 2cl. f § 146, Obs. 6. ^ § 107, R. X. t 38, 5. g 27, 1st. 1 § 126, R. III. &5.1 c §149, Obs. 1. M24, 7. ^ 124,3. ^ 110, 1. i § 146, Obs. 2. ° 38,8. e § 121, R. XXVI. J § 141, R. II. Obs. § 140, Obs. 4 and 7, 4. 2, 4th. 132 ROMAN HISTORY. liOR accepit, sed scelestum homihem, manibus post ter- gum vinctisjpueris Falerios^reducendum ^ tradidit; vir gasque iis dedit, quibus proditdrem in urbem agerent.*^ 32 Hactantaanimi nobilitatecommotiFalisci urbem Ro- manis tradiderunt. Camillo'^ autem apud Romanos crimi- ni datum ^ est, quod albis equis triumphasset,^ et prsedam inique divisisset; damnatusque^'ob earn causan, 3*64. * ^^ civitate expulsus est. Paulo post Galli Se- nones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu- men AUiam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupfirunt.s Jam nihil praeter Capitol ium defendi^ potuit. Et jam prsesidi- um fame laborabat, et in eo ' erantjj ut pacem a Gallis auro emerent,*^ quum Camillus cum manu militum super- veniens hostes magno proelio superaret. LIBER SECUNDUS. 1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto 394. * P^^^ urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem ac- cesserant, et quarto milliario * trans Anienem fluvium consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine"' fortis- simum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. T. Manlius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocati5nem accepit, Galium occidit, eumque torque" aureo spoliavit, quo** ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquati appel- lati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt. »§130,2. ' 115.1. k§i40, 1,1st «> 107,1. ?§79, 1,1st. i§132, R. c 83, 3, and ^ 87, 6. m 6, 1, and § 141, Obs. 2, & 3. i 19, 6, & § 106, R. VII. •> § 114, R. § 31, Obs. 2. n § 125, R. & 6, 8 • § 141, Obs, 7. i § 102. R. II. o § if 9, r. LIBER II. 133 2. NoYO bello cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis , , qiiadringentesimo sexto, iterum Gallus processit 43^ robore^atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum ex Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret.** Turn se M. Va- lerius, tribunus miiitum, obtulit; et, quum processisset ar- matus, corvus ei*^ supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox, commissa pugnajhic corvus alis^ et unguibus Galli ocu- los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio a Valerio interficeretur,^ qui hinc Corvini nomen accepit. 3. Postea Romanibelhimgesserunt cum Sam- nitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum honore 430 dictatoris profectus est. Qui ^ quum negotii cu- jusdam causa Romam ivisset, praecepit Q. Fabio ^ Rul- liano, njagistro equitum, quem apud exercitum reliquit, ne pugnam cum hoste committeret.^ Sed ille occasi5nem nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob banc rem a dictatore capitis^ damnatus est. At ille in urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et populi libe- ratus est; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut psene ipse^ interficeretur.^ 4. Du5bus annis postJ T. Veturius et Spurius Postu- mius coiisules bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi a Pontio Thelesino, duce bostium, in insidias inducti sunt. Nam ad Furculas Caudinas Romanos pellexit in angustias, unde sese expedire non poterant. Ibi 433 ' Pontius patrem suum Herennium rogavit, quid^ faciendum putaret.* Ille respondit, aut omnes occidendos™ » § 128, R. ' 39, 1. § 136, Obs. 6. ^ § 140, 1, 3d. s§ 112, R. V. k 91, 5. «= § 110, Obs. 1. ^ § 126, R. I. 1 § 140, 5. « § 129, R. i 32, 3. «» 108, 4. •§ 140,1,4th. J § 90, 4, and 12 " § 140, 1, 1st. 134 ROMAN HISTORY. esse, ut Romanorum vires frangerentur,^ aut omnes di- millendos, ut beneficio obligarentur.^ Pontius utrumque consilium improbavit, omnesque sub jugum misit. Sam- nites denique postbellum undequinquaginta annorum su- perati sunt. 5. DevictisSamnitibuSjTarentinis^ bellumin- 472 * dictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam fe- cissent."" Hi Pyrrhum,*^ Epiri regem, contra Ro- manos auxilium ^ poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, tumque primum Romani cum transmarino hoste pugna- verunt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lse- vinus. Hie, quum exploratdres Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit eos per castra duci,^ tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent * Pyrrho, qusecunque a Romanis agerentur/ 6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhusauxilio elephantorum vi- cit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per noc- tem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanes mille ^ octingentos cepit, eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in prce- lio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad coelum ma- nus dicitur cum hac voce: Ego cum talibus viris brevi orhem terrarura suhigerern.^ 7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig- neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad Praeneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campa- niam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redi- mendis ' missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti sunt^ captivos sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis, Fabricium, sic • § 140, 1, 2d. d § 124, R. & 62, 5. s § 24, 5, & 7. !» § 126, R. III. « 94, 3. ^ § 42, II. 2d. e § 140, Obs. 2. f § 141, Obs 8. « 112, 8. LIBER II. i:j5 admiratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promitte- ret, si ad se transiret,'' sed a Fabricio contemptus est, 8. Quum jam Py rrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratidne teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, prsestantissimum virum, qui^ pacem peteret ea conditidne,"^ ut Py rrhus eam par- tem Italise, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani respai'.deruntjeum cum Romanis pacem habere non pos- se, nisi ex Italia recessisset.*^ Cineas quum rediisset, Pyrrho eum *^ interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset/ resporulit, se regum patriam vidisse.^ 9. In altero ^ prcelio cum rege EpTri commisso Pyrrhus vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum *' fugit. Interjecto anno, Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus Pyr- rhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu- rurn,' si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex admiratus ilium dixisse fertur; Ille^ est Fabricius ^ qui difficilius ah hones- tote^ quam sol a cursu suo averti potest, Paulo post Pyrrhus tertio etiam prcelio fusus a Tarento re- cessit, et, quum in Greeciam rediisset, apud Ar- ^g^ gos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 10. Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo post urbem conditam ^ Rojuandrum exercitus primum ^^q^ in Sicilian! trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum Hier5nem, Poenosque, qui multas civitates in ea msula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto an- 495^ no hujus belli, quod contra Pcenos gerebatur, * § 140, 2. « 63, 3. i § 130, 2. b§ 14l,R. II.&40.4 f§140, 5. J 100, 2&c 94, 1, 2(i «§129, R. g 98,2 k§103, R. A 5 140, 6. M 24, 7. § 146, Obs. 2. 136 ROMAN HISTORY. primum Romani, C. Buillio et Cn. Cornelio AsTna con- sulibus, * in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, sep- tern millia hostium ^ cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla vic- toria Romanis ^ gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, ut, quurn a coena redlret, pueri funalia gestantes, et tibicen eum comitarentur.'^ 11. Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in AfrT- 499^ cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- sium dux, pugna navali superatur; nam perditis sexaginta quatuor navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas amiserunt. Quuin in Africam venissent, Poenos in pluri- busproeliis vicerunt, m^gnam vim hominum ceperunt, septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Turn victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis ® petierunt. Quam ^ quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare nollet nisi durissimis conditionibus, Carthaginienses aux- ilium petierunt a Lacedssmoniis.^ Hi Xanthippum mise- runt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. Reg- ulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 12. Non tamen ubique fortuna Carthaginiensibus ^ fa- vit. Quum aliquot prcfiliis victi essent, Regulum roga- verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivorum- que permutati5nem a Romanis obtineret. Ille quum Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua ^ in potestatem Poenorum venisset.* Tum Romanis J suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha- giniensibus facerent:^ illos^ enim tot casibus fractos spem nullam nisi in pace habere:"* tanti" non esse, ut '^ 110, 2. ' 39,3. k§ 140, 1,3d. »'^106^R.VI. 5§n2, R. V. 1 94,4. ''§in,R. M131,R. XL. >" 96,2, & 94, 1,2a «» § 140, 1, 4th. i § 141, R. VI. n§ 122, R. XXVill • ^ 124, Obs. 2. i § 123 R. Exp. LIBER III. V37' tot millia* captivdrum propter se unum et paiicos, qu! ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Ha^c sentenlia obtinuil. Regressus igitur in Africam crudelij-simis sup- pliciis exstinctus est. 13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catiilo, A. Postumio consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesimo tertio ^i^ magnum proelium navale commissum est contra Lilybseum, promontorium Siciliae. In eo proelio septua- ginta tres Carthaginiensium naves captse,^ centum viginti quinque demersse^triginta duo millia hostium capta, tre- decim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem petierunt, eisque pax tributa est. Captivi Romanorum,*^ qui tenebantuT a Carthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Pceni Siiliia/ Sardinia, et ceteris insulis, quae inter Italiam Af- ricamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Hispaniam quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. LIBER TERTIUS. 1. Anno quingentessimoundetricesimoingen- tes Galldrum copise Alpes transierunt. Sed pro ^29/ Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est^^* octingenta millia* hominum^ ad id bellum parata fuissef Res prospere gesta est apud Clusium: quadraginta millia hominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis^ post *' pugna- tum est * contra Gallos in agro Insubrum, finitumque est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Sclpiorie consulibus. Tum Marcellus regem Gallorum, Yiridom- *§24, 5. « § 44, Obs. & III. g § 131, R. XL. ^ 115, 2. 5, 51, 2. ^ § 136, Obs. 6. c§107, R.X. f 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 9. ^ § 85, 3. ' § 136, R. LIT VSS ROMAN HISTORy. arum, manu sua occ'idit, et triumpLans spolia Galli stip- 111" imposita humeris suis vexit. 2. Paulo post Punicum bellum renovatum est per Han- nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar novem annos^ naturn aris admoverat, ut odium perenne in Romanos juraret.^ Hie annum agens vicesimum a^ta- tis SaguntumjHispanise civitatem, Romanis am- 5*3g' icam, oppugnare"^ aggressus est. Huic Romani per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret.® Qui^quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthaglnem miserunt, ut mandaietur^ Hannibali,^ ne bellum contra socios populi Romani gereret.^ Dura responsa a Cartha- giniensibus reddita. Saguntinis interea faffie victis, Ro mani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, Pyrenseum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo- ginta millia peditum^et viginti millia equitum, septem et triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticinum commisso,^ su- peratus est, et, vulnere accepto,^ in castra rediit. Tum Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt. Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consul em ad Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp tusj' Romanorum viginti quinque millia csesa sunt. 4. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno post 540.* urbem conditam L. ^milius Paullus et P. Te- rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur t Supply is with traditur, or eum with abduxisse, § 145, Obs. 4. \^ »§126, R. III. d§ 144^ Obs. 2. s 51 & § 144. Obs. ^ ^ § 131, R. XLI. e § 140, 1. 3d. h 104, 2. c ^ 140. 1. 2d. f 39, 1. i 115, 2. LIBER III. 139 Quamquam intellectum erat,"" Hannibalem non aliter vin- ci posse quam mora, Varro tamen moree ^ impatiens apuil vicum, qui Cannae^^appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo consules victi, Paullus interemptus est. In ea pugna con- sulares aut praetorii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut occisi; militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millia el quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod*^ nim- quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 6. Post earn pugnam multee Italise civitates, quae Ro- manis^ paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- nibal Romanis obtulit/ ut captivos redimerent; respon- sumque est^ a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios, qui armati capi potuissent.^ Hos omnes ille postea variis suppliciis interfecitj et tres modios aureorum annulorum Carthaginem misit, quos manibus^ equitum Romanorum, senatdrum, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum magno exercitu, a duobus Scipionibus vincitur, perditque in pugna triginta quinque millia hominum. 6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem Campanise, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- pore Philippus, Demetrii filius, rex Macedonise, ad Han- nibalem legatos mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanos pol- licetur. Qui legati' quum a Romanis capti essent,' M. Valerius Lsevinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem im pediret,^ quo minus copias in Ilaliam trajiceret.* Idem in Macedoniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit. i » 51, 2, and «§ 112, R. V. J § 140, Obs. 4. § 144, Obs. 1. f 60, 4. k§ 141, Obs. 2, 4tb, »>§ 107, R. IX. 5§ 140, 6. and 83, 2. « § 103, Obs. J. ^ § 123, R. 1 78 7 * 37, 9. » 38, 1. 140 ROMAN HISTORY. 7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel- lu;s magnam hiijus insulse partem cepit, qiiam PcBiii occu • paverant; Syracusas, nobilissimam urbem, expugnavit, et ingentein inde prsedam Romam ^ misit. Laivlnus in Ma- cedonia cum Philippe et multis Grseciae populis amicitiam fecit; et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Poen5rum du- cem, apud Agrigentum cepit; quadraginta civitates in de- ditionem accepit, viginti sex expugnavit. Ita omni Si* cilia receptaij cum ingenti gloria Romam ^ regressus est. 8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipionesab Hasdru- bale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir Romanorum^ omnium fere primus. Hic,*^ puer** duodevi- ginti annorumj^ in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singular! virtute^' servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem ^ mul- tos^ nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere** cupienti- um, auctorilate sua ab hoc con&ilio deterruit. Viginti quatuor annorum*^ juvenis inHispaniam missus, die qua venit, Carlhaginem Novam cepit, in qua omne aurum et argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, nobilissimos quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi- des parentibus suis * reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa- nise civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt. 9. Ab eo inde tempore res Roman5rum in dies Isetiores factse sunt. Hasdrubal a fralre ex Hispania in Italiam evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civilatemjin insidias inci- dlt, et strenue pugnans occisus est. Plurimse autem civi- tates, qua3 in Brutiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. ^§ 130,2, d 13, 2. s 21, 3. ' § 107, R. X. • § 106, R. VII. ^ § 144, 5, & Obs. 2 ' 27 4. f § 106, Obs. 4. i § 28. Exc. LIBER IV. 14) 10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus,^ et in 5*50 * Africam missus est. Ibi contra Hanndnem, du- cem Carthaginiensium, prospere pugnat, totumque ejus exercitum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia homi- num occidit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quin- gentis militibus. Syphacem, Numidise regem, qui se cum Poenis conjunxerat, cepit,eumque cum nobilissimis Numi- dis et infmitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua^ re audita, oranis fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse*^ aCartha- giniensibus in Africam redire jubetur. Ita anno 553^ * decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus** semel frustra tentatamj pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- simi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio vic- tor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. Po&t hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. Scipio, quum Romam rediissetjingenti gloria triumphavit, atque Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam coeperat. LIBER QUARTUS. 1. FiNiTO Punico bello, secutum est Macedo- nicum contra Philippum regem. Superatus est 555* rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocepha- lasjpaxque ei data est hislegibus: ne Grcecice civitatibusy quas Romdni contra eum defendcrantj helium inf err et^ • 115, 1. c 32, 3. * § 131, Obs. 2. »» 38. 3. d § 120, Obs. 3. f § 140, 1, 2d. 142 ROMAN HISTORY. ♦ ut captivDs et transfugas redderet ; quinquaginta solum naves haheret; reliquas Romdnis daret; mille talenta jjrcBstdret^ et obsidem^ daret filium Bemetrium. T. Quinctius etiam Lacedsemoniis intulit belluiiij et dxi- cem e5rum Nabidem vicit. 2. Finite belle MacedonicOjSeciitiim est bel- 553 lum Syriacum centra Antiochum regem, cum quo Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eum L. Cornelius Scipie consul, cui^ frater ejus Scipio Africanus legatus est additus. Hannibal navali prcelie victus,*" An- tiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asise civitatem, a Cornelio Scipione consule ingenti prcelie fusus est. Turn rex An- tiochus pacem petit. Data est ei^ hac lege, ut ex Eur op a et Asia recederet^ atque intra Taurum se contineret^ de- ceTTi millia talentorum et viginti obsides prceberet^ Han- nihCdem^ concitorem belli^ dederet. Scipio Romam re- diit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse, ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 3. Philippe, rege Macedonise, mortue, filius ejus Per- seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis.*^ Dux Remand- rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Re- mani earn prsestare noluerunt, nisi his conditionibus,^ u1 se et sues Romanis dederet. Mex ^milius Paullus con- sul regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti millia 586. peditum ejus occldit. Equitatus cum rege fugit. Urbes Macedonise omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus gestis,'^ cum ingenti pompa,^ Romam rediit in nave Perfiei, * 13. 1. c 115^ 2. « § 129, R b § 126, R. III. i 104, 1. f § 129, Obs. 2. LIBER IV. 143 inusitatee magnitudjnis;*nam sedeclm remorum orclTncs habuisse dicitur. Triumphavit magnificentissime m curru aureo, duobus filiis utroque latere^ adslantibus. Ante cur- rum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus ducti sunt. 4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Carthaginem ^ A XJ susceptum est sexcentesimo et altero ^ anno ab qq2, ' urbe condita,^ anno quinquagesimo primo post- quam secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L. Manlius Censorinus et M. Manlius consul es in Africam trajecerunt,^ et oppugnaverunt Carthaginem. Multa ibi prseclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipi5nis Africani nepotem, qui tribunus*" in Africa militabat. Hujus apud omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, quam contra eum proelium committere. 6. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio anno postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant,^ consul est creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is banc uibem a civibus acerrime defensam^ cepit ac gQ§ diruit. Ingens ibi prseda facta, plurimaque in- venta sunt, quae multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago collegerat. Hsec omnia Scipio civitatibus ^ Italise, Sici- lise, Africae reddidit, quae' suaJ recognoscebant. Ita Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat, deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma movit, et P. Juvencium, Romandrum ducem, ad interne- cionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux a Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti ^§106. R. VII. «§n6,0bs. 5. ^ 53. »> § 136, Obs. 6, (in) t 13, 1. i 34. *= § 24, 7. g § 146, Obs. 6. i 31, 5. Note. < § 146, Obs. 2. 144 ROMAN HISTORY. uuinque millibus ex militibus^ ejus occlsis, Macedoniam recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatem su- am redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum indicium est, nobi- lissimse Graecise civilati,^ propter injuriam Romanis lega- ^ ^^ tis*^ illatam. HancMummius consul cepitac di - A. U. . . ^ . ^ ^ 608. ruit. Tres igitur Romae simul celeberrimi trium- phi fuerunt; Scipionis^ ex Africa, ante cujus curium ductus est Hasdriibal; Metelli"* ex Macedonia, cujus currum prsecessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus dicitur ; Mummii"^ exCorintho, ante quern signa senea et pic- tse tabulae et alia urbis clarissimae ornamenta pra^lata sunt. 7. Anno sexcentesimo decimo post urbem con- QlQ^ ' ditani Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro- manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latro- num dux; postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit, utvindex*^ liberlatis Hispanise existimaretur/ Denique a suis^ interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemiura a Caepione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquara Romanis placuisse *' imperat5rem a militibus suis interf ici. 8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantlnis, civi- tate*^ Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul, qui pacem cum iis fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus jussit infringi,* atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tracli.' Tum P. Scipio Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militera ignavum et corruptum correxit; tum niultas Hispaniae civitatespartimbello cepit, partim in deditionem g2i * accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame ad deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam provinciam m fidem accepit. '^ § 107, Obs. 8 ^ Sup. triumphus. « 19, 2. M 97, Obs. 1. • § 103, R. &Exp. ^ 51,5. .«§ 126, R. III. f § 140, 1. 1st. 5 90, 4 LIBER V. 145 9. P. Scipione Nasica ^ et L. Calpurnio Bestir consu- Ifbus, Jugurthse, Numidarum regi,bellum illatum est, quod Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Micips8e filios, patrueles su- on, inleremisset.** Missus adversus eum consul Calpurnius Ilestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosissi- niam fecit, quse a senatu improbata est. Deinque Qu. Ca}cilius Metellus consul Jugurtham variis proeliis vicit, elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, multas civitates ipsius in deditionem accepit. Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtham cepit. Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum g4g " duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu consulis in carcere strangulatus. LIBER QUINTUS. 1. DuM bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque German5rum et Gallorum gentes Italiae *^ minabantur, alieeque Romanorum exercitus fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romse *^ timor, ne^ iterum Galli urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul ^ creatus, eique bellum r'.ontra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- que protracto, tertius ei et quartus consulatus delatus est. In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theuto- hochum; propter quod meritum absens quinto Consul crea- tus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum opia adhuc infinita erat, in Italiara transierunt. g53 * llerum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos " no, 2. <^ 4, 1. § 140, Obs. 6. "§141,068.7. • 121, 6, and f § 103, R. § 112, R. V. k 13 146 ROMAN HISTORY. dimicatum est^ ad Verdnam. Centum et quadraginta millia aut in pugna aut in fuga csesa sunt; sexaginta millia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris^ signa sublata sunt. 2. Sexcentesimo quinquagesimo none anno ab g^g ' urbe condila in Italia gravissimum bellum exar- sit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Pelignique, qui mul- tos annos populo Romano obedierant, aequa cum illis jura sibi ^ dari poslulabant. Pernici5sum admodum hoc bel- lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occisus est; plures exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla cum ^ alia egregie gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quin- to demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit finem. Romani tamen, id ^ quod priiis negaverant, jus civitatis, bello finito, sociis tribuerunt. 3. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo sexages- QQQ * imo sexto primum Romse bellum civile exortum est; eddem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam bello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sullai bellum adversus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Ma- rius ei ^ hunc hon5rem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, qui adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum ^ interfecit, tum fugavit. Tum rebus Romai utcunque compositis, in Asiam profectus est, pluribusque prceliis Mithridatem coegit, ut pacem aRomanis peteretj^et Asia, quam inva- serat, relicta, regni sui fmibus contentus esset. 4. Sed dum Sulla in Grsecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- ciLj Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus * § 85, 3. e 124. 8. «> § 123, R. h 5, 1. " § 126, R. III. d 37,9. f§ 140, 1,3d. LIBER VI. J47 ex consulibus, bellum in Italia repar^runjj et ingressi Ro- mam nobilissimos ex senatu et consulares viros interfece- runt; multos proscripserunt; ipsius Sullse domo eversa, filios et ux5rem ad fugam compulerunt. Universus reli- quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Grseciam ve- nit, orans ut patriae subveniret.^ Sulla in Italiara traje- cit,^ hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem ingressus est, quam csede ® et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interfici^ jussit; duo millia equitum et senatorum proscripsit. Turn de Mith- ridate triumphavit. Duo hsec bella funestissima, Itali- cunij quod et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt ultra centum et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros con- sulares viginti quatuor, praetorios septem, sedilitios sexa- ginta, senatores fere ducentos. LIBER SEXJUS, 1. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo septua- gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo^ et M. Aurelio g^g ' Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bi- thyniae, et testamento populum Romanum fecit heredem.® Mithridates, pace rupta,^ Asiam ruisus voluit invadere. Adversus eum ambo consiiles missi variam habuere fortu- nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus proelio, a rege etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde Mithridates Cyzicum ^ transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta,* •§ 140, 1, 3d. d 90,4. 5 110, 2, and »> § 116, Obs. 5. « § 116, Obs. 1. § 146, Obs. IC «§ 125, R. ' 104, 1. ^ § 130, 2 148 ROMAN HISTORY. totam Asiam invaderet, Lucullus ei, alter consul, occurrit, ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse ^ eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis prceliis vicit. Postremo Byzantium*^ fugavit; navali qiioque proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme*^ et aestate a Lucullo centum fere millia® militum regis'exstincta sunt. 2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo^ septuagesimo 678.* octavo novum in Italia bellum comm5tum est. Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiat5res, ducibus^ Spartaco, Crixo, et CEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Ca- puai ^ erat, efFugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes psene non levius bellum, quam Hannibal,* moverunt. Nam con- traxerunt exercitum fere sexaginta millium* armatorum, multosque duces et duos Romanos consules vicerunt. Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule, et, post multas calamitates Italia3,J tertio anno huic bello finis est impositus. 3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse- cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- duxerat Mithridates, ingenti prcfclio superatum fugavit, et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam tenebat, eidem^ erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a Tigrane, Armeniae rege, qui turn ingenti gloria impera- bat; sed hujus quoque regnum ^ Lucullus est ingressus. Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenise civitatem, cepit; ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit, »§ 112, IV. f § 24, 7. J § 106, Obs. 1. " 32, 3. « 110,2. k 5, 1,& e § 130, 2. h § 130, 1. § 126, R. Ill «§ 131, R. XLI. i § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. 1 § 136, R. Lll. «§ 24,5. LIBER VI. 149 ut robur militum Armeni5rum deleret.* Sed quum Lucul- lus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei^ missus est. 4. Per ilia temp5ra piratse omnia maria infestabant ita, ut Romanis, toto orbe ^ terrarum victoribus, sola naviga- tio tuta non esset.* Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio'^ de- cretura est, quod intra paucos menses incredi- bili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ei^ de- gg- * latum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Ti- granem. Quo ^ suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Mi- nore nocturno proelio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta millibus ejus occisis/ viginti tantum de exercitu suo per- didit et duos centuri5nes. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et duobus comitibusj neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui seditione coactus, venCnum hausit. Hunc vitae finem ha- buit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrise ^ atque consilii. Regnavit annis^ sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus: contra Romanes bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 5. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit. Ille* seJ ei* dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suumJ in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit. Parte *^ regni eum multavit et grandi pecunia. Tum alios etiam reges et populos superavit. Armeniam Min5rem Deiotaro, Galatiae regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra Mithridatem tulerat. Seleuciam, vicinam Antiochise civi- tatem, libertate * donavit, quod regem Tigranem non rece- pisset."^ Inde in Judaeam transgressus, Hierosolymam, caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim millibus Juda^d- rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem * i. e. Pompey. f i. e. Tigranes. ^ § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. * § 140, 1, 1st. « 38, 5. i § 28, Obs. 3, 1st »> § 110, R. ' 104, 1 k § 125, R. « § 136, Obs. 5, (in) e § 106. R. VII. » § 123, Obs. 3. * § 126, R. Ill h § Ljl, R. XLI » § 141, Obs. 7 150 ROMAN HISTORY. antiquisslmo bello imposuit Ante triumphantis^currum ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, filius Tigranis, et Aristobulus, rex Judseorum. Prselata ingens pecunia, auri atque ar- gent! infinitum.^ Hoc tempore nullum per orbem terra- rum grave bellum erat. 6. M. Tullio Cicerone orat5re et C. Antonio g39^ ' consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catilina, nobilisimi generis ^ vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam ^ patriam conjuravit cuin quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus viris. A Cicerone urbe® expulsus est, socii ejus depre- hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero consule, Catillna ipse prcelio victus est et interfectus. 7. Anno urbisconditse sexcentesimo nonagesi- 093* mo tertio C. Julius Caesar cum L. Bibulo consul est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper vincendo *" usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- muit autem annis ^ novem fere omnem Galliam,quae inter Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri- tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus ^ ante eum ne nomen quidem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque trans Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius Crassus contra Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina et auspicia prcelium commisisset, a Surena Oro- jQQ ' dis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum filio, clarissimo et prsestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae cxercitus per C. Cassium quaestor em servatse sunt. • Sup. Pompeii. «» 112. 7. s § 131, R. XLI. »» Sup. pondus. « § 136, R. LII. ^ § 126, R. XXXIII e § 106, R. VII. t § 147, Obs. 5. LIBER VI. 161 9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ro- jaani nominis fortuna mutata est. Csesar enim 7Q5^ victor e Gallia rediens, absens coepit poscere alterum ^ consulatum; quern quumaliqui sine dubitatione deferrent,^ contradictum est*^ a Pompeio et aliis, jussus- que est, dimissis exercitibus, in urbem redire. Propter banc injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregatos babe- bat, infesto exercTtu Romam ^ contendit. Consul es cum Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex urbe fugit, et in Grseciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel- lum contra Caesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem ingres- sus dictatorem se fecit. 10. Inde Hispanias ^ petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- peravit; tum in Graecia adversum Pompeium ipsum dimi- cavit. Primo proelio victus est et fugatus; evasit tamen, quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque Csesar, nec^ Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan tum die se potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicaverunt. Nun- quamf adhuc Romanae copise majores neque melioribus ducibus ^ convenerant. Pugnatum est ^ ingenti contenti- one, victusquead postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di- repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam^ petiit, ut a rege -^gypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet^ aux- ilia. At hie fortunam magis quam amicitiam^ secutus, occidit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum Ceesari misit. Quo' conspecto, Ca3sar lacrymas fudisse dicitur, tanti viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. * Nee i. e. et notij 124, 1. f Nunquam, i. e. neque unquam, 124, 5 * » § 24, 7. d § 130, 2. h § 120, Obs. 2, Is*- »> § 140, Obs. 4, and « § 130, Obs. 10. i 38, 5, & § 44, 2. f § 136, Obs. 6 (cum) § 146, Obs. 2. « § 85, 3. € § 140. 1, 2d 152 ROMAN HISTOKY. 11. Quiim ad Alexandiiam venisset Caesar, Ptolemseub ci insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illatum est. Rex viclus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus ejus cum lorlca aurea. Ceesar, Alexandria* potitus, reg- num Cleopatra? dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeiana- rum ^ partiura reliquias est persecutus, bellisque civilibus toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam rediit, Ubi quum insolentius agere ccepisset,*^ conjuratum ^ est in eum a sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, equitibusque Romanis. Praecipui fiierunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex genere illius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis,® primus Romse consul fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo 709. * Caisar, quum in curiam venisset,*^ viginti tribus vulneribus confossus est. 12. Tnterfecto Caesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- no bell a civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Caesaris percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Csesaris partibus sta- bat. Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis scelerlbus commissis,^ a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatus- que Antonius, amisso exercitu,^ confugit ad Lepidum, qui Caesari ^ magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes copias militum habebat: a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus ^ patris* sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Ro- mam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibi J juveni vi- ginti anndrum^ consulatus daretur.^ Tum junctus cum Antonio et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere ccEpit, se- natumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator oc cisus est, multique alii nobiles. *. — , . — — — » 7, 5, & • 104,1. i viz: JuliiC(Ssaru § 121, R. XXVT. ' § 112, R. V. J § 126, R. III. * § 106 Obs. 4. g § 110, R. & Obs. 1. ^ § 106, R. VII. c § 140, Obs, 4. h 102, 1. J § 140, 1. Sd * § 85, 3. LIBER VI. 153 13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Csesaris, ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Csesar Oc- tavianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Anto- nius, apud Philippos, Macedoniss urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt An- 7*12. tonius et Caesar; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cassius; secundo Brutum et iniinitam nobilitatenij quse cum illis bellum susceperat, victam * interfecerunt. Turn victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavia- nus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. 14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata^ sor5re Csesaris Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginam ^gypti, uxorem duxit. Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra cupiditate^ muliebri optat Romse regnare. Victus est ab Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Ac- tium, qui^ locus in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in 7*23 * iEgyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad Augustum transirent, se ipse ® interemit. Cleopatra quo- que aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta est. Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Ro- mam rediit anno duodecimo ^ quam consul fuerat. Ex eo inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta et quatuor annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodecim annis cum Antonio et Lepido tenuerat.f Ita ab initio principatils ejus usque ad finem quinquaginta sex anni fuere. * " Enim," &c., assigning a reason for *' Solus " t Sup. eamy 1. e. rempublicam, » 104,3, and «§ 129, R. • 33, 1. § 98, Obs. 4. d 37, 5. f § 131^ obs. 2. ^ 104, 1. OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 1. Universus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, Europam,* Asiam, Africam. Eurdpa ab Afric^ sejungi- tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt altissimi, Abjla* in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui^ mon- tes Herculis columnae* appellantur. Per idem fretum mare internum, quod littoribus Europse, Asise, et African includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 2. Europa terminos ^ habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium; pontum Euxinum, et paludem Mseotida;® a meridie,' mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive Oceanum; a septentrione,^ mare Britannicum. Mare in- ternum tres maxTmos sinus habet. Quorum ^ is, qui Asiam a Grsecia sejungit, iEgaeufn mare vocatur; secun- dus, qui est inter Grfficiam et Italiam, Ionium; tertius denique, qui occidentales Italise oras alluit, a Romanis Tuscum, a Graecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 3. In ea Eur5pse parte, quse ad occasum vergit, prima terrarum ^ est Hispania, quse a tribus lateribus mari cir- cumdata per Pyrenseos montes cum Gallia cohseret. * § 97, Obs. 5. d § 116, Obs. 1. ' § 90, 6. »» 37, 6. Note. • § 16, 4. « § 107, R. X. & 38. • § 103, R. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 Quum unlversa Hispania dives sit ^ et fcECunda, ea tamen regie, quae a flu2nine Baeti^ Baetica vocatur, ceteras fe:- tilitate "" antecellit. Ibi Gades sitse, insula cum urbe a Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditano nomen dedit. Tota ilia regio viris,^ equis, ferro, plumbo, sere, argento, auro- que abundat, et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis, linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque lapi- cidinas habet. In Bsetica minium reperitur. 4 . Gallia posita est inter Pyrenseos montes et Rhenum, orieiitalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Oce- anus. Ejus pars ilia, quae Italiae ^ est opposita, et Nar- bonensis vocatur, omnium ^ est laetissima. In ea ora sita est Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condita, qui, patria a Persis devicta, quum servitutem ferre non possent,^ Asia relic- ta,^ novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est cam- pus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent,^ Jupiter filium imbre lapidum adjuvit. Credas^ pluissej'adeo multi passim jacent. 5. Rhodanus fluvius, baud longe a Rheni fontibus or- tus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita ut per medium lacum integer fluat,^ tantusque, quantus* ve- nit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Gallias aliquan- diu dirimit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum am- nium accessu auctus in mare efFunditur. 6. Ea pars Galliae, quae ad Rhenum porrigitur, frumen- ti pabulique^feracissTma est, coelum salubre; noxia ani- mal! um genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victimis ^ gaudere existiment.^ •§140, Obs. 3. ' 19, & § 107, R. X. J 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. M15, 5. 8 §140, Obs. 4. k§ 140, 1,1st. c§128, R. h 104,1. 1 44,3. , * § 121, R. i § 45, I. 3, last Ex. » § 107, R. XI. • § 126 R. m. § 140 1, 1st » § 121 Obs. 2. }5i^ OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE Mafi^istii religionum et sapientise sunt Druulse, qui, qusp" St scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis doceiit. Animas seternas esse ^ credunt, vitamque alteram post mortem incipere.^. Hanc ob causam cum defunctis ^ ar- ma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrinam homines ad bellum "^ alacriores facere existimant. 7. Universa Gallia divisa est inter tres magnos popii- losj qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenseo monte usque ad Garumnam Aquitani habitant; inde ad Sequanam Celtse; Belgee denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent. 8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenseo monte delapsus, diu vadosus est et vix navigabilis. Quanto ^ magis procedit, tanto fit latior; ad postremum magni freti ^ similis, non solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris exsurgit, navigantesque *^ atrociter jactat. 9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentrionem p^rgit. Postquam se baud procul Lutetia^ cum Matrona con- junxit, Oceano^ infunditur. Hsec flumina opportunissi ma sunt mercibus* permutandisJ et ex mari interne* in Oceanum transvehendis.J 10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus baud procul ab origine lacum efFicit Venetum, qui etiam Brigantinus ap- pellatur. Deinde longo spatio^ per fines Helvetioru^xi, Mediomatricorum, et Trevirorum continuo alveo fertur, aut modicas insulas^ circumfluens; in agro Batavo autera, ubi Oceano appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur; nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus, * 37,2. Obs. 5. i § 111, R. b 95, 1. ' § 111, Obs. 2. J § 112, 6. c 19, 1. g § 136, Obs. 5, (a) k § 132, R. * § 107, Obs. 3, 2d. »» § 126, R. III. « § 136, [R. LII. * ^ J32, R. XLIII. & NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 157 Flevo appellatur, ejusdemque nominis insulam amplexus, fit iterum arctior et fluvius^ iterum in mare emittitur. 11. Trans Rhenum German! habitant usque ad Yistu- 1am, quse finis est Germanise ad orientem. Ad meridiem terminatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari Britannico et Baltico. Incolae corp5rum proceritate ^ excel lunt. Ani- mos bellando,*^ corpora laboribus exercent. Hanc ob causam crebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tam finium prolatandorum "^ causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob bel- li amorem. Mites ^ tamen sunt erga supplices,^ et boni hospitibus. Urbes moenibus cinemas aut fossis aggeribus- que munitas non habent. Ipsas domos ad breve tempus struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quae frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari ^ peri- culosum^ arbitrantur libertati. 12. AgricuUurse ** Germani non admodum student, nee quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet. Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, campus, nemusve iis^ placuerit,* ibi domos figunt, mox alio tran- siluri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem in subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere. 13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- via redditur. Inter silvasJ maxima est Hercynia, cujug latitudinem^ Caesar novem dierum iter^ patere narrat. Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumina sunt in Germania multa et magna. Inter haec clarissi- mum nomen Rheni, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii. Clari quoque amnes, Mcenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius, » 13,l,&§97,Exp »• § 128, R. • § 147, Obs. 5, and 111, 6. * 112, 5. • 19, 1. ' 89, 5. f § 98, Obs. 6. k§ 112, R.V. 14 » § 140, 5. J § 107, Obs. 8 k § 145, R. 1 § 132, R. 158 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE omnium Europae fluminum * maximus, apud Rhsetos oru tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexaginta amnibus, in Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis efFunditur. 14. Britanniam insulam Phoenicibus innotuisse, eosque stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabile est. Romanis eam Julius Csesar primus aperuit; neque tamen prius cognita esse coepit quam Claudio^ imperante. Hadrianus eam, muro ab oceano Germanico ad Hiberni- cum mare ducto, in duas partes di visit, ut inferiorem in- sulae partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- lorum, qui in Scotia habitabaut, incursionibus tueretur.* 15. Maxima insulae pars campestris, collibus passim silvisque distincta. Incolse Gallos proceritate ^ corporum vincuntjCeterum ingenio** Gallis similes, simpliciores ta- men illis ^ magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus. Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabiila pecori, sed plerumque ad breve tempus. Humanitate ^ ceteris prsestant ii, qui Can- tium incolunt. Tota hsec regio est maritima. Qui in- teriorem insulae partem habitant, frumenta non serunt; lacte ^ et curne vivunt. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus.^ 16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad f return Siciilum porrigi- tur inter mare Tuscum et Adriaticum. Multo^ longior est quam latior.* In medio se attollit Appenninus mons, qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- gio ob fertilitatem soli ccelique salubritatem. Quum longe in mare procurrat,J plurimos habet portus populorum inter se ^ patentes commercio.^ Neque ulla facile ^ est regio. » § 107, R. X. f § 121, Obs. 2. 74, 1. t § 146, Obs. 9. s § 126, R. V. ^ § 28, Obs. 5. § 140, 1. 2d. ^ § 132, R. XLIII. » § 112, R. XVII. d § 128 R. i § 120, Obs. 6. »» § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. • 6 3 Ik § 120, R. J § 140, Obs. 3 and NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 quae tot tamque pulchras urbes habeat,* inter quas Roma et magnitudine^ et nominis fama eminet. 17. Haec urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes complectitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; August! ajvo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant fora, templa, porticuSj aqueeductus, theatra, arcus trium- phales, horti denique, et id genus *^ alia, ad quae vel lecta** animus stupet. Quare recte de ea prsedicare videntur, qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam ei^ comparari posse dixerunt. 18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi ibi vitiferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Seti- num, Ceecubum, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem fontes ^ saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- chylio ^ quoque et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent. 19. Clarissimi amnes Italise sunt Padus et Tiberis. Et Padus quidem in superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisalpi- na vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesiili montis exoritur; primum exilis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per septem ostia in mare effundat.^ Tiberis, qui antlquissimis temporibus Albulae nomen habebat, ex Appennino oritur; deinde duobus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit navi- gabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa villas adspicit, praeci- pue autem urbis Romanae magnificentiam. Placidissi- mus amnium raro ripas* egreditur. 20. In inferiore parte Italiae clara quondam urbs Tar en tum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli fertilitas coellque jucunda temperies in causa fuisse vide- tur, ut incolae luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque » § 141, R. I. § 146, Obs. 6. h § 140, 1, 1st. ^ § 128, R. • § 126, R, III. < § 136, Obs. 5. e § 136, Obs. 5, (ad) f § 101, Obs. 4. (ultra.) d 101 4 and e§ 121, R. 160 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE aliquandiu potentia* florerent,^ copiasque hand contcm- iieiidas alerent, peregrlnis tamen plerumque ducibus in bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho,*^ rege Epiri, quo superato, urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 21. Proxima Italiae est Sicilia, insula omnium^ mans mterni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum Italia cohaesisse,^ marisque impetu^autterrae motuinde divulsam esse,^ verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita ut litterse, quam Grseci Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mons JEinvd ^ qui urbi Catanse imminet, tum ^ ob altitudinem, tum etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare Cyclopum in illo monte officmam esse poetsedicunt. Cineres e crateribus egesti agrum circumjacentem foecundum et feracem red- dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen habent a duobus juvenibus Catanensibus, qui, flammis quondam repente ingruentibus, parentes senectute con- fectos, humeris sublatos, flammae** eripuisse feruntur. Nomina fratrum Amphinomus et Anapus fuerunt. 22. Inter urbes Siciliae nulla est illustrior Syracusis, Corintbi5rum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab Atheniensibus bello petita, maxnnas hostium copias dele- vit: Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af- fecit. Secundo bello PunTco per triennium oppugnata, Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. Marcello capta est. Vicinus huic urbi fons Arethusse Nymphse^ sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponneso per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si quid ad Olympiam in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in * Sup esse, § 47, 6. f Commissarif '' in order to enjoy a ban. ^uet/' § 144, Obs. 2. »§128, R. § 140, Obs. 3. • 97, 1, & 4. M 123, R. • § 149, R. (jut, as,) f § 97, Exc. 1. > § 111, R. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 161 ArethuscB fonte reddi.* De ilia fabula quid statuendum sit,^ sponte apparet. 23. In mari Ligustico insula est Corsica, quam GrtPci Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis *" inviu, ccelum grave, mare circa *^ importunum. Incohe,latroci- uiis deditijferi sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius in- sulse amara esse dicuntur corporibusque*^ nocere. Proxi- ma ei est Sardinia, quae a Grsecis mercatoribus Ichnusa vocatur, quia formam humani vestigii habet. Solum ^ quam ccelum melius. Illud*' fertile, hoc^ grave ac nox- ium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venenatas gig- nit. Multum inde frumenti ^ Romam mittitur; unde ha^c insiila et Sicilia nutrices urbis vocantur. 24. Grsecia nominis celebritate omnes feve alias orbis terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnorum in- geniSrum ^ fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque artes maj5re studio* excoluit. Plurimas eadem cnlonias in omnes terrae partes deduxit. Multum itaque teua mari- que valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum gloria gessit. 25. Graecia inter Ionium et JEgddum mare porrigitur. In plurimas regi5nes divisa est, quarum J amplissim?fi sunt Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam hse a nonnullis a Grae- cia sejunguntur — tum Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi et Alexandri regnum illustravit^ quorum ille^ Graiciam Bubegit, hie*' Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Persis^ imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regionis et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarumJ septuaginta * Sup. dicUur. « § 112, R. V. » § 129, R. ^ § 140. 5, &c 108, 9. f § 101, Obs. 4. J § 107, R. X. « § 136, Obs. 5, (in) s § 106, R. VIII. ^ § 28, Obs, 3, 3(1. ^ § 90, 4. b § 107, Obs. 1. 1st. i 5, 1, § 126 R III 162 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE du-js, Perseo, ultimo Macedonise rege, superato, Paullus i^^niilius diripuit. 26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montibuSj desinit in Acheloo flumine. Plures earn populi incolunt. Illustris ibi Dodona^ in Molossorum finibus, vetustissimo Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbse ibi ex arboribus oracula dedisse narrantur; quercusque ipsas et lebetes seneos inde suspenses deorum voluntatem tinnitu significasse ** fama est. 27. Acheloi fluvii ostiis^ insulse aliquot objacent, qua- rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae prseterea insulae littori '^ Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Ho- merus Scheriam appellasse existimatur."^ In hac Phaea- cas posuit ille et hortos Aleinoi. Coloniam hue dedux- erunt Corinthii, quo^ tempore Numa Pompilius Romae regnavit. Viclna ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspera mon- tibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, ut ne fer- tilissimis quidem regionibus cedat/ 28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam ebEpirum, foecunda regio, generosis prsecipue equis excellens, unde Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo- rabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existimatur,^ Pelion et Ossa,per quos gigantes coelum petivisse dicun- tur;*^ (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con- scenso ^ se ipsum cremavit. Inter ^ Ossam et Olympum Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, vallem amcenis- simam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 29. Inter '' reliquas Grsecise region es nominis claritate' eminet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, • § 101, Ohs. 4. d § 145^ obs. 4. e 104. 1. b 97, 1. • 37, 2d, & Note. ^ 123, 3. « § 112, IV { § 140, 1, 1st. i § 128, R. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163 de qua uibe decs inter se certasse fama est. Certius est* nuUam unquain urbem tot poetas tulisse, tot oratores, tot philosophoSj totque in omni virtutis genere claros vires. Res autem bello eas ^ gessitjUt huic soli "" glorise ^^ studere videretur; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Aero- p5]is ^ urbi imminens, unde latus in mare prospectus pa- tet. Per propylsea ad earn adscenditur/ splendidum Peri- clis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjectus est portus Pirseeus, post bellum Persicura secundum a Themistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio® navium. 30. Attlcam attingit Boeotia, fertilissTma regio. Incolse. magis corporibus^ valent quam ingeniis. Urbs celeber- rima Theba^j^ quas Amphlon musTces^ ope moenibu& clnxisse dicitur. Illustravit eam Pindari poetse ingenium, Epaminondae virtus. Mons ^ ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes^ et Cithaeron plurimis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 31. Boeotiae Phocis finitima,^ ubi Delphi urbs clarissi- ma. In qua urbe oraculum Apollinis quantam * apud om- ncs gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot ' quamque prae- clara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe DelphosJ missa fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons, in cujus verticibus Musae habilare dicuntur,^ unde aqua fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare existimatur.'^ 32. Cum ea parte Graeciae, quam hactenus descripsi- mus, cohaeret ingens peninsilla, quae Peloponnesus voca- tur, platani folio ^ simillima. Augustus ille trames inter * 51, 2. f Su\), a hominUus, » § 140, 6. * 28, 1. 67, 2. i § 130, 2. ^ 16, 4. g§ 128,R. k§ 145^ Obs. 4 d § 112, R. V. h § 9^ Greek nouns, i § 111, K. * § 101, Obs. 4 I 164 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE -^aeum mare et Ionium, per quern cumMegaride coha^- ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad quod ludi celebrantur IsthmTci. Ibidem in ipso Pelopon- nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissima, ex cujus summa^ arce, (Acrocorinthon^appellant,) utrumque mare conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret,*^ maritimisque valeret copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma- ni cum Graecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam Cicero Graeciae lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata ^ fun- ditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Ceesar, colo- nosque ® eo milites veteranos misit. 33. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, templo Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua ^ ex ebore facta, Phidise summi artificis opus prsestantissimum. 'Prope«? illud templum ad Alphei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur Olympici, ad quos videndos ^ ex tota Graecia concurri- tur.* Ab his ludis Greeca gens res gestas suas numerat. 34. Nee Sparta pra^tereundaJ est, urbs nobilissima, quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- travit.*' Nulla fere gens bellica laude* magis floruit, pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi immi net mons Taygetus, qui ^" usque ad Arcadiam procurrit. Proxime urbem ^ Eur5tas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas Spartani se exercere solebant. In Sinum Laconicum efFunditur. Haud procul inde abest promontorium Tae- narum, ubi altissTmi specus, per quos Orpheum ad infe- ros descendisse " narrant. 35. Mare JEgd^um^ inter® Grseciam Asiamque patens, » 17, 2. g § 136, Obs. 5. ad. k § 102, Obs. 1 b § 10, Greek nouns. h 112, 7. 1 § 128, R. c § 140, Obs. 4. i Sup. ab homini- r^ 35, 1. d 115, 1. bus, 67, 2. n 97, 1 «§ 116, Obs. 1. J 108, 1. • 123,3. § 101, Obs. 4. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 165 plurimisinsulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt Cy- cladeSj sic appellatse, quia in orbem jacent. Media earum * est Del us, quse repente e mari enata esse dicitur. In ea insula Latona Apollinem et Dianam peperit, quae numina il)i una cum matre summa religi5ne coluntur. Urbi ini- niinet Cynthus, mons excelsus et arduus. Inopus amnis pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem tem- plique religionem mercatdres ex toto orbe terrarum eo confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Grseciae, post secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in earn msulam, tanquam in commune totius Greecise serarium, conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atheni- enses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 36. Euboea insiila littori^ Boeotise et Atticse prsetendi tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terrse motu a Bseotia avulsaesse creditur; saepius eam concussam esse^ constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungitur, vocatur Eu- rlpus, ssevumet aestuosum mare, quod continuo motu agi- tatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori- bus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii hoc negant, dicen- tes, mare temere in venti modum hue illuc moveri. Sunt, qui narrent,"^ Aristoielem philosophum, quia hujus mira- ciili causas investigare non posset,*' aegritudine confectum esse. 37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus/ Supra Ma- cedoniam Thracia porrigitur a Ponto Euxino usque ad lilyriam; Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun- dior, quae propiores sunt mari. Pomiferae arbores rarae; frequentiores vites; sed uvae non maturescunt, nisi frigus •^§107, R.X c 97,1. e§141, Obs. 8. M126, R. Ill '«§141, R. I. f 77, 7, &§ 45, 1.1 166 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE studiose arcetur. Sola Thasus, Insula littori Thracia^ ad- jacens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celebemmi Hebrus, ad quern Orpheus a Maenadibus discerptus esse dicitur, Nestus et Strymon. Montes altissimi, Hsemus, ex cujus verlice Pontus et Adria conspicitur; Rhodope et Orbelus. 38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nominibus diver- sae et moribus. Inter has Getse omninm sunt ferocissimi et ad mortem paratissimi.* Animas enim post mortem redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos deflentur; funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. Plures singuli^ uxores habent. Hse omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul- que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, magndque id certamine a judicibus *^ contendunt. Virgines non a parentibus tra- duntur viris, sed aut publice ducendse ^ locantur, aut ve- neunt. Formosee in pretio sunt; ceterse maritos mercede data inveniunt. 39. Inter urbes Thracise memorabile est Byzantium, ad Bosporum Thraclum, urbs natura munita etarte, quse^cum^ ob soli fertllitatem^tum ob vicinitatem maris, omnium re- rum, quas vita requirit, copia abundat. Nee Sestos prte- tereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespontum posita, quam amor Herus et Leandri memorabilem reddidit; nee Cynos- sema, tumulus Hecubse, ubi ilia, post Trojam dirutam/ in canem mutata et sepulta esse dicitur. Nomen etiam habet in iisdem regionibus urbs iEnos, ab ^nea e patria pro- fugo condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem secuta esse narrantur; Abdera denique, ubi Diomedes rex advenas equis suis devorandos ^ objiciebat, donee ipse ab Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quse^ urbs quum rana- rum muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto ** »§ 111, Obs. 3. d 107, 1. e 38, 1. ^ 26, 6. e 124, 8. b 104, 1. ' § 124, . Obs. 2. '§ 146, Obs. 2 NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 167 patriae solo, novas sedes qusesiverunt. Hos Cassander, rex Macedoniae, in societatem accepisscj agrosque in ex- trema* Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montibus Rhipseis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio null is fere intus finibus dividitur. Scythse enim nee agrum exercent, nee eertas sedes habent, sed armenta et pecora pascentes per ineultas solitudines errare solent. Uxores liberosque seeum in plaustris vehunt. Laete et melle veseuntur; aurum et argentum, eujus nullus apud eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus ^ vestiunt. 41. Diversae sunt Scytharum geij^tes, diversique mores. Sunt, qui funera parentum festis saerifieiis eelebrent,*^ eorumque eapitibus"^ afFabre expolitis auroque vinetis pro poculis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, id- que ^ tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet ma- joribus. li, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, anti- quissimis temporibus advenas Dianae mactabant. Inte- rius habitantes ceteris^ rudidres sunt. Bella amant, et quo ^ quisplures hostes interemerit, eo ^ maj5re existima- tione apud suos** habetur. Ne foedera quidem incruenta sunt. Sauciant se qui paeiscuntur, sanguinemque permis- tura degustant. Td fidei pignus certissimum esseputant. 42. Maxima fluminum Scythicorum sunt Ister, qui et Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic- tum est/ Borysthenes, ex igndtis fontibus ortus, liqui- * Tanto magis quanto quis; literally, '^ more by so much as any one," (§ 132, Obs. 5,) i. e. *' in proportion as," &c. * 17, 1. 7. 4. s 22, 4, & 44, 7. ^ § 125, R. c Su\^.faciunt ^ 19, 3. e§ 141, R. I. f 6. 3. i §85,3 § 28, Obs. 3. Sd, • § 28, Obs. 5. « § 121, R. XXVI. » § 121, R. XXV d 67, 6. 172 OF TH£ GEOGRAPHY AND THK q latriduo tolerant; aquam, antequam bibant,* pedibus turbant. Vivunt quinquagenis annis; ^ qu£edam etiam centenis. 54. Ex Arabia pervenitur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- nitudine et divitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel, ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Mu- rus exstructus laterculo*^ coctili, triginta et duos pedes ^ est latus, ita ut quadrigae inter se® occurentes sine pericu- lo commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentorum pedum; tur- res autem denis^ pedibus^ quam murus altiores sunt. Totius operis ambitus sexaginta millia passuum complec- titur. Mediam urbem^ permeat Euphrates. Arcem ha- bet viginti stadiorum^ ambitu; ^ super ea pensiles horti conspiciuntur, tantseque sunt moles tamque firmse, ut onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 55 . Amplissima Asia? regio J India primum patefacta est armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedonise, cujus exem- plum successores secuti in interiora^ Indisepenetraverunt. In eo tractu, quem Alexander subegit, quinque millia op- pid5rum fuisse,* gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam partem esse'" terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt. Ingentes ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo" major Ganges. Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit, totidem Ganges interque eos plures navigabiles. 56. Maxima in India -gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi grandiores ceteris.^ Arbdres tantse proceritatis ^* esse tra- duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber » § 140, 4. e § 2S, Obs. 5. i § 97, R »> § 131, R. XLI. f § 132, R. XLIII. k 19, 6. and § 24, 11. «§ 136, R. LII. 1 98, 2. e§ 128, Obs. 2. t § 106, R. VII. « 96, 2. d§ 132, R. XLII. i § 128, R. » 6,3. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 173 tas soli, teraperies ccelij aquarum abundantia. Immanes quoque serpen,tes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu corporis conficiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut mel- lafrondibus* defluant,^ sylv^ lanas ferant,^ arundinum mternodia fissa cymbarum usum prsebeant, binosque, quae- dam etiain ternos ^ homines, vehant. 57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino'* alii ves- tiuntur et lanis arborum, alii ferarum aviumque pellibus, pars nudi^ incedunt.*" Quidam animalia occidere eorumque carnibus vesci nefas ^ putant; alii piscibus tantum alun- tur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quam annis et macie conficiantur,*" velut hostias csedunt eorumque vis- ceribus* epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit, mortem in solitudine ajquo animo exspectant. li, qui sa- pientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent, solem immobilibus ociilisintuentes; ferventibusarenisJ to- to die ^ alternis pedibus* insistunt. Mortem non exspect- antjsed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se prsecipitantes. 58. Maximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant.^ Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma jacere, gladiatdrum more congredijsaltare et per funes in- cedere. Plinius narrat, Romse unum segnioris ingenii ™ saepius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardius" accipie- bat, quae tradebantuf ; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. Ducit agmen maximus natu,® cogit is, qui aitate ei est » § 136, R. LII. e Sup, esse, & 51, 5. i§ 129, R. »> § 140, 1, 1st. t § 140, 4. »»§ 106, R. VII. « 26, 1. i § 121, Obs. 2. n 22, 3. i § 126, R. V. J § 136, Obs. 5, (in) o § 26, 6, Note & •§98,Exc. 2. k § 131, R. XLI. ' § 128, R. ' § 102, R. II. 174 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE prox;imus. Amnem transituri minimosprsemittunt. Capi- untur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit,^ ceteii ramos congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conantur extra- here. Domantur fame et verberibus. Domiti militant et turres ^ armat5rum in hostes ferunt, magnaque ex parte Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies prosternunt, arma- tos proterunt, Ingens dentibus*^ pretium. In Graecia ebur ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissima materia adhi- betur; in extremis^ Africae postium vicem in domiciliis prsebet, sepesque in pecorum stabulis elephantdrum den- tibus^fiunt. Inter omnia animalia^ maxim e oderunts murem. Infestus elephanto etiam rhinoceros, qui nomen habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. In pugna maxime adversarii alvum petit, quam scit esse molliorem. Lon- gitudine elephantum fere exsequat; crura multo brevidra; color buxeus. 59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. Hsec avis humanas voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti^ ejus eadem est duritia, quae rostro.^ Quum devolat, rostro se excipit, eique innititur. 60. Testudines tantse magnitudinis Indicum mare emit- tit, ut singularum tostis* casas integant.J Insulas ^^ rubri prsecipue maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- miscentes in summa aqua, id * quod proditur stertentium sonitu. Tum terni adnatant, a du5bus in dorsum verti- lur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- tore stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vi- vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant;^ »§ 140, 5, &74,6. «§ 128, Obs. 2. i § 125, R. b Sup. plenasj full t § ]07, Obs. 8. J § 140, 1, 1st. § 107, R. XI. 8 § 84, Obs. 2. k § 130, 2, & Obs. 10 , •§110,R. i»§112. R. II. » 37, 9, Note 3. * 19, {paribus. ) NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 in terram egressse, herbis.^ Pariunt ova ovis avium simi- lia, aJ centena^ numero^ eaque extra aquam defossa ter- ra cooperiunt. 61. Margarltse Indici oceani omnium *^ maxime laudan- tur Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adha^rentibus. Max- ima laus est in canddre, magnitudine, Isevore, pondere. Raro duse inveniuntur j quae sibi ex omni parte sint simi- les. Has auribus"^ suspendere,^ feminarum est gloria. Duos maximos uni5nes Cleopatra, -^gypti regina, habu- isse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnificentiS superaret/ in coena aceto solvit, solutum hausit. 62. iEgyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posTta, a plurimis ad Asiam refertur; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi- nari exislimant. Haec regio, quanquam expers^ est imbri- urn, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efFicit, omnium fluviorum, qui in mare internum efFunduntur, maximus. Hie in desertis Africae oritur, turn ex ^Ethiopia descendit in iEgyptum, ubi de altis rupibus praecipitatus usque ad Elepbantidemurbemfervensadhucdecurrit. Tum demum fit placidior. Juxta Cercas5rum oppidum in plures am- nes dividitur, et tandem per septem ora effunditur in mare. 63. Nilus, nivibus in iEthiopise montibus solutis, cres- cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta fere dies; totidem dlebus minuitur. Justum incrementum est cubitorum^ sedecim. Simin5res sunt aquse, non omnia rigant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorum^ duodevi- ginti; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquse, aggeres aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om- ais recesserit,* agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. » § 121, Obs. 2, {vi- d § 123, R. g § 107, R. XL vunt,) e § 144, 1, & R. LVI. ^ § 106, R. VII *§ 24, 11. f § 140, 1, 2d. » 74.6. § 135, R. XLVII. 176 OF THE GEO&RAPHY AND THE 64. Niliis crocodilum alit, belluam quadrupetlem, in terra non minus quam in flumine hominibus infestam Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu^ caret; dentium plureshabetordines; maxilla inferior est immobilis. Mag- nitudlne excedit pleiumque duodeviginti cubita. Paiit ova ansermis ^ non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus est, et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terra agit, noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore somnum capit ore hiante, trochilus, parva avis, dentes ei *^ fauces- que purgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per easdem fauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvum. Hebetes oculos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer- rimos. Tentyrltse in insula Nili habitantes, dirae huic belluee*^ obviam ire audent, earn que incredibili audacia expugnant. 65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamum; ungulis*" binis, dorso^ equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro re- simo, Cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetrabilis, prseterquam si humdre madeat.^ Primus hippopotamum et quinque crocodilos M. Scaurus sediliiatis suae ludis^ Romae ostendit. 66. Multa in iEgypto mira sunt et artis et natiirse ope- ra. Inter ea, ([use manibus hominum facta sunt, eminent pyramides, quarum maximse sunt et celeberrimae in monte sterili inter Memphin oppidum et eam partem -^gypti, quse Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- ginta sex hominum^ millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra- duntur. Ha^c octo jugera soli occupat; unumquodque latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes * longum est; alti- » § 121, R. XXV. d § 135^ R. XLVII. s § 131, R. XL «» § 106, Obs. 4, & e § 106, R. VII. ^ § 107, R. X. 19, (orw. 6,3.) f § 140, l,2d,&74,2. » § 132. R. XLII. « § 110, Obs. 1. NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177 tudo a cacumine pedum * quindecim millium. Intus in e^ est puteus octoginta sex cubitdrum.* Ante has pyramides Sphinx est posita mirae magnitudinis.* Capitis ambitus centum duos pedes habet; longitude est pedum centum quadraginta trium; altitude a ventre usque ad suramum capitis apicem sexaginta du5rum. 67. Inter miracula iEgypti commemoratur etiam Mob- ris lacus, quingenta millia ^ passuum in circuitu patens; Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pa- riete araplexus, totus marmore*^ exstructus tectusque; turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemseo, 'Lagi filio, condita. Usus*^ ejus navibus® noctu ignes ostendere ad prainuntianda^ vada portusque introitum. 68. In palustribus ^gypti regionibus papyrum nasci- tur. Radicibus incolse pro ligno utuntur; ex ipso autem papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modo decoctuiri. Prseparantur ex eo etiam chartse. Chartae ex papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. Primo enim scriptum^ in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris quarundam arborum; postea publica monimenta plumbeis tabulis^ conficij aut marmoribus^ mandari coepta sunt. Tandem semulatio regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis in biblio- thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 69. Mores incolarum ^Egypti ab aliorum populorum moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, nee sepeliunt; verum arte medicates intra penetralia col- » § lot), R. VII. d § 101, Obs. 4. h § 136, Obs. 5, {in) b § 132, R. XLII. & e § 123, R. i § 126, R. III. §24,5. f 112,7. i 124. ] 2. « § 128, Obs. 2. K Sup. est, 67. 6. 178 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE locant. Negotia extra domes femmse, viri domos et res domesticas curant^ onera illss humeris, hi capltibus ge- runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani- malia. Hsec interfecisse^ capitale est; morbo exstincta lugent et sepeliunt. 70. Apis omnium ^Egypti populorum numen est; bos niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula; nodus sub lin- gua, quern cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum certos vitse annos excedere. Ad hunc vitse terminum quum per- veneritj mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, ali- umque qucSrunt, quem ei substituant;^ nee tamen unquam diu quseritur. Deliibra ei sunt gemina,qu2ethalamos vo- cant, ubi populus auguria captat. Alterum"^ intrasse** Isetura est; in altero dira portendit. Pro bono etiam ha- betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In publicum procedentem grex puerorum comitatur, carmen- que in ejus hon5rem canunt,"^ idque videtur intelligere. 71. Ultra iEgyptum iEthiopes habitant. Horum pop- uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu- tius vivunt. Plus auri^ apud eos reperitur, quam aeris; banc ob causam ses ill is videtur pretiosius. ^re se exor- nant, vincula auro ^ fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus aqua tam est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, quse im- mittuntur, sustinere queat; quare arborum quoque folia non innatant aqua^, sed pessum aguntur. 72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris parti bus mari. Regi5nes ad mare positse eximie sunt fertiles; interiores incultse et arenis sterilibus tectse, et ob nimium * (jipim,) intrasse alUrum^ ^' for Apis to have entered the one,* Icetum est. » § 144, R. LVI. & * 19, {thalamum). « § 106, R. VIII. Exp, d § 102, Obs. 4. ' § 128, Obs. 2 »»§ 141, Obs, a NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 calorera deserte. Prima pars ab occidente est Mauiita- nia. Ibi mons preealtus Abyla, Calpee monti in HispaniS oppositus. Hi montes columnce Herculis appellantur. Fama est, ante Herculem mare internum terris inclusam fuisse, necexitum habuisse in Oceanum; Herculem autem junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum Oceano. Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tantum oppidis habitatur. Solum melius quam incolse. 73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo a littore intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita fiuctibus, spinae piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancorse etiam cautibus infixae, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca eff usi. Finitima regio, a promontorio Metagonio ad aras Philaen5rum, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber- rimae Utica et Carthago, ambse a Phoenicibus conditae. Carthaginem divitiae, mercatura imprimis comparatae, turn bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit.* 74. De aris Philaenorum haec narrantur. Pertinacis- sTraa fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de finibus. Tandem placult,^ utrinque eodem tempore juve- nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi. Carthaginiensium legati, Philaeni fratres, paulo ante tem- pus constltutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre- nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset con- tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt, se tum demum hunc locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos obrui passi essent. Illi conditi5nem acceperunt. Car- ihaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis, bi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorumque vir- tiltem aeternis honoribus prosecuti sunt. » § 102, Obs. 1. * 61, 5, Sup. illis, 80, 2. ISO OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 75. Inde ad Catabathmum Cyrenaica porrigitur, iibi Ammonis oraciilum et fons quidam, quern Sol is esse" dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet,^ turn paiilatim tepes- cit; sole oriente fit frigidus; per meridiem maxime riget. Calabathmus vallis est devexa versus iEgyptum. Ibi finitur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes non habent, sed . in tuguriis vivunt, quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecu- dum vestitur pellibus.^ Potus est lac succusque bacca- rum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vivunt. Se- quuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducuntur, ita illi tuguria sua promovent. Leges nuUas habent, nee in commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytae in specubus habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, lednes gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat. Leoni^ praecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicitur; in infantes nonnisi summafame ssevit. Animi ejus index® Cauda, quam, dura placidus est, immdtam seryat; dum irascitur, terram et se ipsum^ ea flagellat. Vis ® sum ma in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur.^ Vul- neratus percussorem novit,^ et in quantalibet multitudine appetit. Hoc tam sa^vum animal gallinacei cantus terret Domatur etiam ab hominibus. Hanno Poenus primus leonem mansuefactum ostendisse dicitur. Marcus autem Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campis Philip- picis, Romse leones ad currum junxit. 77. Struthiocameli Africi akitudinem equitis equo ^ in- sidentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad hoc demum videntur datae, ut currentes adjuvent; nam a terra; » § 103, R. Sup. /on- ^ncus fro?n aperio.) ^pto, are, avi, atum, tr. to fit ; to adjust. Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ; before ; to . in the house of ; in the writings of. Apulia, ae, f. a country in the eastern part of Italy, near the Adriatic. Aqua, 8B, f. water, Aquaeductus, tis, m. (aqua & duco, to lead:) an aque- duct ; a conduit. Aquila, ae, f. an eagle. AquTlo, onis, m. the north loind. Aquitania, sb, f. a country of Gaul. Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Aquitania, Ara, aB, f. an altar. Arabia, ae, f. Arabia : hence, Arabicus, a, um, adj. Arabi- an^ of or belonging to Ara- bia. Arabicus sinus, the Red Sea. Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabiaiu Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian, Arbitratus, a, um, part. havi7ig thought; from Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (arbiter,) to believe; to think. Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree. Area, ae, f. a chest. Arcadia, ae, f. Arcadia^ a Coven- try in the interior of Pelo- ponnesus. Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ; also a son of Jupiter and Calisto. Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ivard off; to keep from; to restrain. 196 ARCESSITUS ARMENTUM. Arcessitus, a, um, part, from Afcesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ar- cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,) to call; to send for; to in- vite; to summon. Archimedes, is, m. a fammis mathematician and mecha- nician of Syracuse, Architectus, i, m, an architect; a builder, A.jchytas, ae, m. a Pythago- rean philosoyher of Taren- turn. A.rcte, adv.(ii!is, is^iTae^) strait- ly; closely; from Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) narrow; close; fr. arceo. Arcus, {is, m. a how; an arch. Ardea, se, f. a city of Latium, the capital of the Rutuli. Ardens, tis, part. &; adj. burn- ing; hot; from Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, intr. to glow; to be on fire; to burn; to sparkle; to shine; to dazzle. Arduus, a, um, adj. high; lofty; steep; arduous; dif- ficult. Arena, sb, f. (areo, to be dry^ sand ; hence Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. Arethusa, sb, f. the name of a nymph of Elis, who was changed into a fountain hi Sicily. Argentum, i, n. silver, Argias, aB, m. a chief of the Megarensians, Argivus, a, um, adj (Argos,) of Argos; Argive. Argivi, orum, m. pi. (id,) Ar- gives; inhabitants of Argos. ArgonautaB, arum, m, pi. (Argo & nautoB,) the Argonauts; the crew of the ship Argo. Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, orum, m. pi. a city in Greece^ the capital of Av' golis. Arguo, uere, ui, utum, to speak in loud or shrill tones; hence to argue; to accuse; to prove; to shew; to con- vict, Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, on the coast of the Adriatic, Aristobulus, i, m. a name of several of the high priests and ki?igs of Judea. Aristoteles, is, m. Aristotle^ a Greek philosopher, born at Stagtra, a city f Mace donia, Arma, orum, n. pi. arms. Armatus, a, um, part, of ar- mo, armed: pi. armati, orum, armed 'iuen; soldiers Armenia, sb, f. .(Major,) a country of Asia, lying be- tween Taurus and the Cau^ casus. Armenia, (Minor,) a small country lying betioeen Ca- padocia a7idthe Euphrates. Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- nian. Armentum, i, n. {for aramen- tum, from aro,) a herd. ARMILLA ASTUTTTS. lOT Armilla, se, f. (dim. fr. armus, the arm,) a bracelet, or ring worn on the left arm by soldiers loho had been dis- tinguished in battle. Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ar- ma,) to arm, Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, tr. to plough; to cover with the plough, Arreptus, a, um, part, from Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- tum, tr. (ad & rapio, §80, 5,) to seize upon. AiTogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. &rogo,) to demand for oneh self; to arrogate; to claim. Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; skill; employment; occupa- tion-y pursuit. Arsi. See Ardeo. Artemisia, ae, f. the wife of Mausdlus, king of Caria. Artifex, icis, c. (ars. & facio,) an artist. Arundo, mis, f. a reed; a cane. Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son of Tarquin the Proud. Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel; a fortress. Ascanius, i. m. the son of jEneas and CreUsa. Ascendo [or adscendo,) dere, di, sum. tr. & intr. (ad & scan do, to climb to;) to ascend; to rise; ascenditur imp. it is ascended or they ascend; § 85, 6. & 1 67 Note. Asia, ae, f. Asia; Asia Minor; also, proconsular Asia, or the Roman province. Asiaticus, i, m. an agr^omen of L. Cornelius Scipio, on account of his victories in Asia. App. II. 4. Asma, ae, m. a cognomen ot surname of a part of the Cornelian family. Asmus, i, m. an ass. Aspecturus, a, um, part, (as- picio.) Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, erimus,) raiigh; rugged. Aspergo. See Adspergo. As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to syiirn; to despise; to reject. Aspicio. See Adspicio Aspis, idis, f. an asp. Assecutus, a, um, part, from Assequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, tr. dep. (ad & se- quor,) to come up to; to overtake; to obtain. Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & servo,) to take care of; to preserve; to keep. Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad & signo,) to mark with a seal; hence, to appoint; to allot; to distribute. Assisto. See Adsisto. Assuesco, -suescere, -su6vi, -suetum, intr. inc. (ad & suesco,) to be accustomed; to be ivont. Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, -surrectum, intr. (ad & sur- go,) to rise up; to arise. Astronomia, ae, f. astrmwmy. Astutus, a um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) [from astu the city 198 AS VLUM AUGUSTUS. viz: of Athens,) knowing; shrewd; cunning; crafty. Asylum, i, n. an asylum. At, conj. but. Atalanta, ae, f. the daughter of Schcsneus, king of Arca- dia, celebrated for her swift' ness in running, Athenae, arum, f. pi. Athens, the capital of Attica; hence, Alheniensis, is, m. an Athe- nian, Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper name, Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- tic; relating to Atlas: mare Atlanticum, the Atlantic ocea7i. Atque, conj. and; as; than, Atrociter, adv. (iiis, issim^,) (atrox, ) fiercely; violently; severely, Attalus, i. m, a king of Per- gdmus, Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, (ad & tero,) tr, to rub close; to ruh off; to wear, Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- tica, Attica, SB, f. Attica, a country in the saiUhern part of Greece proper, Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to touch; to border upon; to attain; to reach. Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) to raise up, Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,) rubbed away; loorn off, Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one tvho increases, or enlarges, hence, an author. Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; influence; reputation; from auctor. Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) increased; enlarged; aug» mented, Audacia, ge, f. audacity; bold* ness; from Audax, acis, adj, (comp.) bold; daring; audacious; despe- rate; from Audeo, audere, ausus sum, neut. pass, to dare; to at- tempt, ^ 78. Audio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. to hear, Auditus, a, um, part. Auditus, us, m. the hearing, Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- tum, tr. irr. (ah & fero,) to take away; to remove. Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to fly away; to run off; to es- cape; to flee, Augendus, a, um, part, from Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, tr. to cause to grow; to in- crease; to augment; to en- large; intr. to grow; to in- crease; to rise. Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird, and garrio, to chirp,) a foretelling of future events from the siiiging of birds: hence, augury; divination, Auguste, adv. (ius, issime,) nobly; from Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.) AUrJUSTUS AXENUS. IMH august; grand; venerable; (from augeo.) Augustus, i, m. an honorary appellation best owed by the senate upon Ccesar Octavi- amts; suceeedhig emperors took the same name, A-ulis, idis, f. a seaport town in Bosotia, Aulus, i, m. a common prasno- men among the Romans. A pp. II. Aurelius, i, m. the name of several Romans. Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,) golden. Auriga, 86, m. (aurea, Obsol. arein, and rego, to govern^) a charioteer. Auris, is, f. the ear. Aurum, i, n. gold. Auspicium, i, n. (avis, a hird^ and specie, to look :) a spe- cies of divination, from the flighty ^c, of birds ; an auspice; the guidance, or protection of another. Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,) daring ; having dared. Aui, conj. or; aut — aut, ei- ther — or. Auteni, conj. but ; yet. Autumn us, i, m. (augeo,) au- tumn. Auxi. See Augeo. Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help ; aid ; assistance. Avariria, ae, f. avarice; from Avarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) avaricious ; covetofus : (fr. aveo, to long for.) Aveho,-vehere,- \' exi, -vectum, tr. (a & veho,) to carry off, or away. Avello,-vellere,-velli o?--vulsi, -vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to pull of, or aivay; to pluck; to take away ; (forcibly). Aventinus, i, m. mount Aven- tine, one of the seven hills on which Rome ivas built. Aversus, a, um, part, turned away : cicatrix aversa, a scar in the back : from Aver to, - vert ere, - verti, - ver- sum, tr. (a & verto,) to turn away ; to avert ; lo tui'n. Aviciila, ae, f. dim. (avis,) a small bird. Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) (ior, issimus.) desirous : ravcTwus ; greedy ; eager. Avis, is, f. a bird. Av5co, are, avi, atum, tr. (a & voco,) to call away ; to divert ; to withdraio. Avolaturus, a, um, part, from Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a & volo ) to fly away, or off, Avulsus, part, (avello.) Avunciilus, i, m. (dim. of avus,) a moiher''s brother ; an U7icle. Avus, i, m. a grandfather. Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek word signifying inhospita^ ble:) the Euxine sea; an- ciently so called, on account of the cruelty of the neigh* boring tribes. 200 BABYLON BENEFICUM. B. Babylon, onis. f. the metro'po' lis of Chaldea, lying wpon the Eu'phrates. Babylonia, ae, f. the country about Babylon, Bacca, ae, f. a berry Bacchus, i. m. the son of Ju- piter and Seiiiele^ and the god of wine, Bactra, orum, n. the capital of Bactriana^ situated wp- on the sources of the Oxus. Bactriani, orum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Bactr'tana. Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- trian, pertaining to Bac- tra or Bactriana. Baculus, i, m. and Baculum, i, n. a staff. Baetica, ob, f. a country in the southern part of Spain^ watered by the river Bcetis. Baetis, is, m. a river in the southern part of Spain^ now the Guadalquiver, Bagrada, as, m. a river of Af- rica^ between Utica and Carthage, Ballista, aB, f. an engine for throwing stones, Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic: mare Balticum, the Baltic sea, Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking a strange language; [not Greek or Roman;) foreign; hence, barbarous ; rude ; uncivilized ; savage: subs. barbari, barbarians. Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavi^ an ; belonging to Batavia, now Holla?id. Beatitudo, inis, f. blessedness ; happiness ; from Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) happy ; blessed (fr. beo, to make happy.) Bebrycia, as, f. «z country of Asia, Belgae, arum, m. pi. the in- habitants of the ruorth- east part of Gaul ; the Belgians, Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or pertaining to the Belgm, Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of Glaucus, king of Ephyra, Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issiraus, (helium,) ofawar- like spirit ; given to loar, Bellicus, a, um, adj. (helium,) relating to war ; warlike, Belligero, are, avi, atum,intr (helium & gero,) to wage war ; to carry on war, Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to \ war ; to xoage war ; to contend; to fight, Bellua, ae, f. a large beast ; a monster, Bellum, i. n, (duellum,) war. Belus, i. m. the founder of the \ Babylonish empire. Bene, adv. (melius, optim^,) well ; finely ; very : bene pugnare, to fight success- fully ; (fr. hen us obsol. for bonus.) Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa» cio,) a benefit ; a kindness. BENEVOLRNTIA BRIGANTINUS. 201 Benevolentia, bb, f. (bene & vo- lo,) benevolence ; good will, Benigne, adv. (ius, issime,) kindly; from Benig-nus, a um, adj. (comp.) kind; benign: (benigenus fr. benus for bonus, & genus.) Bestia, ae, f. a beast ; a tvild beast, Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a Roman coitsul. Bias, antis, m. a philosopher born at Friene, and one of the seven wise men of Greece, Bibliotheca, ae, f. a library, Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, tr. to drink^ (in order to quench thirst :) to imbibe: See poto. Bibulus, i, m. a colleague of Julius Ccesar in the con- sulship, ' Bini, ae, a, num. adj. ^ 24. Ill; two by two; two, two each, Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) tivo-footed, with two feet. Bis, num. adv. twice, Bithynia, ae, f. a country of Asia Minor, east of the Propontis, Blanditia, ae, f. « complime)it' ing : blanditiae, pi. bland- ishments ; caresses ; flat- tery : from Blandus, a, um, adji (ior, issi- mus,) courteous; agreeable; flattering ; enticing; invi- ting; tevipting, BoBotia, ae, f. a country of Greece, north of Attica, Bonitas, atis, f. goodness , ex- cellence; from Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior^, op- timus,) good; happy; kind, Bonum, i, n. a good thing; an endowment; an advantage; profit : bona, n. pi. an es" tate ; goods: (fr. bonus.) Borealis, e, Sidj,no7'thern; from Boreas, ae, m. the north wi7id. Borysthenes, ae, m., a large river of Scyihia, flowing into the Euxine; it is now called the Dneiper, Borysthenis, idis, f. the name of a town at the mouth of the Borysthenes, Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow ; ^ 15. 12. Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m. the name of two straits be- tween Eu7'ope and Asia ; one the Thracian Bospho- rus, now the straits of Con- stantinople ; the other th& Cimmerian Bosphorus, now the straits of Caffa, Brachium, i, n. the arm; (viz from the hand to the el- bow.) Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly: in short time; from Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short ; brief ; hence, Brevitas, atis, f. shortness ; brevity, Brigantinus, a, um, adj. be^ longing to Brigantium, a 1 07071 of the Vi7idelici : Brigantinus lacus, the lake of Co7istanf'e 202 BRITANNIA CALEFIO. Britannia, sb, f. Great Britai7i, Britannicus a,um, adj. helong- iiig to Britain ; British. Britannus, a, um, adj. Brit- ish : Britanni, the Britoiis. Bruma, ae, f. the winter sol- stice ; the shortest day. Bruttium, i, n. a projnontory of Italy. Bruttii, orum, m. pi. a people in the southern part of Italy, Brutus, i, m. the name of an illustrious noble family, Bucephalus, i, nn. the name of Alexander s luar-horse, Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- dia^ near the Hydaspes^ built by Alexander ^ in me- mory of his horse. Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, the box-tree :) of box; of a pale yellow color ^ like box- wood. Byzantium, i, n. now Const an- tinopUy a city of Thrace^ situated upon the Bospho- rus. C, an abbreviation of Caius. Cabira, ind. a town of Pont us. Cacumen, inis, n. the top; the peak; the summit. Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) Cadmus, i, m, c son of Age- 7ior, kijig of Phamicia. Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, intr. to fall. Caeciijus, i, m. a Roman name. Caecubum, i^w.a town of Cam- pania^ famous for its loine. Caecubus, a, um, adj. Ccbcu- ban; of Cmcubum. Caedes, is, f. slaughter; car- nage; homicide; murder; from. Cagdo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; to beat. Caelatus, a, um, part, from Caelo, are, avi, atum, tr. to carve; to engrave; to sculp- ture; to emboss. Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. a7i onion. Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul who commanded in Spain. Caesar, aris,m. a cognomen or surname given to the Julian family. Casstus, ills, m. (ca?do,) a gauntlet; a boxing glove. Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo,) cut; slain; beaten. Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno- men. Calais, is, m. a son of Boreas. Calamitas, atis, f. {a Morm which breaks the reeds of stalks of corn^ hence,) a calamity; a misfortune; fr. Calamus, i, m. a reed.. Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala thus,) a small basket. Calefacio, calafacere, calefeci, calefactum, tr. (caleo & f a cio,) to warm; to heat. Calef 10, fieri, factus sum, intr. irr. ^ 83, Obs. 3 ; to he, warmed. CALEFACTUS CAPTIVUS 203 Calefactus, a, um, part, (cal- eflo,) warmed. Calidus, a, um, adj. (comp. fr. caleo,) warm. Callidus, a, um, adj. (calleo from callus, hardness^ viz : of skin occasioned hy hard labor; hence,) 'practiced; experienced; shrewd ; cun- ning. Culor, oris, m. warmth; heat. Calpe, es, f. <2 hill or mountain in Spain, opposite to Abyla in Africa. Calpurnius, i, m. tht name of a Roman family. Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or belonging to Calydon, a ci- ty of ^tolia; Calydonian, Camelus, i, c. a camel. Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a Roman general. Campania, ae, f. a pleasant country of Italy, between Latium and Lucania. Campester, tris, tre, adj. even; plain; level; champaign; flat; from Campus, i, m. a plain; afield; the Campus Martins. Cancer, cri, m. a crab. Candidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) ichite; [a bright or shining white; see alb us.) Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- ness; ichiteness; clearness. Canens, lis. part, of cano, singing. Canis, is, c. a dog. Cannae, arum, f. pi. a village in Apulia J famxms for the defeat of the Romam by Hannibal. Cannensis, e, adj. belonging to Canrnce. Cano, canere. cecini, cantum, tr. to sing; to sound or play upon an instrument, Cantans, tis, part, (canto.) Cantharus, i. m. a beetle; a knot under the tongue of the god Apis. Cantium, i. n. now the county of Kent, England. Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (cano,) to sing; to repeat often. Cantus, 6s, m. (id.) singing; a song; cantus galli, the crowing of the cock. Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. Capesso, ere, ivi, itum. tr, (capio,) ^ 88, 5. to take; to take the management of , fugam capessere, to flee. Capiens, tis, part, from Capio,*" capere, cepi, captum, tr. (properly, to hold; to con" tain; commonly,) to take; to capture; to take captive; to enjoy; to derive. Capita lis, e, adj. (caput,) rela* ting to the head or life; capital; mortal; deadly; pernicious; capitale, (sc, crimen,) a capital crime. Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap" itol; the Roman citadel on the Capitoline hill. Capra, as, f. a she-goat, Captlvus, a, um, adj. ^capioj) captive. 204 CAPTO CASUS. Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. . ^ SS, 1, (capio,) to catch at; to seek for; to hunt for. Captus, a, uin, part, (capio,) taken; taken captive, Capua, SB, f. the principal city of Campania; Caput, itis, n. a head; life; the skull; a capital city : capitis damnare, to con- demn to death. Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a coal; ) a collier; a maker of charcoal. Career, eris, m. a prison. Careo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to he without; to be free from; to be destitute; not to have; to luant. Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians; the inhabitants of Caria. Caria, se, f. a country in the southeastern part of Asia Mitwr. Carica, ae, f. a fig; (properly, carica ficus.) Carmen, inis, n. a song; a poem. Carneades, is, rn. a philoso- pher of Cyr€ne. Caro, carnis, Lfiesh. Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a wagon. Carpetani, orum, m. pi. ^ one entire or undivided channel. Contra, prep, against; oppO" site to : adv. on the other hand. Contractus, a, um, part, (con- traho.) Contradico, -dicere,- dixi, -dic- tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to speak against; to contra- dict; to oppose. Contradictus, a, um, part, cxm* tradicted; opposed. Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac- tum, tr. (con & traho,) to drau) together; to contract to assemble; to collect. Contrarius, a, um, adj. (con- tra,) contrary; opposite. Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, tr. dep. (con & tueor,) to regard; to behold; to vieio; to gaze upo7i; to survey. Contundo, -tundere, -tudi, -tfi- sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to beat together; to beat; to bruise; to crush; to put' verize. Contusus, a, um, part. 216 CONVALESCO CORROSUS. Convalesce, -valescere,-valui, intr. inc. (con & valesco, from valeo,) to grow well; to recover. Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, intr. (con & venio,) to come together; to meet; to assemble. Cotiverto, -vertere,-verti, -ver- sum,tr.(con,verto.) to turn; to resort to; to appropriate; to convert into; to change; se in preces, to turn one's self to entreating. Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) loud noise; scolding; re- proach; abuse. Convivium, i. h. (con &vivo,) a feast; a bajiquet; an en- tertainment. Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (con & voco,) to call to- gether; to assemble. Con vol vo, -volvere, -volvi,-vo- lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) to roll together; pass, to he rolled together: se, to roll one's self up. Cooperio, -perire, -perui, -per- Tum, tr. (con & operio,) to cover. Copia, ae, f. an abundance; a multitude; a swarm: co- piae, ^\. forces; troops. Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co- piously; abundantly; from copiosus, from copia. Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; to roast; hence, Coquus, i, m. a cook. Cor, cordis, n. the heart. Coram, prep, tn the presence ^fj l>€fore; adv. openly. Corc.yra, se, f. an island on the coast ofEpiniSy now Corfu. Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corin thian ; belonging to Co- rinth. Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city of Achaia, in Greece. Corioli, Drum, m. pi. a town | of Latium. Coriolanus, i, m.. a distinguish^ ed Roman general. Corium, i, n. the skhi; the skin or hide of a beast; leather Cornelia, ae, f. a noble Roman lady. Cornelius, i, m. the name of an illvstrious tribe^ or clan^ at Rome. adj. Cornelian, Cornix, icis, f. a crow. Cornu, n.ind. in Sing. ^ 16 ; a horn. Corona, ae, f. a crown. Corpus, oris, n. a body; a corpse. Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.) Corrigo,-rigere,-rexi, -rectum, tr. (con & rego,) to set right, to straighten ; to make bet- ter; to co7'rect. Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- tum, tr. (con & rapio,) tn seize. Corrodo, rodere, rc^si, -rosum, tr. (con & rodo,) to gnaw, to corrode. Corrosus,a,um, part, (corrodo,) CORRUMPO CRUDELIS. 217 p. Corrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum, tr. (con&rumpo,) to break up, {or thoroughly;) to corrupt; to bribe; to hurt; to violate; to seduce; to im- pair; to destroy; Corruo, -ruere, -rui, intr. (con & ruo,) to fall down; to de- cay. Corruptus, a, um, part. & adj. (corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- ted; foul; corrupt. Corsica, ae, f. an island in the Mediterranean sea, north of Sardinia. Corvinus, i, m. a surname gi- ven to M. Valerius, from an incident in his life; from Corvus, i, m. a raven. Corycius, a, um, adj. Cory- dan; of Corycus. Corycus, i, m. the name of a city and mountain ofCilicia Cos., an abbreviation of con- sul ; Coss., of consules ; Gr. p. 308. Cotta, se, m. a Roman cogno- men, belonging to the Au- relian tribe. Crater, eris,m. a goblet; a cra- ter; the mouth of a volcano. Crates, etis, m. a Thebanphi- losopher. f'rassus, i, m. the name of a Roman family of the Lu- cinian tribe. Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. (crebrior,creberrimus,)/re- quent. Crebro, adv. (crebriiis, creber- rimo,) (cveher,) frequently. Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. to believe; to trust. Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,) easy of belief; credulous. Cremera, ae, f. a river of Eti^C' ria, near lohich the Fabian family were defeated and destroyed. Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to burn; to consume. Creo, arc, avi, atum, tr. to make; to choose; to elect. Cresco, crescere crevi, cre- tum, intr. (creo,) to spring up; to increase; to grow, Creta, se, f. Crete, now Can-' dia, an island in the Med- iterranean sea, south of the Cyclddes. Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to Crete, Cretan. Crevif See Cresco. Crimen, inis, n. a crime; a fault; an accusation : alicui crimini dare, to charge as a crime against one. Crinis, is, m. the hair. Crixus, i, m. the name of a cele- brated gladiator. CrocodTlus, i, m. a crocodile. Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture; distress; trouble; affliction. Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (crux,) to crucify; to tor- inent; to torture. Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence, 19 218 '^^ CRUDELITER CYCLADES. Ciudeliter, adv. (ius, issime,) cruelly. Crudus, a, um, adj. (cruor,) properly, full of blood; crude; raw; unripe, Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. ^rus, cruris, n, the leg; (from the knee to the ankle.) Crux, crucis, f. a cross. Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, n. (cubo, to recline^) the arm, from the elbow to the wrist; a cubit, Cucurri. See Curro. Cui,&Cujus, iSee Qui, & Quis. Culex, icis, m. a gnat. Culpa, aB, f. a fault ; guilt; blame; hence, Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to blame. Cultellus, i, m. (dim, from cul- ler,) a lit tie knife; a knife. Cultus,a, um, part, (colo,) cul- tivated; improved; dressed. Cum, prep, with : adv. the same as quum, when: cum — turn, 7iot only — but also; as well — as also. Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) delaying; a delaying; hesi- tation. Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the whole. Cumculns, i,m. a rabbit; a cony. Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a wish ; a desire ; cupidity ; (with moderation.) Cupido, inis, f. desire; (with eagerness.) Cupidus, a, um, adj. comp. (id.) desirous. Cupiens, tis, part, from Cupio, ere, ivi, itum. tr. tt desire; to ivish; to long for. Cur. adv. (abbreviated for quare,) why; wherefore. Cura, as, f. care; anxiety. Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the Sabines. Curia, ae, f. a curia or ward; one of thirty parts into which the Roman people were divided; the senate house, Curiatii, orum, m. pi., the name of an Alban tribe. Three brothers belonging to this tribe fought with the Horatii. Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. f'^ura,) to take care of; to care* to be concerned ; to cure or heal, Curro, currere, cucurri cur- sum, intr. to run ; hence, Currus, us, m. a chariot: and Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) arun- ner; also 24 PEVORO DILIGO. Devoro. are, avi, atum, tr. (de and voro,) to devour; to eat up, Devotus, a, um, part, from Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo- tum, tr. (de & v('Veo,) to vow; to devote; to conse- crate. Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, § 20, 3. adj. right; on the right hand. See § 26, 2. Dextra, se, f. the right hand. Diadema, atis, n, a diadem ; a white fillet worn upon the heads of kings. Diagoras, ae, m. a Rhodian ivho died of excessive joy^ because his three sons were victorious at the Olympic games. Diana, se, f. the daughter of Jupiter and LatOna, and sister of Apollo. Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to consecrate; to dedicate; from Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. to say; to name; to call. Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; a chief magistrate^ elected on special occasions, and vested with absolute autho- rity; from Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. to say often; to dictate. Dictum, i, n. (dico,) a word; an expressio?u Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.) Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. in pi., a day; in dies, dai- ly; every day. Differens, tis, adj. different, differing; from Djifero, difFerre, distuli, dila- tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & fero,) to carry apart, or in different directions * to car- ry up and down; lo scat- ter; to disperse; to spread abroad: to publish; to de- fer; to be different. Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi- cultly; with difficulty; from Difficiljs, e, adj. comp. (dis & facilis,) difficult; ^Ql, 2. Obs. 1, hence, Difficultas, atis, f. difficulty, trouble; poverty. Digitus, i, m. a finger; a fin ger''s breadth. Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig nor,) vouchsafing; thought worthy. Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig^ nity; office; honor. Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to think worthy; to vouch- safe; to deign; from Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT- mus,) worthy. Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. (dis & lanio,) to tear or rend in pieces. Diligenter, adv. (iiis, issTm^,) diligently ; carefully ; fr. diiigens. Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,tr. (dis & lego,) to select care- fully; to esteem a thing for its value; hence, to love. See amo. niMICATlO DISSERU. 225 W Dimicafio, 5nis, f. a fight; a contest; a battle; from Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,) atum, intr. (dis & mico, to glitter^ to fight: viz., with swords gleaming : dimicatum est, a ia^^Ze Zi?a5 fofiight. Dimiss'is, a, um, part, from Eimitto -mittere, mlsi, -mis- sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to send away; to dismiss; to let go, Diogenes, is, m. an eminent Cynic 'philosopher^ horn at SinOpe, a city of Asia Mi- nor, Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian warrior; also, a cruel king of Thrace, Dionysius, i. m. the name of tivo tyrants of Syracuse, Dirempttirus, a, um, part, dirimo,) about to decide, Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.) Dirimo,- imere,-emi,-emptum, tr. (dis & emo,) properly, to take one thing frora an- other : to divide; to part; to separate; to decide, Diripio,-ripere,-ripui,- reptum, tr. (dis & rapio,) to tear asunder; to rob; to plunder; to pillage; to destroy. Diruo,- ruere,- rui,- riitum, tr. (dis & ruo,) to pull down; to overthrovj; to raze; to destroy. Dirus, a, urc, adj. frightful; terrible; direful; ominous, Diriitus, a, um, part, (diruo.) Discedo,-cedere-cessi cessum. intr. (dis & cedo,) to go aioay; to depart, Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,^ to tear asunder, or in pieces, Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis- cerpo.) Discipulus, i, m. (disco,) a pupil; a scholar. Disco, discere, didici, tr. to learn, Discordia, se, f. (discors, dis & cor,) discord; disagreemeiit; the Goddess Discord, Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr. (id.) to differ in feeling; to he at variance; to differ, Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, itum, intr. (dis & crepo,) to dif- fer in sound; to differ; to disagree, Disert^, adv. (i^s issime,) clearly; eloquently. Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute, a discourse; a discussion; from Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr. (dis & puto,) to he of oppo- site sentiments; hence, to dispute; to discuss; to dis* course, Dissemino, are, Svi, atum, tr. (dis & semino,) to spread abroad; to scatter; to pro' mitigate, Dissero, -serere, -serui, -ser» tum, tr. (dis & sero, to plait;) to unplait; ^ 91, 2. to disentangle; hence, to 220 DISSIDIUM DOMICILTUM. explain; to disccnirse; to reason; to debate; to say. . Dissidium, i, n. (dissideo,) a disagreement; a dissension. Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. <5> 26, 1,) U7ilike; dissimilar; fr. dis & similis. Distans, tis, part.(disto,)5^a?2^- ing asunder; differing; dis- tant; bei?ig divided. Distinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, stinctum, tr. (di & stinguo,) to distinguish, (viz : by marks;) to mark; to adorn; to variegate; to spot; to sprinkle. Disto, stare, intr. (di & sto,) intr. to stand apart; to be distant; to be divided; to differ. Distribuo,-tribuere,-tribui,-tri- butum, (dis & tribuo,) to distribute; to divide. Ditis, e, adj ,(ior, issimus,) rich. Diu, adv. (utius, utissimti,) (dies,) long; for a long time. Diurnus,a,um,adj.(id.) daily. Diutinus, a, um, adj. (diu,) continual; long continued. Diuturnitas, atis, f. lo7ig con- tinuance; duration; from Diuturnus, a, um, adj. (diu,) Jong; lasting; ior, ^ 26, 6. Divello, -vellere,-velli, or -vul- si, -vulsum, tr. (di & vello,) to pull asunder; to sepa- rate; to disjoin; to tear off. Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr. diverto,) turned different ways; different. Dives, itis, ^di]. rich; wealthy, fertile; fruitful. Divido, dividere, divisi, divi- sum, tr. (di & iduo, obsol. to divide;) to divide; tosepa" rate; to distribute. Divinus, a, um, adj. (comp/ divine; heavenly; from divus. DivTsus, a, um, part, (divido.) Divitias, arum, f. pi. (dives,) riches; wealth. Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.) Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to give; to grant; to surren- der : poenas, to suffer pun- ishment .-crimini, to impute as a crime; to accuse : finem, to terminate: nomen, to give name. Doceo, ere,ui, tum, tr. toteach, Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do- cility; teachableness. Doctrina, ae, f.(doceo,) instruc- tion; education; doctrine. Doctus, a, um, part & adj. comp. (doceo,) taught; learned, Dodona, as, f. a toion and for- est of EplruSj where were a temple a7id oracle of Jupiter, Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve, to sorrow; to be in pain. Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain; sorrow; grief. Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; a stratagem; guile; artifice. Domesticus, a, um, adj. (do- mus;) domestic. Domicilium, i, n. (id.) a habi- tation; a house; an abode. DOMINA ECCE. 227 Domina, ae, f. (dominus,) a inistress. Dommatio, onis, f. govern- ment; absolute power; do- ininion; usurpation; despo- tism; from Dominus, i, m. (domus,) mas- ter; owner; lord, Domitus, a, um, part, from Domo, are, ui, itum, tr. to sub- due; to tame; to overpower; to conquer; to vanquish, Domus, us, & i, f. ^IQ', a house : domi, at home; do- mo, from home : domum, home. Donee, adv. until; as long as. Dono, are, avi, atum, tr, (do- num,) to give freely; to preseiit. Donum, i, n. (do.) a free gift; an offering; a present. Dormio, ire, Ivi, itum, intr. to sleep. Dorsum, i, n. the back. Dos,dotis, f. aportion; a dowry. Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a species of serpent. Druid ae, arum, m. pi. Druids^ priests of the ancient Bri- tons arid Gauls. Dubitatio, onis, f, a doubt; hesitation; question; from Dubito, are, avi, atum, intr. (dubius,) to hesitate; to doubt. Ducenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. two hundred. Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to lead; to conduct : uxorem, to take a loife ; to marry : exequias, to perform. fuTie^ ral rites : murum, to build a wall. Ductus, a, um, part. led. Duillius, i, m. (Caius,) a Ro' man commander^ who first conquered the Carthagini' ans in a naval engagement, Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) sweet; pleasant. Dum, adv. & conj. while; whilst; as long as; until. Duo, ae, o, num, adj. pi. ^ 24, 3. two. Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi. (duo & decem,) twelve; hence, Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the twelfth. Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. pi. (duo, de & viginti,§24, 1,) eighteen. Duritia, ae, & Durities, ei, f. hardness; from Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) hard; severe; harsh; unfavorable. Dux, cis, c. (duco,) a leader; a guide; a commander, E. E, ex, prep, out of; from; of; among. Ea. ' See Is. Ebibo, -bibere, -bibi, -bibitum, tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up, Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) drunkenness. Ebur, oris, n, ivory. Ecce, int. See! lot behold! 228 EDICO ELE U SI Nil. Edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, ir. (e & dico,) to proclaim; to announce; to publish; to order. Edidi. See Edo. Editiis. a, urn, part, puhlished; uttered; produced; from Edo,-dere,-didi,-ditum, tr. (e & do,) to give out; to pub- lish; to cause; to occasion; to produce; to make : spec- taculum edere, to give an exhibition, Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, tr. irr. ^ 83, 9, to eat; to consume, Educatus, a, um, part, from Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & duco,) to bring up; to edu- cate; to instruct, Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum,tr. (e & duco,) to lead forth, to bring forth; to produce; to draw out. Efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to make; to form; to cause; to accomplish. Effigies, iei, f. (efRngo,) an image; an effigy. Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & & flo,) to breathe out: ani- mam, to die; to expire, Effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,) to fly from; to escape; to flee. EfTundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- sum, tr. (e & fundo,) to pour out; to spill; to dis- charge; to waste; to over- Jlow; to extend or spread. Effusus, a, um, part, poured out; toasted. Egeria, as, f. a nymph of the Aricinian grove ^ and from whom Numa pi'ofessed to receive iiistructions respect' ing religious rites, Egero,-gerere,-gessi,-gestura., tr. (e & gero,) to carry out; to cast forth; to throw out. Egestus, a, um, part. Egi. See Ago. Ego, mei, subs. pro. /; ^ 28. Egredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, intr. dep.(e&gradior,) to go out; to overflow; to go beyojidj Egregie, adv. in a distin- guished manner; excellent- ly; famously; from Egregius, a, um, adj. (e & grex,) properly, chosen from the flock; hence, distin- guished; eminent; choice, Egressus, a, um, part, (egre- dior.) Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is & modus,) such; such like; of the same sort, Elabor,-labi,-lapsus sum, intr. dep. (e & labor,) to glide away; to escape, E laps us, a, um, part, having passed, Elephantis, idis, f. an island and city in the southern part of Egypt, Elephantus, i & Elephas an- tis, m. an elephant, Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the EleusiniaTis; the inhabit ants of Eleusis, ELEUSIS — EPISTOLA. 229 Eleusis & -in, inis, f. a town of Attica^ sacred to Ceres. Elido, -lidere, -llsi, -lisum, tr. (e & Isedo,) to strike out; to dash in 'pieces; to crush. E]igo,-ligere,-legi,-lectum, tr. (e & lego,) to pick out; to choose; to select. Eloquens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- musj (eloquor,) eloquent. Eloqueiitia, ae, f. (id.) elo- quence. Eloquor, '15qui, -locutus sum, tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to speak out; to say; to de- clare; to tell. Eluceo,-lucere,-luxi, intr. (e & luceo,) to shine forth. Emergo, -mergere, -mersi, -mersum, intr. (e & mer- go^)to emerge; to come out; to rise up. Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e & mineo, obsol. to stand or appear above; hence,) to he eminent; to rise above; to be conspicuous; to be dis- tinguished; to appear. Emitto, -inittere, -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to send forth; to discharge. Emo, emere, emi, emptum, tr. primarily, to take : com- monly, to bicy; to purchase. Emorior,-m6ri, or moriri,-mor- tuus sum, intr. dep. to die. Emptus, a, um, part, (emo.) Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum, intr. dep. to spring from, or up; to he horn; to arise. Enatus, a, um, part, born of. Eneco,-necare,-necavi or -ne- cui,-necatun), tr. (e & ne- co,) to kill [outright.) Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to unnerve, or enervate; to en* feeble; to iveaken. Enim, conj. for; but; truly; indeed, Enna, ae, f. a toivn of Sicily. Ennius, i, m. a very ancient Roman poet. Enuntio, or-cio, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & nuntio, or-cio,) to say, or tell out; to pro- claim; to disclose; to di' vulge. Eg, ire, ivi„ itum, intr. irr. « 83,,3, to go. E6. adv. (i. e. eo loco,) thither; to that degree; to that pitch; to that degree of eminence. Eous, i, m. the morning star. Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the eastern. Epaminondas, ae, m. « distiw guished Theban general. Ephesus, i, m. a city on the western coast of Ionia, near the river Cayster. Ephialtes, is. a giant, the son of Neptune, or of Aloeiis and brother of Otos. Epimenides, is, m. a poet of Gnossus, in Crete. Epirus, i, i. a caicntry in the western part of Greece. Epistola, se, f. an epistle; a letter. 20 230 Ef'ULOR EURO? A. Epulor, an, atus sum, intr. dep, to feast; to feast wpon; to eat; from Epulum, i, n. sing., & Epiilae, arum, f. pi. a solemn feast ; a banquet; a feast, k 18, 6. Eques, itis, m. (equus,) a knight; a liorseman : equi- tes, pi. knights; horsemen; cavalry. Eqindem, conj. (ego & qui- dem,) indeed; I for my part; (joined mostly with verbs of the first person.) Equitatus, us, m. (equito,) cav- alry. Equus, i,.,m. a horse. Eram, Ero, &c. See Sum, ^ 54. Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.) Erga, prep, towards. Ergo, conj. therefore. Erinaceus, i, m. a hedgehog. Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, tr. (e & rapio,) to tear from; to take from; to rescue; to take away; to deliver. Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to wander: to err; to stray; to roam. Erodo, -rodere, -rosi, -rosum, tr. (e & rodo,) to gnavj away; to consume; to eat into. Erudio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (e & rudis,) to free from a rude state; hence, to instruct; to form; hence, Eruditio, onis, f. instruction; learning. ^''- Eruditus, a, um, part, (erudio.) Esse. Essem, &c. See Sum. Esuriens, tis, part, hungry, de^ ing hungry; from Esurio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. to he hungry. Et, conj. and; also; even : et — et, both — and. Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also, especially; with an adjec- tive or adverb in the com- parative degree, even. Etruria, as, f. a country of It- aly^ north a?id west of the Tiber; Tuscany. Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peo- ple of Etruria; the Tuscans or Etrurians. Etruscus, a, um, adj. belong' ing to Etruria; Tuscan or Etrurian. Euboea, se, f. a large island in the Mgean sea, near Bmotia. Eumenes, is, m. a general in Alexander s army; also, the ? name of several kings of Pergamus. Euns, for iens, part, of eo. Euphemus, i, m. the father of Bceddlus. Euphrates, is, m, a large river ivhich forms the western boundary of Mesopotamia. Euripides, is, m. a celebrated Athenian tragic poet. Euripus, i, m. a narrow strait between Bosotia aiid Euboea. Europa, ae, f. Europe, one of the quarters of the earth, sup- posed to have been named from Europa, the daughter of Agenory king of Fh(£- nicia. EUEOTAS — EXCOLO 231 Eurotas, as, m. a river of 'La- coma^ near Sparta. Euxinus, i, m. hova Mv^Eivog, (hospitable^) (pontus,) the Euxine, now the Black Sea, Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, tr. & intr. (e fevaflo,) to go out; to escape; to become, Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum, tr. (e & verto,) to overturn; to destroy, Eversus, a, um, part, over' turned; destroyed, Evoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & voco,) to call out; to sum- vion; to implore. Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e & volo,) tojiy out or away, Ev6mo,-vomere,-vornui,-vom- itum, tr. (e & vomo,) to vomit forth; to discharge. Ex, prep, (before a vowel) See E Exactus, a, um, part, (exigo,) banished; driven away, Exasquo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & aequo,) to make equal; to equal, Exanimo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & anima,) to deprive of life; to kill; to render lifeless, Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, intr. inc. to burn; to become inflamed; to kindle; to be- come excited; to be enraged : bellum exarsit, a war broke out, Exaspero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex and aspero, to make rough; fr. asper,) to exas- perate; to incense. Excaeco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex&caBCUS,) tomakeblind; to blind, Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to go forth ^ or out; to depart; tr. to exceed; to surpass; to go beyond, Excello, -cellere, -cellui, -eel- sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob- sol. to move;) to be high; — to excel; to be eminent. Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp. excelsior,) high; lofty, Excidium, i, n. destruction; ruin; from Excido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (ex & cado,) ^0 fall out ox from; to fall; to drop; to perish, Excido, -cidere, -cidi, cisum, tr. (ex & caedo,) to act out; to cut down; to hew out, Excisus, a, um, part. Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to take out; to except; to re- ceive; to support; to follow; to succeed; to sustaifri, Excitandus, a, um, part, from ExcTto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (excieo,) to excite ; to aivaken; to arouse; to stir up, Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & clamo,) to cry out; to exclaim, Excludo, -cludere, -clusi,-clu- sum, tr. (ex & claudo,) to shut out; to exclude; to hatch, , Excoloj-colere, -colui,-Gultum, 232 EXCRUCIO EXPEDIO. tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate; to exercise. Excrucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & crucio,) to torture; to torment; to trouble; ^91,4. Exciibiae, arum, f. pi. (excu- bo,) a guard; a ivatch; a sen- tinel; (generally by night.) See vigilia & statio. Excusatio, onis, f. (excuso,) an excusing; an excuse; an apology. Exedo, -edere & esse, -edi, -esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo, ^ 83, 9) to eat; to eat up; to devozir. Exemplum, i, n. an example; an i7istance. Exequiae. See ExsequiaB. Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (ex & arceo,) to exercise; to train; to discipline; to practice : agrum, to culti- vate the earth. Exercitus, {is, m. an army; {a body of discipliiied troops.) Exhaurio, -haurire,- hausi, -haustUKi, tr.(ex & haurio,) to draw out; to exhaust; to drain; to wear out; to im- poverish. Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. (ex & ago,) to drive away; to banish. Exiguus, a, um, adj. (comp.) little; small; scanty; see parvus. Exilis, e, adj.(exilior, ^ 26, 1,) slender; small; thin. Exilium, and exsilium, i, n. (ex & solum,) exile; banish* ment. Eximie, adv. remarkably; ve- ry; from Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,) extraordinary; remarkable, Existimatio, onis, f. opinion; reputation; respect; from Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & Eestimo,) to judge^ ox think; to imagine; to sup' pose. Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly issue; end: usually destruc- tioji; ruin. Exitus, {is, m. (id.) an exit; the eve7it; the issue; an outlet. Exoratus, a, um, part, (exoro,) entreated; influenced; in- duced. Exorior,-oriri,-ortus sum, intr. dep. (ex & orior,) to rise up, or out of; to arise; to appear. Exorno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & orno,) to adorn; to deck. Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & oro,) to entreat or be- seech earnestly. ^ 91, 4. Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,) risen; having arisen. Expecto, or -specto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to look for; to wait for. Expedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ex & pes,) properly ?'f take the foot out of confinement, hence, to free; to extricate, to expedite : expedit, imp EXPEDITIO EXTORQUEO 23:^ tt is fit; it is expedient; hence, Expeditio,onis,f. an expedition Expel lo, -pellere, -puli, -pul- sum, tr. (ex & peilo,) to drive out; to expel; to ban- ish. Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,) having no part i7i; hence, without; devoid; void of; destitute of; Expeto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ex & poto,) to ask; to demand; to strive after; to seek ear- nestly, Expio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & pio,) to free from the pol- lution of some crime or of- fence; to expiate; to ap- pease, Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex & pleo,) to fill up, to fill full Explico, are, avi, & ui, atum & itum, tr. (ex & plico,) to unfold; to spread; to ex- plain, Explorator, oris, m. (exploro,) a spy; a scout, Expolio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ex & polio,) to polish; to adorn; to improve; to finish, § 91,4. Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi- tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set forth; to expose; to explain. Exprobro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & probrum,) to upbraid; to blame; to reproach; to cast in one^s teeth, Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & pugno,) to take by assault: to conque? ; to vai- quish; to subdue; to take by storm, ^ 91, 4. Expulsus,a,um, part.(rxpe''o.) Exsequiae, arum, f. pi. (exse- quor, ) fimeral rites. Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii &Tii, intr. (ex &c salio,) to spring- up or out; to leap forth. Exspiro, or Expiro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to breathe forth; to expire; to die. Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, um, part, dead; from Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, -stinctum, tr. (ex & stin- guo,) to extiiiguish; to kill, to put to death; to destroy, Exstructus, or Extructus, a, um, part, from Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere, struxi, -structum, tr. (ex & struo,) to build, or pile up; to construct, Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, -surrectum, intr. (ex & sur- go,) to rise up; to arise; to swell; to surge, Exter, or Exterus, a, um, adj. (exterior, extimus or ex- tremus, § 26, 2.) foreign; strange; outward, Exto, extSre, extiti, intr. (ex & sto,) to stand out or forth; usually to be; to remain: to be extant, Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, -tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,) to extort; to wrest frovi; to obtain by force. 234 EXTKA FAMILIARITAS. ExiTa, prep, (for extera, scil. pane,) beyorid; loithout; ex- cept. Extractus, a, um, part, from Extraho, -trahere, traxi, -trac- tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to draw out; to extract; to extricate; to free; to res- cue; to liberate, Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup of exterus,) extreme; the last; the farthest, F. Faba, ae, f. a bean. Fabius, i, m. the name of an illustriaiis Roman family. Fabricius, i, m. a Roman, dis- tinguished for his i7Ltegrity. Fabnco, are, avi, alum, tr. (faber,) to make; to forge; to manufacture, Fabula, ae, f. (fari,) a story; a fable; a tradition; a play. Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp. ( fab u la,) fabulous. Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa- cio.) Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) • Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face; appearance. Facilfc, adv. (ius, lime,) easily; willingly ; clearly ; un- doubtedly; from Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp. § 26, 1,) easy. FacTnus, oris, n. any action; a bold deed; a crime; an ex- ploit; from Facio, facere, feci, factum, tr. to do; to make; to va- lue : {spoken of individual things ;) facere iter, to travel: male facere, to in- jure; to hurt : sacra face- re, to offer sacrifice : face- re pluris, to value higher: certiorem, to iyform: fac, take care; cause; hence, Factum, i, n. an action; a deed. Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.) Factus, a, um, part, (facio,) made; done: facta obvi- am, meeting: praeda facta, booty having been taken. Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior, issunus,) eloquent ; from fari. Falerii, orum, m. pi. a town of Etruria. Falernus, i, m. amou7itainof Campania famous for its wine. Falermis,a,um, adj. belonging to Falerrius; Falernian. Falisci, orum, m. pi. the in- habitants of Falerii. Fama, ae, f. fame; reputatim; report. Famelicus, a, um, adj. hun- gry; famished; from Fames, is, f. hunger- famine, Familia, as, f. (famulus,) a family; servants; hence, Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of the same family; familiar, hence, Familiaritas, atis, f. friend- ship; intimacy; corifldence. FAMILIARITER FEROX. 235 Familiariter, adv. (ius, is- slnie,) {\di.) familiarly; on terms of intimacy. Famula, £e, f. (famulus, aserv- aiit ;) a maid; a female servantrox slave. Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by the laws of religion or of God :) a laioful thing, Fascis, is, m. a bundle; a fa- got : fasces, pi. hujidles of birchen rods, carried before the Roman magistrates, with an axe bound up in the middle of them, Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) jTa^aZ; ordained by fate, Fateor, fateri,-fassus sum, tr. dep. to confess, Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum & dico,) prophetic, Fatigatus, a, um, part, from Fatigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to weary, Fatum, i, n. (for \i,e,a thing declared or determined;) fate; destiny : fata, pi. the fates, Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in the sing. ^ 18, 10,) the throat: pi. fauces, the throat; the jaws; the straits. Faustiilus, i, m. the shepherd by lohom. Romulus and Re- mits loere brought up. Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, mtr. to favor; hence. Favor, oris, m. favor; good will; partiality; applause. Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, fr. ferveo,) a fever. Feci. See Facio. Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) feJi^ city; good fortune; happi^ ness. Feliclter, adv. (ius, issTme,) fortunately; successfully; happily, Felis, is, f. a cat, Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,) happy ; fortunate; fruitful; fertile; opulent; auspicious; favorable, Femina, ae, f. a female; a wo" man, Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi- na,) female; feminine; per-' taining to females, Fera, ae, f. « ivild beast, Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,) (iero,) fruitful ; productive; fertile; abounding in. Fere, adv. almost; nearly; abov^t : fere nullus, scarcely any one. Ferens, tis, part, (fero.) Ferinus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of wild beasts, Ferio, ire, tr. to strike^ or beat, Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. to bear; to carry; to relate, to bring; to produce : ferre manum, to stretch forth; to extend : ferunt, they say. Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass. to be carried; to fioio; to move rapidly; to fly: fer- tur, imp. it is sail : hence, Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) wild; fierce; savage; ferocious. 236 FKRREUS FLAGRO. Feneus, a, um, adj. iron ; oh- d urate ; from Fernun, i. n. iron; a sword; a knife. Pert il is, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) (fero,) fertile; fruitful; hence, Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility ; richness; fruitfalness. Ferula, ae, f. (ferio,) a staff; a reed, Ferus, a, um, adj. wild; rude; uncultivated ; uncivilized; savage, Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. to hoil; to seethe; to foam; to he hot; to glow, Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) weary; tired; fatigued, Festum, i, n. a feast; from Festus, a, um, adj. festive; joyful; merry, Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a Fidelis, e, adj. (comp.) /aeVA- ful; from Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith: in fid em, hi confirmation : in fidem accipere, to re- ceive U7ider one's protec- tion, Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to fix; to fasten, Filia, ae, f. § 9, 4 ; « daughter, Filius, i, m. ^ 10, Exc. 5 ; a son, Filum, i, n. a thread, Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. to split; to cleave, Fingens, tis, part, feigning; pretending; from Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum, tr. to form: to make; to de- vise; to 'pretend; to feign, Finio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. tj end; to finish; to terminattf from Finis, is, d. the end; a houn dary; a limit : fines, m. pi. the limits of a country^ 6cc. Finitus, a, um, part, (fmio.) Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) neighboring, Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. § 83, 8; (facio,) to be made; to become; to hap" pen : fit, it happens : fac- tum est, it happened; it caine to pass, Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) Firmiter, adv. (iiis, issime,) {firmnSj) firmly ; securely, Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make firm; to confirm; to establish; from Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) firm: strong; secure, Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) fixed; permanent, Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to whip; to scourge; to lash, Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issTmus,) shameful; infa^ mous; outrageaics; from Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- tion; an outrage,; a crime, a dishonor; villany, Flagro, are, avi, atum, intr. to burn; to be on fire; to suffer; to be oppressed; to be violent. FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 237 Flaminius, i, m. a Roman. Flavus, a, iim, adj. yellow. Flam ma, 96, f. a flame. Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, tr. to bend ; to hoio ; to tarn ; to move ; to prevail upon. Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & intr. to weep ; to lament. Fletiis, us, m, weeping ; tears. Flevo, onis, m. a lake near the mouth of the Rhine, now the Zuyder-Zee. Flexus, a, urn, part, (flecto,) hent ; changed; turned. Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to bloom ; to blossom ; to flour- ish ; to be distinguished. Flos, floris, m. a flower a blos-- som. Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave. Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, intr. to flow ; lience, fluvius, i, m. properly, a river. Flumen, mis, n. (fluo,) an abundant flowing ; viz., of waters, or of any thing else ; as, flumen verborum, orationis. Cic. Usually, a river. Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, tr. to dig ; to pierce; to bore. Foecunditas, atis, f. fruitful- ness ; from Foecundus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) fruitful ; fertile. Foedus, eris, n. a league; a treat}/. Folium, i, n. a leaf. Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a source ; a spring. Forem, def. verb, § 84, 5; would or should be : fore, to be about to be ; it ivould or will come to p)ciss. Foris, adv. abroad. Forma, ge, f. a form ; shape, flgure ; beauty. Formica, se, f. an ant. Formido, inis, f. fear ; dread ; terror ; lience Formidolosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) fearful ; timorous. Formositas, atis, f. beauty; elegance; from Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- Sim us,) beau t ifu I ; hand- some ; from forma. Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance ; for- tune. Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps; (applied to what may hap- pen.) Forte, adv. (abl. fr. fors.) acci- dentally ; by chance ; (ap- plied to what did happen.) Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) hold; brave; courageous. Fortiter, adv. (ius, issime,) bravely ; from fortis. Fortitudo, inis, f. (fortis,) bold- ness ; bravery. Fortuna, se, f. (fors,) fortune ; chance. Forum, i, n. the market place ; the forum ; the court of jus- tice. Fossa, ae, f. (fodio,) a ditch ; a trench ; a moat. f>38 FOVEA FUNESTUS. Fovea, ae, f. a pit. Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr. to keep warm; to cherish. Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.) Fragilis, e, adj.(frango,)/ra27; perishable. Fragilltas, atis, f. (fragilis,) frailty; weakness. Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a fragment; a piece. Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- tum, \x. to break; to break in pieces; to weaken; to de- stroy. Frater, tris, m. a brother, Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. coiiip. (fraiis ) fraudulent; deceitful; treacherous. Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- \xm'$,^) frequent; numerous. F re turn, i, n. a strait; a sea. Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum & fricatum, tr. to rub. Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus cold; from Frigus, oris, n. cold. Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a tree; a branch vnth leaves. Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; enjoyment; hence,- fruit; produce; advantage. Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. scarcely used,) properly, all that the earth produces for our subsistence; corn; iruges, um, ^^l. fruits; the various kinds of corn. Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corii; wheat. Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus, intr. dep. to enjoy. Frustra, adv. (frudo, id. ac fraudo,) in vain; to no pur' pose. Frustratus, a, um, part, from Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. (frustra,) to frustrate; to deceive. Frutex, icis, va. a shrub; a hush, Fuga, 86, f. a flight, Fugax, acis, adj.(acior, acissi- mus,) swift; fleeting; from fugio. Fugiens, tis, part, from Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, intr. & tr. to fly; to escape, to avoid; to fee; to fiet from. Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to put to flight; to drive off; to chase. Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to shine. Fuligo, inis, f. (fumus,) soot, FuUo, onis, m. a fuller Fulmen, mis, n. (i. e. fulgi- men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder; a thunderbolt; lightning, Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from the foundation; utterly. Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, Xr. to pour out: lacrymas, to shed tears : hostes, to scatter; to rout; to discomfits Fundus, i, m. the bottom of any thing : also a farm; a field : imus fundus, the very bottom. Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, :*s- J simus,) (funus,) polluted by " PUNGOR GENITUS. 239 a dead body; fatal; de- structive, Fungor, fungi, functus sum, intr. dep. to 'perform or dis- charge an office; to do; to execute : fato, to die. Funis, is, d. a rope; a cable. Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu- neral obsequies. Fur, furis, c. a thief Furcula, se, f. dim. (furca,) a little fork: Furculse Cau- dinsB, the name of a narroio defile in the conintry of the Hirplni, in Italy ^ vjhere the Romans were defeated by the Samnites. Furiosus, a um, adj. (comp.) furious; mad; from furo. Furius, i, m. the name of sev- ral Romans, Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,) about to be; future. G. Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of an island and tovm in Spain, near the straits of Gibraltar, now Cadiz, Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of Gades or Cadiz : fretum Gaditanum, the straits of Gibraltar, G alalia, ae, f. a countrij in the interior of Asia Minor, GnUia, 2^,i. Gaul, now France, Galliae, pi. the divisions of Gold. Gallicus, a, um, adj. belong* i?ig to Gaul; Gallic. Gallina, ae, f. a hen. Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. Gallus, i, m. a cock, Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog- nomen of several Romaiis, Ganges, is, m. the name of a large river in India, Garumna, se, f. the Garonne^ a river of Aquitania. Gaudeo,gaudere,gavisus sum, n. pass. § 78 ; ^o rejoice; to delight; to be pleased with. G'dudmm,i,n. joy; gladjiess.. Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau- deo,) rejoicing; having re- joiced. Geminus, a, um, adj. double: gemini filii, tioin sons. Gemitus, {is, m, (gemo,) a groan; a sigh. Gemmatus, a, um,part. adorU" ed with gems; gemmed; glittering; from Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gemma,) to adorn with gems, . Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law. Genero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ge- nus,) to beget; to produce. Generositas, atis, nobleness of mind; magnanimity; from Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) (genus,) noble; spirited; brave; generofiis; fruitful; fertile. Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno, born; produced. 240 GENS GRASSOR. Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe; a family; a clan. GeiTii. See Gigno. Genus, eri?, n. a race; a fam- ily; a sort or kind. Goometria, se, f. geometry, Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) hear- ing ; conduct ing. (jrermanus, i, rn. a German; an inhabitant of Germany. Germania, ae, f. Germany. German icus, a, um, adj. Ger- man; of Germany. Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, tr. to bear; to carry; (viz: a load or burden;) to do; to conduct or manage; (spo- ken of one who has the charge ; ^ee ago and facio ;) res eas gessit, performed such exploits : odium, lo hate : onus, to bear a bur- den: helium, to wage or carry on loar. Geryon-i:?,m.a giant ivho was slain by Herades^and whose oxen were driven into Greece. Gestans, tis, part, from Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (gero,) to bear; to carry about. Gestus, a, um,part. borne; per- formed : res gestae, see Res. Getae, arum, m. pi. a savage people of Dacia, north of the Danube. Gigas, antis, m a giant.. Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- tum,tr. to beget; to bring forth; to bear; to produce. Glaber, bra, brum. adj. (bri- er, berrimus,) bald; hare^ smooth. Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing; from Glacies, ei, f. ice. Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a gladiator Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. be- longing to a gladiator gladiatorial; from Gladius, i, m. a sword. Glans, dis, f. mast; an aco^'Tu Glisco, ere, intr. to increase^ Gloria, as, f. glory; fame. Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to boast. Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) active; industrious. Gorgias, ae, m, a celebrated sophist and orator. Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus, ^26, l,)sle7ider; lean; del- icate. Gracchus, i, m. the name of an illust rious Kom an fam ily. Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr. Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair. GraBcia, ae, f. Greece. Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; Greek : — subs, a Greek. Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) large; great; ( in a higher sense than magnus.) Granicus, i, m. a river of My- sia, emptying into the Pro- pontis. Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. freq, (gradior,) to ad- vance ; to march; to pro- ceed; to make an attack. ORATES — HANNIBAL. 241 Grates, def. f. pi. (gratas,) thmiks : agere grates, to thank. ^ IS, 12. (in & firmus,) weak; i7ifir7n, Infixus, part, (infigo.) Iiiflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. to set on fire; to inflame; to excite; to animate. Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,) blotvn upon; puffed up^ Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in & fligo,) properly, to strike one thiiig against another; hence, to inflict, Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & flo,) to blow upon. Infra, prep, beneath; bdoiv, Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & frendeo,) to gnash with the teeth, Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac- tum, tr. (in & frango,) to break or rend in pieces; to disannul; to make void, Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to * pour in : infunditur, it empties; (said of rivers.) Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,) judgment; sagacity; pene- tration; natural disposi- tion; genius; talents; cha- racter, Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, ^ 26, 6,) great; very great; huge; (in a much higher sense than magnus.) Ingenuus, a,um,adj.(ingeno,) natural ; free-born ; free ; noble; ingenuous, Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- dior,) to go in; to enter; to come in; to walk; to walk upon; to go, Ingressus, a, um, part. Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to invade; to assail; to paicr dovxii; to fall upon suddenly 2b0 INHJEREO INSIDEO. xnhsereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- sum, intr. (in & haereo,) to cleave or stick to or i7i : co- gitationibus, to be fixed or lost in thought, Inhio, are, avi, atum, tr. & intr. (in & hio,) to gape for; to desire, Inimicus, a, um, adj. comp. (in & amicus,) inimical; hostile, Inimicus, i, m. subs, an enemy, Inique, adv. ius, issime, (ini- quus, in & aequus, not equal;) unequally; unjustly, Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- mencement; a heginning, 'Initurus, a, um, part, (ineo,) about to enter wponoT begin. Injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, tr. (id- & jacio,) to throw in or uyon. Injuria, as, f. (injurius, in & jus,) an injury; an insult, Jnnato, are, avi, atum, intr. (in & nato,) to sioim or float upon, Innitor, -niti, -nisus or nixus sum, intr. dep. (in & nitor,) to lean or depend upon; to rest upon. Innocentia, ae, f. (in & no- cens,) harmlessness; inno- cence, Innotesco, -notescere, -notui, intr. inc. (in & notesco,) to become knoiun; to be known, Innoxius. a, um, adj. comp. (in & noxius,) harmless. Innumerabllis, e, adj. (in & numerabilis,) innumerable, Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in & numerus,) without number, Inopia, ae, f. (inops,) want; scarcity, Inopus, i, m. a fountain or river of Delos, near which Apollo and Diana were said to have been born, Inprimis, and in primis, adv. same as imprimis. Inquam, or Inquio, def. I say; ^ 84, 2. [nqumo, are, avi, atum, tr. to pollute; to stain; to soil, InquIro,-quirere,-quisIvi, -qui- situm, tr. (in & quaero,) to seek for; to inquire; to in* vestigate. Insania, ae, f. (insanus,) mad- ness, Insanio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. (in- sanus,) to be mad, Inscrlbo, -scribere, -scripsi, -scriptum, tr. (in &scribo,) to lorite upon; to inscribe, Inscriptus, a, um, part. Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an insect, Insequens, tis, part, succeed' ing; subsequent; following; from Insequor,-sequi,-secutus sum, tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to follow after; to follow. Insidens, tis, part, from Insideo, -sidcre,-sedi,-sessum, intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit upon INSIDIJE INTERCIPIO. 251 InsidiaB, arum, f. pi. (insideo,) art ambush ; ambuscade ; treachery; deceit : per insi- dias, treacherously, Ifisidians, tis, part, from liisidior,ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (insidice,) to lie in wait; to lie in ambush; to deceive, Ifisigne, is, n. a mark; a to- ken; an ensign; from [nsignis, e, adj. comp. (in & sigxiMm^) distinguished {by some mark;) eminent. [nsisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, intr. (in & sisto,) to stand icpon; to insist, Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) incon^olably , Insolens, tis, adj. (in & so- lens,) (ior, issimus,) Twt usval; indolent; haughty; Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) (ius, issime,) haughtily; insolently, Inspectans, tis, part, from Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (in & specto,) to look upon; to inspect, Instaturus, a, um, part, (insto,) [nstituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu- tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to set, or put into; to appoiiit; to resolve; to make; to or- der, Iiistitutum, i, n. an institution; a doctrine; from Institutus, a, um, part, (in- stituo.) ^ Insio, -stare, stiti, intr. (in & sto,) to stand near to; to urge; to persist; to ha- rass; to pursue closely, to beg earnestly, Instrumentum, i, n. (instruo,) an instrument; uteiisil; im- plement, Instruo,-struere,-struxi,-struc- tiim, tr. (in & struo,) to put together, or in order; to arrange; to prepare; to supply with; to instruct, Insiibres, um, m. pi. a people living north of the Po, in Cisalpine Gaul, Insuesco,-suescere,-suevi,- suS tum, intr. inc. (in & sues- co,) to groio accustomed. Insula, 33, f. an island, Insijper, adv. (in & super,) moreover. Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in& tago, whence tango,) (ri- or, errimus,) 7ioi touched; whole; entire; unhurt; just; uncorrupted, Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, tr. (in & tego,) to cover, Integritas, atis, f. (integer.) integrity; probity; honesty, Inteilectus, a, um, part, from Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, tr. (inter & lego,) to choose between; hence, to under" stand; to 'perceive; to dis* cern; to know; to learn. Inter, prep, between; among: inter se, mutually , occur- rentes inter se, meeting each other, Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to seize by surprise; to inter* 252 INTERDICO INTREPIDUS. vcpt; to usurp ; to take away fraudulently, Imerdico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to tnteiyose a command; to forbid; to 'prohibit; Interdictus, a, um, part. Interdiu, adv. (inter & ddu,) by day; in the day-time, Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) sometimes, Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in the mean time, * Interemptus, a, um, part, (in- terimo.) Intereo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr. (inter &;eo,^ 83,3,) toperish. Interest, imp. (intersum,) it concerns : mea, zY concerns me. Interfector, oris, m. a murder- er; a slayer; a destroyer, Interfectus, a, um, part, killed. Interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec- tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to destroy; to kill; to slay. Interim, adv. (inter &im, the ■ old ace. of is,) in the mean time, Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to take from the midst; to kill; to put to death; to slay. Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus, ^ 26, 2,) inner; the interior, Interius^ adv. (mixo,) farther in the interior, Interjectus, a, um, part, cast between) anno interjecto, a year having intervened; a year after; from Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- tum, tr. (inter &; jacio,) to ■ throw between, Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) rui7i; destruction: ad in- ternecionem, with a gent' ral massacre, Internodium, i, n. (inter & no- dus,) the space between tivo knots; a joint. Internus, a, um, ^di], internal; mare internum, the Medi- terranean sea, Interpres,etis,c.«?^^7^^er39reifer Interregnum, i, n. (inter ®- num,) an interregnum; a vacancy of the throne, Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (inter & rogo,) to ask, Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. (inter & sum,) to be pre- sent at, between, with, or among, Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val- lus,) an interval; a space; a distance, Interveniens, tis, part, from Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- tum, intr. (inter & venio,) to come between; to inter- vene, Intexo, ere, ui, tum, tr. (in & texo,) to interweave, Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- terus, interior, ^ 26, 2,) in* nermost; inmost; intimate; familiar; much beloved. Intra, preg, within : — adv. in- ward, Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & trepidus,)/(2arZe55; intrepid \ INTRO — IRE. 253 Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. (intro, & eo,) to enter. Introduco,-ducere, -duxi, -duc- tuiii, tr. (intro & daco,) to lead in; to introduce, Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) an ent ranee. Intuens, tis, part, from Intueor, eri, itus sum, tr. dep. (in ^ tueor,) to look wpon; to consider; to behold; to gaze at. Intus, adv. within, Inusitatus, a, um, adj. comp. (in & usitatus,) unaccus- tomed, unusual; extraor- dinary, Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & utilis,) useless, Invado, -vadere, -vasi, vasum, tr. (in & vado.) to invade; to attack; to assail, Invenio,-venire,veni.-ventum, tr. (in & venio,) to come to^ or upon; to find; to get; to procure; to obtain; to in- vent; to discover, InventuSj a, um, part. Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & vestigo,) to trace or jfind out; to investigate; to discover, Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- tually; in turn: se invi- cem occiderunt, they slew one another, Invictus, a, um, part, (in & vie t us,) unconquerable; im- penetrable; invulnerable, Invidia, ae, f. (invidus,) envy; hatred. Invisus, a, um, adj. (in video,) envied; hated; hateful; ob- noxious : plebi, unpopular, Invitatus, a, um, part, invited, entertained: — ^whs. a guest. Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to invite, Invius, a, um, adj. (in & via,) impassible; inaccessible; im- penetrable, Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & voco,) to call upon; to invoke, lones, um, m. pi. Io7iians; the inhabitants of Ionia, Ionia, ae, f. Ionia; a country on the western coast of Asia Mi7wr, lonius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; Ionian : mare, that part of the Mediterranean which lies between Greece and the south of Italy, Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian general, Iphigenia, £e, f. the daughter of Agamemnon and Chj" temnestra^ and priestess of Diana, Ipse, a, um, pro. ^ 32, he him- self; she herself; itself; or simply he; she; it : et ipse, he also ; before a verb of the first or second person, /; tho^t : ego ipse, I myself: tu ipse, tho2i thyself 6cc. Ira, ae, f. anger; rage.hence, Irascor, irasci, intr. dep. to be angry, hence. Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. Ire. See Eo. 22 254 IRREPAEABILIS ^JACULOR. Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in & reparabilis,) iiTcparahle; irrecoverable. • ^rretio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in & rete,) to enclose in a net; to entangle; to ensnare. Irridens, lis, part, from Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & rideo,) to laugh at; to de- ride. Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & rigo,) to water; to bedew; to moisten. Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio, to snarl like a dog;) to irri- tate; to provoke; to incite. Irruens, tis, part, from Irruo, uere, ui, (in & ruo,) intr. to rush in^ into^ or wpon; to rush; to attack. Is, ea, id. pro. § 31, this; he; she; it : in eo esse, i. e. in eo statu, to be in that state; to be ziyon the yohit. Issus, i, f. a maritime city of Cilicia. Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be- longing to Issus. Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated Athenian orator. Iste, a, ud, pro. ^ 31, tha ; that person or thing; he; she^ it. {The demonstra- tive of the second person^ and used to indicate a thing near, relating to^ or spoke?i of by the person addressed. ^ 2S. Obs. 3, 3d.) Ister, tri, m. the name of the Daiiube, after it enters II- lyricum. Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth* mian; belonging to the Isthmus of Corinth : ludi, games celebrated at thai place. Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus. Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a manner; even so; thus. Italia, 3B, f. Italy. Italus, a, um, adj. Italian Itali, subs, the Italians. Italic us, a, um, adj. belonging to Italy; Italian. Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and so; therefore. Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour' ney; a road; a march. Iterum,adv. (iter,) again; once more; a second time. Ithaca, ae, f. a rocky island in the Ionian sea, with a city of the same name. Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in like manner; likewise; also, Iturus, a, um, part, (eo.) Ivi. See Eo. Jacens, tis, part, from Jaceo, ere,ui,itum,i6> lie:m\x.to be situated. Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr to throw; to cast; to fling; to hurl. Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq (jacio,) to throw often; ta toss; to agitate. Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,,' cast; thrown. Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep JAM — JUS. 265 (jaciilum, from jacio,) to ■L kurly to dart; to shoot, K Jam, adv. (a stronger term V than nunc,) now; already; B 'presently; even: jam nunc, • even now : jam turn, even , then : jam inde, ever since : jam primum, in the first place, Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du- ! dum, lately;) long ago, Janiculum, i, n. one of the se- ven hills of Rome, Jason, onis, m. the son of \ jEson^ king of Thessaly, and leader of the Argo- nauts; also, an inhabitant of Lycia, Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. fasting; hungry, Jovis. See Jupiter. Juba, ae, f. the mane. Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, tr. to command; to hid; to order; to direct, Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. (jocus,) agreeable; delight- ful; pleasant; sweet, Judaea, se, f. Judea, Judseus, a, um, adj. belonging to Judea : — subs, a Jew. Judex, icis, c. (jndico,) a judge. Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a judgment; decision. Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus & dico,) to judge; to deem; to determine; to decide, Jugerum, i, n. ^ 18, 7, {the quantity ploughed by a yoke of oxen in one day;) an acre of land. Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke ^ a ridge or chain of moan' tains; in war^ an insiru- ment consisting of two spears placed erect ^ and a third laid transversely up- ort them. Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of Numidia, Julius, i, m. a name of Ctssar^ ivho belonged to the gens Julia. Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) Junior, adj. (comparative from juvenis,) younger; ^2^^ 6. Junius, i, m. the name of a Roman tribe which include ed the family of Brutus, Jungo, jungere, junxi, junc- tum, tr. to unite; to con- nect; to join: currui, to put in; to harness to, Juno, onis, f. the daughter of Saturn and ivife of Jupi' ter. Jupiter, Jovis, m. ^ 15, 12, the son of Saturn and king of the gods. Jurgiosus. a, um, adj. (jurgi- um,) quarrelsome ; brawl' ing. Juro, are, avi, atum, tr. to swear; from Jus, juris, n. right; justice; natural law: jus civitatis, the freedom of the city; citi- zenship : jure, with reason; rightly; deservedly. 256 JUSSI — LANATUS. Jussi, See Jubeo. Jussus, a, um, part, (jubeo.) ^ussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- ma/id, Justitia, 8B, f. justice; from Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) just; right; full; regular; ordinary; exact, Juvenca, se, f. (f. of juvencus, i. e. juvenicus, fr. juyenis,) a cow; a heifer, Juvencius, i, m. a 'Roman general^ conquered by An- driscus. Juvenis, adj. junior, § 26, 6,) (fr. juvo,) young; youth- ful. Juvenis, is, c. a yotmg man or woman; a youth; hence, Juventus, utis, f. youth, Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr. to help; to assist, Juxta, prep, (jun^o,) near; hav^ by : — adv. alike ; evc/. ernally. L., an abbreviation of Jjucius, Labor, & Labos, oris, m. la- bor; toil. Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. to fall; to glide; to glide away; to flow on. Laboriosus, a, um, adj. comp. (labor,) laborious, Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 2vork or labor; to suffer with; to be distressed. Labyrinth us, i, m. a labyrinth. Lac, lactis, n. milk. LacedsBmon, onis, f. LacedcB' 7)1071, or Sparta, the capital of Laconiii, Lacedaemonius, a, um, adj. belonging to Lacedcemon; LacedcBnionian; Spa? ta7i, Laceratus, a, um, part, from Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr (lacer, mangled;) to tear in pieces. Lacessitus, a, um, part, from Lacesso, ere, ivi, jtum, tr. (lacio,) to provoke-; to stir up; to disturb; to ti'ouble, L aery ma, ge, f. a tear, Lacus, us, m. a lake. Laconicus, a, um, adj. Lacon- ic; Spartan; LacedcBmonian, Laedo, laedere, laesi, laesum, tr. to iyijure; to hurt, Lsetatus, a, um, part. Isetor.) Laetitia, ae, f. (Isetus,) joy. Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to rejoice; to be glad; to be delighted loith. Laetus, a, um, adj. (jor, issi- mus,) glad; joyful; full of joy; fortu7iate; prosperous; fruitful; abundant. Laevmus, i, m. the na7ne of a Roma7i family ; (P. Vale- rius,) a Roman consul. Laevor, oris, m. (laevis or le- vis,) S7noothness. Lagus, i, m. a Macedo?iianj who adopted as his son that Ptolemy who afterwards became king of Egypt, Lana, ae, f. loool, Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing wool; woolly. LANIATUS LEGATIO. 257 Lani^tus, a, um, part, from Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to * tear- in pieces. Lapicidina, se, f. (lapis & cse- do,) a quarry. Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony; from i^apis, idis, m. a stone. Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.) Laqueus, i, m. a noose; a snare. Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from largus,) a present. Late, adv. (ii^s, issime,) toide- ly; extensively; from latus. Latebra, a;, f. (lateo,) a lurk- ing'jtlace; a hiding-place; a retreat. Latens, tis, part, from Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to he hid- den; to he concealed; to he icnknown^ to he unknown to. Later, eris, m. a hrick. Laterculus, i, m. dim. (later,) a little hrick; a hrick. Latinus, i, m. an ancient king of the Laurentes, a people of Italy, Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of Latium : Latini, subs, the Latins. Latitudo,inis, f, (latus) 5rea^^^. Latium, i, n. Latium. Latmus, i, m. a mountain in Caria, near the horders of Ionia. Latona, se, f. the daughter of tht giant Ccsus, and nio- thet of Apollo and Diana. Latro are, avi, atum, intr & tr. to hark; to hark at. Latro, onis m. properly, a mercenary soldier ; co)n- moniy, a rohher. Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocjn- or,) 7'obbery; piracy. Laturus, a, um, part, (fero.) Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi* mus,) hYoad; wide. Latus, eris, n. a side, Laudatus, a, um, part, from Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to praise; to extol; to commends Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca. Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon^ or; fame; repute; estima^ tion; value. Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau- tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously; magnificently. Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of Latmus, and the second wife of Mneas. Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy ^ huilt hy Mnlas. Lavo, lavare, & lavere, lavi lotum, lautum, & lavatum, tr. to wash; to hathe. Leaena, ae, f. a lioness. Leander, &Leandrus, dri, m a youth of Ahydos, distin- guished for his attachment to Hero. Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal' dron. Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) read; chosen. Leda, ae, f. the wife of Tynda- rus, king of Sparta^ and the mother of Helena, Legatio, onis, f. (lego, &re,) an emhassy. 259 LEGATUS — LIGO. Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a deputy; a lieutenant; an ambassador, Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) o'Ze- gio7i; ten cohorts of soldiers. Legislator, oris, m.(lex&fero,) a legislator; a law giver. Lego, iegere, legi, lectum, tr. to gather; to collect; to choose; to read. Lemanus, i, m. the name of a lake in Gaul^ borderiiig up- on the country of the Helve- tiij now the lake of Geneva. Leo, onis, m. a lion. Leonid as, ae, m. a brave king of Sparta, who fell in the battle of Thermopylce. Leontinus, a, um, adj. belong- ijig to heontini^ a city and a people of the same naniCy on the eastern coast of Sicily. Lepidus, i, m. the name of an illustrious family of the Mmilian clan. Lepus, oris, m. a hare. Letalis, e, 'd,^\. fatal; deadly; from Letum, and lethum, i, n. death. Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) light; trivial; inconsidera- ble; smooth; hence, Levitas, atis, f. lightness. Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- vis,) to make light; to ease; to relieve; to lighten; to al- leviate. Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or written laio; a law; a condi- tion. Legem ferre, or ro- gdiie, to propose a law. See jus. Libens, tis, part. (Jibet,) wil ling. Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr libens,) willingly. Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it pleases. Liber,libera,liberum.adj./r6e; (liberior, liberrimus.) Liber, libri, m. the inner bark of a tree; a writing on bark; a leaf; a book. Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) liberally: kindly. Liberates, a, um, part, (libe- ro,) liberated; set at liberty. Libere, adv. ius, rime, (li- ber,) freely; without re- straint. Liberi, orum, m. pi. (liber,) persons free born; children. Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to free; to liberate; to deliver. Libertas, atis, f.(liber,) liberty. Libya, se, f. properly Libya, a kingdo?n of Africa, ^y^tig west of Egypt; sometimes it comprehends the whole of Africa. Licinius, i, m. a name common among the Romans. Licet,uit, itum est, imp. ^ 86, 4. it is lauful; it is permitted: tibi, you may: mie may Licet, conj. although. Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lieu, the spleen,) splenetic. Ligneus, a, um, adj. ti;oo, part, from Nuntio, or -cio, ?ire, avi, atum, tr. (nuntius,) to announce; to tell. Nuptia3, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) nuptials; marriage; a wed- ding. Nusquam, adv. (ne & us- quam,) tw lohere; in no place. Nutriend IS, a, um, part, to be nmiri^hed. Nulrio, »re, ivi, itum, tr. ifo noun k. Nutritus, a, um, part. Nutrix, i't:is,f .(nutrio,) a nurse. Nympha, se, f. a nymph; a goddess presiding over foun- tains, groves, or rivers, &c o. O! nt. 0/ ah I Ob prep. /or; on account cf» before. C odormisco, -dormiscere,-dor- mivi, intr. inc. (ob k, dor- misco,) to fall asleep; to sleep. Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to dravj over; to cover over. Obductus, a, um, part, spread over; covered over. Obedio, ire, ivi, itum, intr, (ob &; audio,) to give ear to; to obey; to comply with; . to be subject to. Obeo, ire, ivi & ii, itum, tr. & intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to discharge; to execute; to die; (i. e. mortem or su- premum, diemobire.) Oberro, are, avi, atum, (ob & erro,) to wander; to wander about. Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. Objaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. (ob & jaceo,) to lie against or before; to be opposite. Objectus, a, um, part, thrown to or in the way; exposed. Objicio, -jicere, -jeci,-jectum, tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw before; to throw to; to give; to object; to expose. Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob OBLIQUE— -OCCIDO. 273 &; ligo,) to hind to; to oblige; to obligate. Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob- liquely; from Obliquus, a, um, adj. (ob & liquis,) oblique; indirect; sidewise, Oblltus, a, um, part, forget- ti7ig; having forgotten; fr. Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, tr. dep. (ob & lino,) to forget, Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & noxius,) obnoxious; subject; exposed to; liable. Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -riitum, tr. (ob & ruo,) to rush down headlong against; to over- whelm; to cover; to bury, Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; covered; overwhelmed. Obsctiro, are, avi, atum, tr. (obscurus,) to obscure; to darken. Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob be sacro,) to beseech; to conjure. Obsequor, seqni, sectitus sum, intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to follow; to serve; to obey; to humor. Observo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & servo,) to keep before the mind; to observe; to loatch. Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a hostage. Obsessus. a, um, part, besieg- ed; from Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- sura, tr. (ob & sedeo,) to sit before or opposite; hence, to lesiege; to in- vest; to blockade^ hence Obsidio, 5nis f. a siege. Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging to a siege; obsidional : co- rona, a crown given to him ivho had raised a siege, Obstetrix, icis, f. a midivife. Obtestatus, a, um, part, from Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (ob & testor,) to call solemnly to witness; to con- jure; to beseech; to entreat, Obtineo, -tinere, -tii ui, -ten- tum, tr. (ob & teneo,) to hold; to retain; to obtain : obtmet sententia, the opi- nion prevails. Obtiilit. See OfTero. Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) i7i the way; meeting; to meet : fio or eo obviam, I meet; 1 go to meet. Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) a7i occasion; a good oppor- tunity, Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- scend.; the setting of the heavenly bodies; evening; the west, Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the set- ting sun; evening; the ivest, Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.) loestern; occidental. Occido, occidere, occidi, occT- sum, tr. (ob & caedo,) to beat; to kill; to slay; to put to death. Occido, occidere, occidi, occa- 274 OCCISURUS OLYMPICUS. . sum, iiitr. (ob & cado,) to Jail; to fall down; to set. Occisurus, a, um, part, (oc- cido.) Occisus, a, um, part, (occido.) Occoecatus, a, um, part, from Occceco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob &c coeco,) to blind; to dazzle, Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (occulo,) to conceal; to hide. Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. to he concealed; to hide one*s self. Occupo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & capio,) to ocaipy; to seize upon; to take posses- sion of before another. Occurro,-currere,-curri & -cu- curri, -cursum, intr. (ob & curro,) to meet; to go to meet; to run to meet; to encounter. Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the sea. Octavianus, i, m. (Caesar,) the nephew and adopted son of Julius CcBsar, called, after the battle of Actium, Au- gustus. Octavus, a, um, num. adj. (octo,) eighth. Octingenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. (octo & centum,) eight hundred. Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight. Octoginta, ind. num, adj. pi. (ccto,) eighty, Oculus, li m. an eye. Odi, odisse, def. pret. ^ 84, 1 Obs. 2, to hate; to detest. Odium, i, n. hatred. Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi. odores", odors; perfumes. Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (odor,) to smell. CEneus, ei 5c eos, m. a king of Calydon, and father of Meledger and Dejantra. CEnomaus, i, m. the name of a celebrated gladiator, CEta, se m. a mountain in Thessaly, on the borders of Doris. Offero, offerre, obtiili, obla- tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) to bring before; to offer; to present. Officina, 35, (opiiicTna, from opifex,) a work-shop; an office. Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, tr. (ob & facio,) to act in opposition; to stand in tho way of; to injure; to hurt, Officium, i, n. (i. e. opificium, fr. ops & facio,) a kind' ness ; duty; an obligation; polite7iess; civility; atten-' tion. Olea, 33, f. an olive-tree. Oleum, i, n. oil. 0\im, adv. formerly; sometime Olor, oris, m. a swan. 01 us, eris, n. herbs; pot-herbs, Olympia, ag, f. a town and dzs" trict of the. F eloponnls^is upon the Alpheus. Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym,- k OLYMPIUS ORANS. 275 pic; pertaining to Olym- pia Olympius a, um, adj. Olym- pian; pertaining to Olym- pus or to Olympia, Olympus, i, m. a high moun- tain between Thessaly and Macedon, Omen, in is, n. an omen; a sign, Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev- ery one : omnes, all : om- nia, all things r sine om- ni discordia, without any discord. Onus, eris, n. a burden; a load, Onustus, a, um, adj. comp. (onus,) laden; full of. Opera, sb, f. (opus,) labor; pains: dare operam, to do one''s endeavor; to devote one's self to. Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. (opera,) to labor; to work. OpTmus, a, ujn, adj. (ops, is,) (ior, sup. wanting; § 26, 6,) fat; rich; fruitful; dainty. Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be- hoves; it is meet, fit^ or proper; it is a duty; we ought, Oppidum, i, n. a walled town; a tow7i. Oppono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- tum, tr. (ob & pono,) to place opposite; to oppose; to set against, Opportunus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) (ob and portus, with a harbor near, or op- posite, hence,) seasonable, commodious ; convenient ; favorable, Oppositus, a, um, part, op- posite; opposed, Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, -pressum, tr. (ob & pre- mo,) to press down^ or agairtst; to oppress; to over- power ^ to subdue, Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob & pugno,) to fight against; to assault; to be- siege; to attempt to take by force; to storm. (Ops, nom., not in use, ^ 18, 12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; means; assistance: opes, pi. wealth; riches; resources; power, Optime, adv (sup. of bene,) very well; excellently; best. Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup of bonus,) (opto,) most desi- rable; best; most worthy, Optio, onis, f. a choice; an op- tion; from Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- sire. Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) rich, opulent; wealthy; fr. ops. Opus, eris, n. a loork; a labour. Opus, subs. &adj. ind. need, Ora, ae, f. a coast; a shore. Ora, pi. See Os. Oraculum, i, n. (oro,) an ora- cle; a response, Orans, tis, part, (opo.) 276 ORATIO PABULUM. Oralio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- course; an oration. Orator, oris, m, (oro,) an ora- tor] an ambassador. Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) bereaved or deprived of. Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of Thrace or Macedoriia. Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle: in orbem jacere, to lie round in a circle: orbis, or orbis terraram, the loorld. Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- bus,) to deprive; to be- reave of Orcus, i, in. Pluto, the god of the lower world; the infer- nal regions. Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to set ill order; to arrange; to ordain. Ordo, inis, m. order; arrange- ment; a row : ordines re- morum, banks of oars. Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, the place of sun-rising; the east; the morning. Oriens, part, (orior.) Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. Origo, in is, f. source; origin: originem dncere, to derive one^s origin; from Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. dep. § 82, 8 ; to arise; to begin; to appear. Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an ornament. OrnKtus, us, m.an 07'nament ; fr. Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to adorn; to deck; to furnish; to equip. Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,) to bpg; to entreat. Orodes, is, m. a king of Par-' thia, ivho took and destroy- ed Crassus. Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- . brated poet and musician of Thrace; ^ 15, 13. Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,) having arisen; risen; born; begun. Ortus, us, m. (id.) a risiiig; east. Os, oris, n. the mouth; the face. Os, ossis, n. a bone. Ossa, ae, m. a high mountain in Thessaly. Ostendo,-tendere, -tendi, -ten- sum & -tentum, tr. (ob & tendo,) to stretch or hold before; to show; to poiiit out; to exhibit. Ostia, ae, f. a town, built by Ancus Marcius, at the TTwuth of the Tiber; from Ostium, i, n. a rrumth of a river. Ostrea, as, f. ostrea, orum, pi. n. an oyster. Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet, ease; idleness. Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune^ or of Aloeus. Ovis, is, f. a sheep. Ovum, i, n. an egg. P. an abbreviation of Vixblma Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food for cattle; fodder. PACISCOR P.4T10PAMISUS. 277 Paciscor, pacisci, pact us sum, tr. & intr. (pan go, to fix or SPitle; hence,) to make a compact; to form a treaty; to bargain; to agree, Pactolus, i, m. a river of Ly- dia, famous for its golden sa7ids. Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an agreement ; a contract : quo pacto, in what man- ner; how, Pactus, a, urn, part, (paciscor.) Pad us, i, m. the largest river of Italy, now the Po. Paene, (See Pene,) adv. almost, Palea, se, f. chaff. Palma, 35, f. the palm of the ha?id ; a palm-tree, Palpebra, se, f. (palpo) the eye- lid: pi. the eyelashes, Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a swamp ; a lake ; hence, Paluster, palustris, palustre, adj. marshy. Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana) the god of shepherds. Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- sum and passum, tr. to open; to expand; to spread out. Panionium, i, n. a sacred place near mount My cole in Io- nia. Panis, is, m. bread. Panthera, ss, f. a panther, Papirius, i, m. the name of several Rornans. Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. a7i Egyptian plant or reed, of lohich paper loas made ; the papyrus Par, paris, adj, equal; even; suitable, i» Paratus, a, urn, part, and adj. (ior, issimus,) (paro,) pre- pared; ready, Parcae, arum, f. pi. the Fates, Parco, parcere, peperci or pai- si, parsum, or parcitum, intr. to spare, Pardus, i, m. a male panther. Parens, tis, c. (pario,) a parent, father ; mother ; creator ; author ; inventor, Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come near; to be at hand; hence, to obey; to be subject to. Paries, etis, m. a wall, (of a house.) Pario, parere, peperi, partuiii, tr. to bear; to bring forth; to cause; to produce; to ob- tain ; to gain : ovum, to lay an egg. Paris, idis 07' idos, m. (§ 15, 13) a son of Priam, king of Troy, and brother of Hector, Pariter, adv. (par.) in like manner ; equally ; at the. same time, Parnassus, i, m. a mountain of Phocis, whose tioo summits were sacred to Apollo and Bacchus, and upon which the Muses toere fabled to reside. Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to prepare; to provide; to pro' acre ; to obtain ; to equip : parare insidias, to lay plots agaijist, Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of 24 278 PARS— PATRIMONIUM. mminrahis in the north of hcdia. Pars, tis, f. a part; a share; a portion; a region; a party: in utraque parte, on each side : magna ex parte, in a great measure; for the most part. Parsirnonia, ce, f. (parco,) fru- galify.^ Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant of Parthia; a Farthian, Particula, oe, f. dim. (pars,) a particle ; a small part, Partiendus, a, um, part, (par- tior.) Partim, adv. (pars.) partly; in part, Partior, iri, itus sum, tr. dep. (pars,) to divide ; to share. Partus, a, um, part, (pario.) Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- spring. Parum, adv. (minus, minime, ^ 89, III.,) little; too little, Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj. small; very small ; from Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, minimus, ^ 26,) small or y little ; less ; the least, Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, tr. & intr. to give food to ; to feed ; to graze. Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. & intr. dep. to feed; to graze; to feed upon. Passer, eris, m. a sparrow. Passim, adv. (passus fr. pan- do,) here and there; every cohere ; in every direction, Passurus, a, um, part, (patior.) Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) having suffered, Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) stretched out ; hung up ; dried : uva passa, a raisin, Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a measure of 5 feet : mille passu um, a mile or 5000 feet, App. VI. 5. Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a shepherd. Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, tr. (pateo & facio,) to open ; to disclose ; to discover ; to , detect. Patef 10, fieri, factus sum, pass, irr. § 83, Obs. 3, to be laid open or discovered* Patefactus, a, um, part, open- ed ; discovered. Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying open ; open ; clear ; from Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open, to stand open ; to extend. Pater, tris, m. a father: pa- tre^, fathers; senators: pa- terfamilias, patrisfamilias, ^ 18, 9, the master of a family ; a hofiiseheeper ; hence, Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal, Patientia, oe, {.patience; har- diness; from Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. dep to suffer; to endure; to let ; to allow, Patria, se, f. (patrius, fr. pater,) one^s native country ; one's birthplace, Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa^ trimony ; inheritance. PATROCINIUM — ^PENINSULA. 279 Patrocinium, i, n. 'patronage ; from Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa- tron ; protector* Patruelis, is, c. (patruus,) a caiisin [by the father^ s side.) Pauci, SB, a, adj. pi. (paucus sing, seldom used,) few; a few. Paulatim, adv. (paulus,) gra- dually ; little by little. Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a little. Paululum, adv. a little. Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a cognomen or surname in the Mmilian tribe. Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,) poor; hence, Pauperies, ei, f. poverty; and Paupertas, atis, f. poverty; in- digence. Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to fear; to be afraid. Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. Pax, pacis, f. peace. Pecro, are, avi, atum, intr. to do wrong; to commit a fault; to sin. Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, pexum, tr. to comb ; to dress. Pectus, oris, n. the breast. Pecunia, se, f. (pecus, the first coin in Kome being stamped with a sheep;) money; a sum of money. Pecus, udis, {.a sheep; a beast. Pecus, oris, n. cattle[ofa large size;) a herd; a flock. Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one loho goes on foot; a foot- soldier. Pelagus, i, n. the sea. Peleus, i, m. « king of Thes- saly, the son of ^dacs, and father of Achilles. Pelias, ae, m. a king of Thes- saly^ and son of Neptune. Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people of Italy ^ whose country lay between the At emus and the Sagrus. Pelion,, i, n. a lofty mountain in Thessaly. Pellicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, tr. (per & lacio,) to allure; to entice; to iiwite. Pellis, is, f. the skin. Pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum, tr. to drive away; to banish; to expel ; to dispossess ; to beat. Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula of Greece^ now called the Morea. Pelusiu m, i,n. a town of Egypt. Pendens, tis, ^^diVt.^hayiging , impending. Pendeo, pendere, pependi, pensum, intr. to hang. Pene, adv. almost; nearly. Penetrale, is, n. the inner part of a house^ fr. penetralis fr. Penetro, are, avi, atum, (pe- mtus,) tr. to go within; to penetrate; to enter. Peneus, i, m. the principal river of Thessaly^ flowing between Ossa and Olympus, Peninsula, ae, f. (pene &; insu- la,) a peninsula. 280 PENNA PERICULUM. Peiina, ae, f. a feather; a quill; a wing, Pensilis, e, adj.(pendeo,)Aiz?z^- ing; pendent, Penuria, ae, f. want; scarcity, Peperci. See Parco. Pepiili. See Pello. Peperi. See Pario. Per, prep, hy ; through; for; during; along. Pera, as, f. a wallet; a hag. Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr. (per & ager,) to travel through; to go through or over^ (sc. (he field or cmin- try.) Percontor&-cunctor, ari,atus sum, tr. dep. (per and con- tor,) to ask; to inquire. Percunctaius, a, urn, part, (percunctor.) Percussor, oris, m. one who wounds; a murderer; an assassin; from Percutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus- sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to strike; io wound: securi, to behead, Perditv^, adv. very; vehement- ly; exceediiigly: desperate- ly; from Perdltus, a, um, part. & adj. (perdo,) ruined; lost; un- done; desperate. Pcrdix, icis, f. a 'partridge. Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (per & do,) to ruin; to lose; to destroy. Perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -d ac- tum, tr. (per & duco,) to lead to^ or through to. Perductus, a, um, part. brought; led; conducted. Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign travel ; a residence in a foreign country; from Peregrinus, a, um, adj. (pere- gve,and that from per & ager,) foreign. Perennis, e, adj. (per & an- nus,) lasting through the year; continual; lasting; unceasing; everlasti7ig ; pe- rennial. Pereo, -ire, -ii.,-itum, intr. irr. (per & eo,) to perish; to he slain; to be lost. Perfidia, ae, f. perfidy; from Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & fides,) breaking faith; per- fidious. Pergamuro, i, n., & -us, i, f., -a, orum, pi. n. the citadel of Troy; also, a city of Mysia, situated upon the river Calais, where parch- ment was first made, hence called Pergamena. Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- rectum, intr. (per &; rego,) to go straight on; to ad- va?ice; to continue. Pericles, is, m. an eminent ora- tor and statesman of Athens. Periculosus,a,um, adj. (comp.) full of danger; dangerous; perilous; hazardous; from Periculum, &; PerTclum, i, n. (perior, obsol. whence ex- perior, to try; hence,) an experiment; a trial; dan- ger; peril. PK RITURUS — PERTINEO. 2SJ Feriturus, a, urn, part, (pereo.) Peritus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- m'js,) (perior,) experienced; skilful. Permeo are, avi, atum, intr. (per & meo.) to go through; tofiow through; to pene- trate; to 'permeate. Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui -mistum & -niixtum, tr. (per & misceo,) to mix thoroughly; to mingle. Permistus, a, um, part, mixed; mingled; confused. Permitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to grant; to allow; to permit; to commit; to intrust; to give leave to; to grant. Permut3tio, onis, f. exchange; change; from Permuto. are, avi, atum, tr. (per & muto,) to change; to exchayige. Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- struction ; extermination ; hence, Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) pernicious; hurt- ful. Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum,tr. (per & pendo,) to loeigh; to ponder; to con- sider. Perperam, adv. wrong; amiss; rashly; unjustly; absurd- ly; falsely. Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, tr. dep. (per & patior,) to endure; to bear; to suffer. Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- pes,) perpetual; constant Perrexi. See Perg-o. Persa, ae, m. a Persian; an inhabitant of Persia. Persecutus, a, um, part, from Persequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, tr. dep. (per & se- quor,) to folloio closely; to pursue; to folloio; to con- tinue; to persevere in; to persecute. Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son of Jupiter and Dande; al- so, the last king of Mace- don. Persicus, a, um, adj. of Per' sia; Persia7i. Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, tr. (per & spe- cio,) to see thraiigh; to dis- cern; to become acquainted with; to discolor. Persuadeo, -saudere, -suasi, -suasum, tr. (per & sua- deo,) to persuade. Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui,-ter- ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to frighten greatly. Perterritus, a, um, part, of frighted; discouraged. Pertinaciter, adv. (ius, issi- me,) obstinately ; constant- ly; perseveringly; from Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti 7iate; wilful. Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. (per & teneo,) to extendi to reach to. 282 PERVENIO PHOC jEI . Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tuni, intr. (per & venio,) to cnnie to; to ari'ive at; to reach. Pervenitur, pass. imp. 07ie comes; they come; ive co?ne, &c. t 67, Note. Pervius, a, um, adj. (per & via,) pervious; which may be passed through; passable, . Pes, pedis, m. afoot, Pessum, adv. dotvn; under foot; to the bottom : ire pessum, to si7ik, Pestilentia, ae, f. (pestilens, fr. pestis,) a pestilence; U plague, Peleris, tis, part, (peto.) Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a canvassing or soliciting for an office; from Peto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. to ask; to request; to attack; to as- sail; to go to; to seek; to go for; to bring, Petra, se, f. the metropolis of Arabia Petrcea. Petraea, ae, f. (Arabia,) Arabia PetrcBa,the northern part of Arabia^ south of Palestine, Petulantia. ae, f. (petiilans, forward^ fr. peto,) petu- lance ; insolence ; mischie- vousness; wantonness. Phaeax, acis, m. a Phceacian or iithabitant of Phceacia^ now Corfu. ThePhceacians were famous for luxury. Phalerae, arum, f. pi. thetrap- pings of a horse; habili- vients. Pharos, i, f. a small island at the luesiern mouth of ihe. JSile^ on ivhich ivas a totuer or light-house^ esteemed one of the seven wonders of the world, Pharsalus, i, m. a city of Thessaly, Pharnaces, is, m. a son of Mithridates, king of Ponr tus, Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and river of Colchis ^ on the east side of the Euxhie, Phidias, ae, m. a celebrated Atheyiian statuary, Philaeni, orum, m. pi. tioo Carthaginian brothers, who suffered themselves to be bu- ried alive, for the purpose of establishing the contro- verted boundary of their -\ country, Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city of Macedon, on the confines of Thrace. Philippicus, a, um, adj. belong- i7ig to Philippi, Philippides, aB,m. a comic poet, Philippus, i, m. Philip; the i father of Alexander; also the son of Demetrius, Philomela, ^,L a nightingale. Philosophia, as, f. philosophy, Philosophns, i, m. a philoso^ \ pher; a lover of learning and wisdom. Phineus, i, m. a king of Area dia, and priest of Apollo, PliocaBi, orum, m. pi. the Pho' cceans; inhabitants of Pho* PHOCIS — 'PLECTO. 2S3 C(Ba, a maritime city of Io- nia. Phocis, id is, f. a country of Greece, PhcEnice, es, f. PhoBnicia^ a maritime country of Syria ^ north of Palestine. Phoenix, icis, m. a PhoBnician. Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; an inhabitant of Phrygia. Picentes, ium, m. pi. the in- habitants of Picenum, Picenum, i, n. a country of Italy. Pictus, a, um, part, (pingo,) 'painted; embroidered: picta tabula, a picture; a paint- ing. Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety; filial duty, Pignus, oris, n. a pledge ; a pawn; security; assurance. Pila, as, f. a ball. Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap. Pi las, i, m. the hair. Pindarus, i,m. Pindar^ a The- ban^ the most eminent of the Greek lyric poets. Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, tr. to represent by lines and colors; to paint; to depict; to delineate; to draw; acu, to embroider, Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issTmus,) fat; fertile; rich. Pinna, as, f. « wiiig; a fin, Piraeeus, m. the principal port and w^senal of Athens. Pirata, se, m. a pirate; Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from piscis,) a fisherman. Piscis, is, m. a fish. Pisistratus, i, m. an Athenian tyrant^ distinguished for his eloquence. Pistrlnum, i, n. (pinso, to bruise;) a mill. Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or surname of Metellus. Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or affectionate to parents; pi- aits, Placeo, ere, ui, iturn, intr. to please : sibi, to be vain or proud of, to plume one's self. Placet, placuit, or placitum est, imp. it pleases; it is determined; it seems good to, PlacTdus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) (placeo,) placid ; quiet; still; tranquil; mild; gentle. Plaga, ae, f. <2 bloio; a wound : plagaB, pi. nets; toils. Flane, adv. (planus,) entirely, totally; plainly; clearly, Planta, ae, f. a plant. Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree, Platea, f. a species of bird, the spoo7ibill, the heron. Plato, on is, m. an Athemam., one of the most celebrated of the Grecian philosophers, Plaustrum,i,n.a cart; a loagori, Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the people; the common people; the plebeians Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; to punish. .Plecto, plectere, plexui and 2S4 PLERUSQ TIE P OPULOR . plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; to twist; to weave. Plerusque. pleraque, pleruni- que, adj. (mostly used in the pi.) most; the most; many. Pleriimque, adv. commonly; generally ; for the most part; sometimes. Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name of two distinguished Ro- man authors. PlotiniuSj'i, in. See Catienus. Plumbeus, a, um, adj. of lead; leaden; from Plumbum, i. n. lead. Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, intr. to rain; pluit, it rains. Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of multus,) very much; most; very many. Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing-., comparativeofmultus,§21, 4 Exc.) more : pi. many. Plus, adv. (comparative of multum,) more; longer. Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- turn, and king of the in- fernal regions, Poculum, i, n. <2 cup. Poema, atis, n. a poem. Poena, ae, f. satisfaction given or taken for a crime; pun- ish?nent; a pu7iishment. ^ Poenitet ere, nit, imp. (poeni- teo, and that from poena,) it repents : poenitet me, / repe7it. PcEnus, a, um, adj. belonging to Carthage; Carthaginian: subs, a Carthas^inian, Poeta, 33, m. a poet. Pol, adv. Ijy Pollux; truly. Pollex, icis, m. (polleo.) the thumb; the great toe. Polliceor, eri, itus sum, tr. dep. (liceor,) to promise; hence, Pollicitus, a, um, part. Pollux, ucis, m. a son ofLeda, and twin brother of Castor. Polyxena, ae, f. a daughter of Priam and Hecuba. Pomifer, era, erum, adj. (po- mum &fero,) bearing fruit: pomiferae arbores, fruit- trees. Pompa, ae, f. a procession ; pomp; parade. Pompeianus, a, um, adj. ht- longing to Pompey, Pompeius, i, m, Pompey; the name of a Roman gens, or clan. Pompilius, i, m. See Numa. Pomum, i, n. an apple; any fruit fit for eating grow* ing upon a tree. Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a weight, Pono, ponere, posui, positum, tr. to place; to put; to set, ^ Pons, tis, m, a bridge. " Pontius, i, m. (Thelesinus,) a general of the Samnites. Pont us, i, m. a sea; the deep sea: by synecdoche, the Euxine or Black sea; also, the kiiigdom of Pontus, on the south side of the Euxine Poposci. See Posco. Populor, ari,atus sum, tr. dep. POPULl/S — POTIOR . 285 (popiilo for depopiilo, fr. popiilus,) to lay waste; to depopulate; from Populus, i, m. the people; a 7iatio7i; a tribe: pi. nations; tribes. Porrectus, a, um, part, from Porrigo, igere, exi, ectum, tr. ^porro or pro & rego,) to reach or spread out; to ex- tend; to offer, Porsena, as, m. a king ofEtru- ria. Porta, ae, f. (porto,) a gate, Portans, tis, part, (porto.) Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten- tum, tr. (porro or pro & tendo,) to show what will be hereafter; to presage; to forbode; to portejid; to be- token, Porticus, {is, f. (porta,) a por- tico; a gallery; a porch, Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to carry; to bear; hence, Portus, us, m. a port; a har- bor, Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to deviand; to request earnest- ly; to ask as wages, Positus, a, um, part, (pono,) situated, Possessio, onis, f. possession; & Possessor, oris, m. a possessor; an occupant; from Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum, tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- sess. Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. (potis & sum, ^ 83, 2,) to be able; I can. Post, prep, after : — adv. after ^ after that; afterwards, Postea, adv. (post & ea, after these things;) afterwards. Posterus, (m. not used,) era, erum, adj. § 26, 2, (erior, rem us,) (post,) succeeding; subsequent; next : in pos- terum, (52^2?2?Z2/tempus,)/or the future: posteri, orum, posterity, Postis, is, m, (positus, fr. po- no,) (Z thing set up; a post, Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) after; after that; since. Postremd,& -i!im, adv. at last; finally; from Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of posterus,) the last : ad postremum, at last. Postiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. (posco,) to ask; to ask for; to demand, (as a right.) Postumius, i, m. the name of a Roman gens or clan, Posui. See Pono. Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) being able; powerful; (pos- sum.) Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) pow* er; authority; government, Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) pow- er; {civil power, as distin- guished from imperium, military command.) Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; a draught. Potior, iri, itus sum, intr. dep (potis,) to get; to possess^ to obtain; to enjoy; to gain possession of. 286 POTISSIMUM Pll FLATUS. Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po- tiijs,) yrinciyalhj ; chiejiy; especially. Politus, a, um, part, (potior,) ha mng oh I ahied. Potius, adv. comp. (sup. po- tissimum,) rather, Poto, potare, potavi, potatum or potum, tr. to drink; to drink hard; (see bibo.) Potuisse. See Possum. Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. Prae, prep, before; for; in com- parison of or loith. Prsealtus, a, um, adj. comp. (pras & altus,) very high; very deep, (comparatively.) Prsebeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (prae & habeo,) to offer; to sup- ply; to give; to afford : spe- ciem, to exhibit the appear- ance of : usum, to serve for. Praicedens, tis, part, from Pragcedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum,intr.(prse & cedo,) to go before; to precede. Prfficeptor, oris, m. (praeci- pio,) a preceptor, master, or teacher. Praeccptum, i, n. (prsBcipio,) a precept; a doctrine; advice. Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off. Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- tur.i, tr. (pras &; capio,) to seize or take before; hence, to prescribe; to command. Frascipito, are, avi, atum, tr. (prseceps,) to throw down headlong; to precipitate; to throw. Praecipue adv. especially; par ticularly; from Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci pio,) especial; distinguish ed; the chief; the prind pal. Praeclare, ^.diV. excellently ; fa mously; gloriously; from Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (pra & clarus,) very clew, oi bright; famous. Praecludo,-cludere,-clusi, -clu- sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to close beforehand; to stop; to shut up. Praeco, onis, m. a herald. Praeda, ae, f. booty; the prey. Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr. (prae & dico,) ^o tell openly; to publish; to declare; to assert; to affirm; to praise. Praedico, cere, .xi, ctum, tr. (prae & dico,) to predict; to foretell. Praedictus, a, um, part, fore- told. Praedor,ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (praeda,) to plunder. Pragfans, tis, part, from Praefari, f atus, def. § 84, 4, to tell before, oi foretell; to announce; to predict. Preefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. irr. leprae & fero,) to bear before; to sheiv; to prefer, Praefinio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (prae & finio,) to appoint beforehand; to deter7m?ie, Prsefinitus, a, um, part. Praslatus, a, um, part, (prae- ; fero,) PRJELIANS PRAVITAS 287 Prselians, tis, part, (praelior.) Prseliatus, a, um, part, from Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to give battle; to en- gage; to fight, Praelium, i, n. a battle. ProBmium, i, n. a reioard, a 'price; a recom'peyise. Praemitto,-mittere,-misi, -mis- sum, tr. (pras & mitto,) to send before. Praeneste, is, n. a city of La- tium. Praenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. (prse & nuntio,) to tell be- forehand; to announce; to signify; to give notice. Prseparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (prae & paro,) to get before- hand; to make ready; to •prepare; to make. PraBpono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- tum, tr, (pras & pono,) to set before; to value more; to place over; to prefer. Prassens, tis, adj. present; im- minent; part, of praesum. Praesepe, is, n. praesepes & praesepis, is, f. (praesepio,) a manger; a crib. Praesidium, i, n. (praesideo,) a garrison; defeyice. Prasstans. tis, part. &adj. (ior, issimus,) (praesto,) stand- ing before; hence, excel- lent; distinguished; hence, Proestantia, ae, f. superiority; an advantage; a preemi- nence. Praesto, stare, stiti, stitum and statum, intr & tr. (prae & sto,) to stand before: to ex- cel; to be superior; to su7' pass; to perform; to pay; to grant; to give; to ren- der; to execute; lo cause: se, to shoio or prove one'^s self: praestat, imp. it is better. Praesum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. (prae & sum,) to be over; to preside over; to have the charge or command of; to rule over. Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tensum or tum, tr. (prae & tendo,) to hold before; to stretch or extend before; to be opposite to; to pretend. Praeter, prep. tez^Ze^; except; contrary to. Praeierea, adv. (praeter & ea,) besides; moreover, Praetereo, ire, ii, itum, tr. irr. ^ 83, 3, (praeter & eo,) to to pass aver or by; to go beyond; to omit; not to men tion. Praetereundus, a, um, part. (praetereo.) Prasteriens, euntis, part, (prae- tereo.) Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prae- tereo.) past. Praeterquam, adv. except; be' sides: praeterquam si, eX' cept in case. Praetorius, i, m. (vir.) a man who has been a prcetor; one of prcBtorian dignity. Pratum, i, n. a meado2v; a pasture. Pra vitas, atis, f. depravity; h IJSS PRAVUS — PRO€URO. Pravus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- miis,) depraved; bad. Precatus,a,um, part, (precor.) Freci, -em, -e, f. (prex not used, § 18, 12,) a 'prayer : pi. preces, (entire.) Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (preci,) to pray; to entreat, Premo, premere, pressi, pres- sum, tr. to press; to urge; to grieve. Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) precious; valuable; costly; from Pretium, i, n. a price; a ran- som; a reward: in pretio esse, to be valued; to be in estimation : pretium ope- ras, ivoi'th lohile. Priam us, i, m. Priam^ the last king of Troy. Pridie, adv. (pri for priori and die,) the day before. Priene, es, f. a maritime town of Io7iia. Primo & -um, adv. (sup. of priijs, <5> 89, III,) first; at first : quam primum, as S0071 as possible. Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the first; the foremost: dentes, the f rout teeth. Primus, a, um, num. adj. (sup. of prior.) the first. Princeps, ipis, adj. (primus & capio,) the chief ; the first : princTpes, ?/^e princes; the chiefs; chief men; hence, Principatus, us, m. a govern- me?it; principality. Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus. ^ 26,4,) the former; prloi, first. Priscus, i, m. a cognomen nr surname of the elder Tar- quin. Prius, adv. (prior,) before^ first. Priusquam, adv. (priias and quam,) sooner than; before that; before. Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo,) private; secret : — subs, a private man. Pro, prep. /or; instead. Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- bo,) that may be proved; probable; commendable Proboscis, id is, f. proboscis; the trurck of an elephant. Procas, 93, m. See Silvius. Procedens, tis, part, from Procedo, -cedere, -cessi,-ces- sum, intr. (pro & cede,) to go forth; to proceed; to go forward; to advance; to go out. Proceritas, atis, f. stature; height; tallness; length: from Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.) tall; long. Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & clamo,) to cry out; to proclaim. Proconsul, iilis, m. (pro & con- sul,) a procons2il. Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & creo,) to beget. Procu], adv. jfttr. Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & euro,) to take cart PROCURRO PKOPAaO. 289 ofj to manage; (viz. for another, r'rocurro, currere, curri & cu- curri, cursum, intr. (pro & curio,) to run forward; to extend. IVjcligium, i, n. (prodico,) a prodigy. Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a traitor. Proditus, a, um, part, from Pmdo, -dere, -didi, ditum, tr. (pro & do,) to give out; to betray; to relate; to discov- er; to disclose; to manifest. Prcelior. See Praelior, Prcslium, i, n. See Prselium. Profectus, a, um, part, also, Proficiscens, tis, part, from Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, intr. dep. (pro & faciscor, from facio,) to go forward; to march; to travel; to de- part; to go. Profiteor, -fiteri, -fessus sum, tr. dep. (pro & fateor,) to declare; to avoio publicly; to profess; sapientiam, to profess wisdom; to profess tq be a philosopher. Profu^rin^ -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (pro & fugio,) to fee (scil. before or from.); to escape; hence, Pjnfiigus, a, um, ^di]. fleeing; escaping: — subs, a fugi- tive; an exile. Pt "^gredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra- dior,) to go forward; to proceed; to advance. Progressus, a, um, part. Aa?- hig advanced. Prohibeo, ere, ui, itum, ir. (pro & habeo,) to keep off. or away; to prohibit; to hinder; to forbid; hence, Prohibitus, a, um, part. Projicio,-jicere, -jeci, -jectum, tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw away; to throw down; to throvh Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to fall doion; to fall forward^ hence, Prolapsus, a, um, part, having fallen. Prolato, are, avi, atum, tr. (profero,) to carry forivard^ to enlarge; to extend; to am" Proles, is, f. a race; offspring, Prometheus, i. m. the son of lapetus and Clymene. Promittens, tis, part, from Prommitto, -mittere, -misi, missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) to let go^ or send forward; to promise; to offer. Promontorium, i. n. (pro & mons,) a promontory; a headland; a cape. Promoveo, -movere, -movi, motum, intr. & tr. (pro & moveo,) to move forward; to enlarge. Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; bending forward. Propago, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & pago,) to propagate; to prolong; to continue. 25 290 PROPE PROVEKIO. Frope, adv. & prep, (propius, proximd,) near; near to; nigh. Propero, are, avi, atum, intr. (properus,) to hasten. Propinquus, a, um, adj.comp. (prope,) 7iear; related : pro- piriqui, subs, relations; kinsmen. Propior, us, adj. comp. § 26, 4 (sup. proximus,) nearer. Propius, adv. nearer; comp. of prope. Propouo, -ponere, posui, -pos- itum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set before; to propose; to offer. Proponor, -poni, -posit us sum, pass, to he set before: pro- positum est mihi. It is pro- posed by me; i. e, 7 intend or purpose. Propontis, idis, f. the sea of Marmora. Propositus, a, um, part, pro- posed; put. Proprie. adv. particularly; properly; strictly; from Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar; proper; one^s own; special. Propter, prep./or;o/z account of. Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (propello,) to drive a- way; to ward off; to repel. Propylaeum, i, n, the porch of a tp.nple; an entrance; the ryws of columns leading to the Acropolis at Athens. Prora. ^, ^, the proio of a ship. Prop^ribo, -scribere, scripsi, -scriptum, tr. (pro&scribo,) to publish by loriting; to proscribe; to outlaw; to doom to death arid confisca- tion of goods. Prosecutus, a, um, pait. hav- ing accompanied. Prosequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- quor,) to follow after; to accompany; to attend; to follow; to celebrate; Lono- ribus, to heap or load toith honors; to honor. Proserpina, se, f. the daughter of Ceres and Jupiter^ and ivife of Pluto. Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) a prospect; a distant view. Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros- perously; successfully. Prosterno, -sternere, -stravi, stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) to prostrate; to throw doion. Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- terno.) Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. irr. (pro & sum, ^ 83, 1,) to do good; to profit. Protagoras, se, m. a Greek philosopher. Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) immediately ; directly. Protero, -terere, -trivi, -trltum, tr. (pro & tero,) to trample upon; to tread down; to crush. Protractus, a, um, part, from Protrabo,-trahere,-traxi, -trac- tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to protract; to prolong Proveniens, tis, part, from Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven* PROVINCIA — PUNIO. 29] turn, intr. (pro & venio,) to ()f)we forth. Provincia, as, f. (pro & vinco,) a 'province, Provocatio, onis, f. a calling forth; a challenge; a provo- cation; from Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro & voco,) to call forth; to call out; to defy or chal- lenge; to appeal. Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,) nearest; very near; 7iext to. Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of propior,) nearest; next. Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (providens, fr. ^^lo- YidiQO^) for eseeiiig; prudent; ivise; expert; hence, Prudentia, 8b, f. piiidence; knowledge. Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false or pretended Philip^ a name given to Andriscus. Psittacus, i, m. a parrot. Psophidius, a, um, adj. of or belonging to Psophis; Pso- phidian. Psophis, idis, f. a city of Ar- cadia. Ptolemaeus, i, m. Ptolemy; the name of several Egyp- tian kings. Publice, adv. (publicus,) pub- licly; at the public expense; by public authority. I*ublic61a, ae, m. (populus & colo, ) a sur7iame given to P. Valerius^ on account of his love of popularity. l^ublicus, a, um, adj. (popu- lus,) public: in publicum procedens, going abroad or appearing in public : subs, publicum, the public trea- sury. Publius, i, m. the praenomen of several Romans. Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu- deo,) ashamed; bashful; modest. Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant, Puerilis, e, adj. (puer,) puer- ile; childish : aetas, boy- hood; childhood. Pueritia, as, f. (id.) boyhood; childhood. Pugna, ae, f. (pugnus, the fist;) a battle with fists; a close fight; a battle. Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) Pugnatus, a, um, part, from Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr. (pugna,) to fight : pugna- tur, pass. imp. a battle is fought; they fight. Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, cherrimus,) fair, beauti- ful; glorious: hence, Pulchritudo, mis, f. fairness: beauty. Pullus, i, m. the young of any animal. Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a Roman consul in the first year of the republic. Punic us, a, um, adj. Punic ^ belonging to Carthage ; Carthaginian. Punio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (poe^* na,) to publish 292 PUNTTTTS QUJESTOR. Punitus, a, um, part, (punio.) Piipilliis, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- lus and that fr. pupus,) a young hoy; a pupil; a ward; an orphan. Puppis, is, f, the stern of a ship, Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to purge; to purify; to dear; to clean; to excuse. Purpura, ae, f. the pnirple muscle; purple; hence, Purpuratus, a, um, adj. clad in purple: purpurati, pi. cmcr tiers; rwhles, Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.) purple, Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT- mus,) pure; clear, Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. pusus,) small; weak; little; very small. Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit, Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to think, Putresco, putrescere, putrui, intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to decay. Pydna, 03, f. a townof Macedon. Pygmssi, orum, m. the Pyg- mies, a race of divarfs in- habiting a remote part of India or Ethiopia. Pyra, hb, f. a funeral pile. Pyramis, idis, f. a pyramid. Pj^enagus, i, m., & Pyrensei, orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, mountains dividing France and Spain. Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Ejn- Pythagoras, ae, m. a Grecian philosopher, horn at Santos. Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pytha- gorean; a follower or disci' pie of Pythagoras. Pythia, se, f. the priestess of Apollo at Delphi. Pythias, ae, m. a soldier of Philip, king of Macedon, Q. Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of Quintus. Quadragesimus, a, um, num. adj. ofd. the fortieth; from Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. md. forty. Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor & annus,) the space of four years. Quadriga, se, & pi. ae, arum, f. (quadrijugae, quatuor & jugum,) a four horse cha- riot; a team of four horses, Quadringentesimus, a, um, num. adj. pi. the four hun- dreth. Quadringenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. jour hundred. Quadrupes, pedis, adj. (qua- tuor & pes,) having four feet; four-footed, Quserens, tis, part, from Quasro, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitum, tr. to ask; to seek for; to inquire; to search; quaeritur, it is asked; the inquiry is made; hence Quaestio, onis, f. a question. Quaestor, oris, m. (quaesitor QtT-aaSTUS — QUINGENTESIMUS. 293 id.) aqucBstor; a treasurer; an infeHor military officer who att elided the consuls, Quaestus, us, m. (id.) gain; a trade, Qualis, e, adj. of wliat kind; as; snch as; what, Quam, conj. & adv, as; how; after comparatives, than. Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. (quam & diu,) as long as, Quamquam, or Quanquam, conj. though; although. Quant vis, conj. (quam & vis, fr. volo.) although, Quando, adv. when; since, Quanto, adv. hy how much; as, Quantopere, adv. (quanto & op ere,) how greatly; how much. Quantum, adv. how much; as much as. Quantus, a, um, adj. hov^ great; as great; how admi- rable; how sti'iking. Quantuslibet, quantallbet, quantumlibet, adj. (quan- tus & libet,) how great so- ever; ever so great, Quapropter, adv. (qua and propter,) wherefore; why. Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where- fore; for which reason; whence; therefore, Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the fourth. Quasi, adv. [for quamsi,) as if; as. Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & dies,) a space of four days. Q uatuor, num. adj . ipl.iud. four Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (quatuor and decem,) fourteen. Que, enclitic conj. (always joined to another word and draws the accent to the syllable preceding it,) and; also; Queo, Ire, ivi, itum, intr. iiT. ^ 83, 3; to be able ; I can, Quercus, us, f. an oak, Queror, queri, questus sum, tr. dep. to complain, Questus, a, um, part, complain- ing ; having comylained. Qui, quae, quod,reL pro. v 33 ; IV ho ; which; what; used in- terrogatively, who^ which ? what ? Qui, adv. how; in what man' ?ier. Quia. conj. because. Quicunque, quajcunque, quod* cunque, rel. pro. § 37. 1. whosoever; whatsoever; eve^'y one, Quidam, qua^dam, quoddam and quiddam, pro. ^ 37, 1, a certain one; a certain per- son or thing: quidam hom- ines, certain men, Quidem, adv. iiideed; truly; at least, Quin, conj. but; but that, Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro' man general. Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (quinque & diecem) fifteen, Quingentesimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. the five hundredth^ from. SIM QfJINGENTl RAPTOR. Quingcnti, se, a, num. adj. pi. (quinque and centum^) five hundred. Quinquageni, as, a, num. adj. pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev- ery fifty; fifty, Quinquagesimus, a,um, num. adj. [idi.) fiftieth, Quinquaginta, num, adj. pi. ind. fifty, Quinque, num. adj.pl.ind.^ije. Quinquies, num. adv. five times, Quinto, adv. the fifth time, Quintus,a, um, ord. num, adj. the fifth, Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a Roman surname, Quippe, con], for; since. Quis, quae, quod, or quid, in- terrog. pro. who? what? quid? why? Quisnam, or Quinam, quae- nam, quodnam,o?* quidnam pro. ^ 37, 2, who; what, Quisquam, qusequam, quod- quam, or quidquain,or quic- quain, pro. any one; any thing: nee quisquam, aiid no 07ie, Quisque, quseque, quodque,or quidque, pro. each; every; whosoever; whatsoever, Quisquis, quidquid, or quic- quid, rel. pro. ^ 37, Obs. 1, V)hoever; whatever, Quivis, qusevis, quodvis, or quidvis, pro. (qui and vis) whosoever; whatsoever; any one. Quo, adv. that, to the efid that; whither: qu6— eo, foi quanto — tanto, by hou much; by so much; or the more — the more. Quod, conj. that; because, Quomini^is, adv. (quo and mi- nus,) that — not, Quomodo, adv. (quo and mo- do.) how; by what means. Quondam, didiv. formerly; once, Quoniam, conj. (quum and jam,) since; because, Quoque, conj. also, Quot, adj. ind. pi. how many. Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- nus,) annually; yearly, Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) every day; daily. Quoties, adv. as often as; liow often, Quum, or Cum, adv. when : quum jam., as soon as :—- conj. si7ice; although. R. Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray; a rod. Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot or base of a mountain. Ramus, i, m. a branch ; a bough. Ran a, £e, f. a frog, Rapina, ae, f. rayine; flun- der; from Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, tr. to hurry away by force; to rob; to seize; to plunder. Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) oni who seizes or takes away by violence; a robber* RAPTURUS — REDIMENDUS. 295 Rapturus, a,um, part, (rapio.) Rnptus, a, um, part, (rapio,) seized; robbed; carried off. Raritas, atis, f. (rarus,) rarity. Raro, adv. rarely; seldom; fr. Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few. Ritio, onis, f. (reor,) a reason. Ratis, is, f. a raft; a shijp; a boat. "Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,) thinhhig; hamng thought. ReDello, are, avi, atum, intr. (re & bello,) to renew a loar; to rebel; to revolt. Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to recede; to yield; to retire; to withdraw. Recens, tis, adj. comp. new; recent ; fresh : — adv. re- cently; lately; newly : re- cens nati, new-born chil- dren. Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- pio.) Recepturus, a, um, part, (re- cipio.) Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a recess; a corner. Recipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, tr. (re & capio,) to take hack; to receive; to take; to recover : an imam, to come to one^s self again; to recover one^s senses : se, to return. Recognosco, -noscere, -novi, -nitum, tr. (re & cognos- co,) to recognize; to know agai?i; to betake one^s self. Recoliigo, -ligere, -leg:i, -lec- tum, tr. (re, con, & lego,) to gather up again; to re collect; to recover. Reconditus, a, urn, part, from Recondo, dere, didi, ditum, tr. (re & condo,) to put toge- ther again; to lay up; to hide; to conceal. Recorder, an, atus. tr. dej). (re & cor,) to call back to mind; to recollect; to re* member. Recreo, are avi, atum, tr. (re & creo,) to bring to life agai7i; to restore; to refresh, Recte, adv.) iiis, issime,) right; rightly; from Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (rego,) straight; up- right; right; direct. Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. (recipio,) to recover; to re- gain. Redditus, a, um, part, from Reddo,-dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (re & do,) to give back; to return; to give; to make, to render; to restore; to cause : verba, to repeat : animam, to die : voces, to imitate, Redeo,-ire,-ii,-itum, intr. irr. (re & eo,) to go back; to return. Rediens, euntis, part, return^ ing. Redigo,-igere,-egi,-actum, tr, (re & ago,) to bring back; to reduce: in potestatem, to bring into oneh poiver. Redimendus, a, um, part, from 296 REDIMO — HEMITTO. ReJiiiio, -imere, -emi, -emp- tum, tr. (re & emo,) to take hack; to buy hack; to re- deem; to rajisom, Reduccndus, a, um, part, from Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (re & duco,) to lead or hring hack : in gra- tiam, to reconcile. Ref erens, tis, part, requiting; returning; referring; from Refero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. irr. (re & fero,) to hring hack; gratiam, or gratias, to requite a favor; to show gratitude : beneficium, to requite a hefiejit : victori- am, to hring hack victory, 1. e. to return victorious : imaginem, to reflect the image; to resemhle. Refluens, tis, part, from Refisjo,-fluere, -fluxi, -fiuxum, intr. (re & fluo,) to flow hack, Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to fly hack; to flee; to retreat. Regia, £8, f. (sc. domus, from regius,) a palace, Reglna, ae, f. (rex.) a queen. Regio, onis, f (rego,) a region; a district; a country. Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- al; regal; the king^s. Regnaturus, a, um, part, from Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. regnum,) to rule; to govern. Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled by kijigs. Regimm, i, n, (rex,) a king- dom ; empire ; dominion , reign; government; rule, Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. to direct or lead in a straight course; to rule, Regredior, -gredi, -gressns sum, intr. dep. (re & gia- dior,) to turn hack; to re- turn. Regressus, a, um, part, hav- ing returned, ReguluSji, m. a distinguished Roman general in the first Punic war, Relatus, a, um, part, (refero,) Relicturus, a, um, part, (rel in- quo.) Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) Religio, onis, f. (religo,) tvhat is hindiiig or obligatory; religious scruple or hin- drance ; hence, religion ; sacredness; sanctity; rev- erence; religious rites. Relinquo,-linquere,-liqui, -lic- tum, tr. (re &: linquo,) to leave behind; to desert; to quit; to abandon. Reliquiae, arum, f pi. the rel- ics; the remains; from Reliquus,a, um,adj.(relinquo,) the rest; the remainder; the other. Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, -mansum, intr. (re & ma- neo,) to remain behind. Remedium, i, n. (re & me- deor,) a remedy. Remitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- sum, tr. (re & mitto,) fo send hack; to remit. REMOVEO RESPOISDEO. 2*J7 Rc'moveo,-movere,-movi,-m6- tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to move hack, or away; to re- move, Remus, i, m. an oar, Remus, i, m. the twin brother of Romulus, Renovatus, a, um, part, from Renovo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re and novo,) to 77iake anew; to reneiv. Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & nuntio,) to hri7ig hack word; to inform; to re'port; to declare; to announce. Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. dep. to think, to suppose; to believe, Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & paro,) to get or procure again; to renew; to repair, Repente, adv. (repens fr. repo) suddenly, Reperio, -per ire, -peri, -per- tum, tr. (re &pario,) to find; to discover; to invent, Repeto, -petere, -petivi, -peti- tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- Tnand hack, Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re & pleo,) to fill again; to fill up; to replenish. Repono, -ponere, -posui, -po- situm, tr. (re & pono,) to place back or again; to re- store; to replace, Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & porto,) to bring back; to gain or obtain, Reprassento, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & praesento,) to make present again; to represent to paint; to depict, Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. (repudium)fo repudiate; to reject; to slight; to dts- regard: uxorem, to di" vorce, Requiro, -quirere, -quisivi, -quisitum, tr. (re& quaero,) to seek again; to demand; to require; to need. Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair; a way; a kingdom; a gov- ernment; a subject : res gestae, actio7is; exploits : res familiaris or domesti- ca, domestic affairs; prop- erty, Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & servo,) to keep back; to reserve; to keep for a future time, Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. (re «fe sedeo,) to sit; to sit down; to remain, Resimus, a, um, adj. (re & si- mus,) bent back; crooked, Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or keep back; to resist; to withstand, Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to untie again; to loosen; to unbind; to U7iloose; to dis- solve, Respondeo, -spundere, -spon- di, -sponsum, tr. (re & spon- deo,) to a7iswer again; to ansioer; to reply; to cor- respo7dd : respond etur, pass. 29S RESPONSUM RIGEO. imp. tt is a7isivered^ or the Ttply is made. Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,) an aiiswer; a reply. Respublica, reipublicse, f, ^ 18, 9, (res publica,) the state; the government; the covimonwealth, Kespuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re & spuo,)i'o spit out; tor eject. Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- tutum, tr. (re & statuo,) to put or set up again; to re- store; to replace; to re- build : aciem, to cause the a.rmij to rally. Ketineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- turn, tr. (re & teneo,) tohold hack; to retain; to detain; to hinder. Eever4, adv. (res & verus,) truly; in very deed; in re- ality; in good earnest. Reverentia, ae, f. (revereor,) reverence. Reversus, a, um, part, having returned: from Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- sum, intr. (re & verto,) to turn hack; to return. Reverter, -verti, -versus sum, intr. dep. to return. Reviresco, -virescere, virui, intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow green again. Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & voco,) to call hack; to re- call. Bevolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (re & volo,) tojiy hack; to fiV off again. Rex, regis, m. (rego,) a ki7ig. Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law- giver, of Crete, a?id subse- quently one of the three judges of the infernal rc- gions. Rheeti, Drum, m. pi. the in^ habitants of Rhcetia, twv) the Griso7is. Rhea, ae, f. (Silvia,) themother of Romulus a7id Remus. Rhenus, i. m. the river Rhine, Rhinoceros, Otis, m. a Rhino- ceros. RhipaBus, a, um, adj. Rhipce- an or Riphcsan: montes, 7nountai7is, which, accord- i7ig to the a7icients, were found in the 7iorth of Scy- thia. Rhodanus, i, m. the river Rhone. Rhodius, i, m. an inhahita7it of Rhodes; a Rhodian. Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- tain in the western part of Thrace. Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- brated toion, .a7id isla7id in the Mediterranean sea. Rhojteum, i, n. a city and promontory of Troas. Rhyndacus, i, m. a river of Mysia. Ridens, tis, part, smiling; laughing at; from Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. & tr. to laugh; to laugh at; to mock; to de7'ide. Rigeo, ere, iii, intr. to be cold. RIGIDUS SA.CRA. 299 Rigid us, a, um, adj.(comp.) (rigeo,) stiff icith cold' ri- gid; severe. Rigoj are, avi, a turn, tr. to v^a- ter; to irrigate; to hedew; to wet. Ripa 86, f, a hank, (of a river.) Risi. See Rideo. Ri^us, iis, m. {ndieo,)laughing; laughter. Rixor, ari atus sum, intr. dep. (rixa,) i^: quarrel. Robur, oris, n. oak of the hard- est kind, hence, strength : robur militum, the flower of tlie soldiers. Rogatus, a, um, part, heing ask^d; from Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to ask; to request; to beg; to eidi'eat. Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. Roma, 39, f. Rome, the chief city of Italy, situated up- on the Tiber; hence, Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman, Romanus, i, m. a Roman. Romulus, i, m. the founder • and first king of Rome : Romulus Silv^ius, a king of Alba. Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; a bill; a snout; also, the beak of a ship; a stage, or pulpit. Rota, se, f. a lolieel. Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,) round. Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. (rior, emmus,) red.. Rudis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) rude; unwr ought; unculti- vated; new; u/icivilized. Ruina, ae, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a downfall; a fall. Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- eral, who commanded the cavalry in a war with the Saimiites. Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, rup- tum, tr. to break or burst asunder; to break off; to break down; to violate. Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & tr. to run headlong; to fall; to be ruined; to hasten down; to rush; to throw down; to tear up. Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff, Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) broken; violated, Rursus, adv. again. Riis, ruris, n. the country; a far 771; hence, Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic, belonging to the country. Rusticus, i, m. a countryman, Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con' sul. S. Sabini, orum, m. the Sahi?ies a people of Italy. Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj. (sup. errimus, s^ 26, 5,) sacred; holy; divine; consC" crated. Sacerdos, otis, c. (sacer,) a priest; a priestess. Sacra, orum, n. pi. (id.) reZa- gious service; sacrifice; sa- 300 SACRIFICANS SATIS. cred riles; religious oh- servances. Sacrif leans, tis, part, (sacrif i- co,) sacrificing; offering sa- crifices. Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice; from Sacrif ICO, are, avi, atum, tr. (sacer & facio,) to sacrifice, Scgpe, adv. (ius issime,) of- ten; frequently, SaBvio, ire, ii, itum, intr. (sae- vus,) to rage; to he cruel, SaevTtas, atis, f. cruelty; seve- rity; savageness; barbarity; from Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) cruel; severe; fierce; inhuman; violent, Saginatus, a, um, part, from Sagino, are, avi, atum, tr. to fatten, Sagitta, JB, f. an arrow, Saguntini, orum, m. pi. the Sagu7itines; the inhabit- ants of Saguntum, Saguntum, i, n. a town of Spain. Salio, salire, salui & salii, intr. to spring; to leap, Salsus, a. um, adj. (sallo, to salt; Obsol. from sal,) salt; sharp. Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. (salio,) to dance. Saluber,-bri3,-bre, adj. (brior, berrimus,) (salus,) whole- some; salubriofv.s; healthy; hence, Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; healthf Illness. Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- tated motion of the sea: hence, the sea. Salus, utis, f. safety; solva- tion; health; hence, Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to wish health to; hence, to salute; to call. Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) safe; preserved ;unp^inishtd. Samnltes, ium, m. pi. the Sa?n- 7iites, a people of Italy. Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. (sancio,) holy; bla?neless. Sanguis, inis, m. blood. Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, pro- perly, tasting; hnoioing hy the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, issimus,) wise : — subs, a sage; a wise man; hence, Sapientia, ae, f. vnsdom, philo- sophy. Sapio, ere, ui, intr. [to taste; to discern; hence,) to be vnse, Sarcina, ae, f. (sarcio,) a pack; a bundle. Sardinia, ae, f. flj large island in the Mediterranean sea, west of Italy. Sarmatae, arum, m. the Sar- matians, a people inhabit- ing the 7uorth of Eairope and Asia, Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of Jupiter and Europa. Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a guard; a body-guard. Satiatus, a, um, part, from Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. t satiate; to satisfy: from Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa SATUR — SECTOR. 801 tius, better;) enough; suf- ficient; S2ifficiently; very; quite. Satiy, ura,urum,adj. (ior, issi- mus,) (sdiiio ^)satiated; full. Saturnia, ae, f. a name given to Italy; also, « citadel and toimi near Janiadum. Saturnus, i, m. the father of Jwpiter. Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr. (saiicius,) to wound. Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone. Scasvola, se, m. (Mucius,) a brave Konian soldier, Scateo, ere intr. to gush forth like water from a spring; hence, to be full; to abound. Scamander, dri, m. a river of Troas, which flows from Mount Ida into the Helles- po7it. Scaurus, i, m. the surname of several Komans. Scelestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- simus,) wicked; from Scelus, eris, n. an imyious ac- tion; a criine; ivickedness : by metonymy, a wicked 'person. See facinus. Scena, 83, f. a scene; a stage. Schceneus, i, m. a ki7ig of Arcadia^ or Scyros, and father of Atalanta. Scheria, ae, f. an ancient name of the island Corcyra, or Corfu. Scientia, se, f. knowledge; from Scio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to knx)w; to understand. Scipio, on is, m. a distinguish- ed Roman family : Scipio- nes, the Scipios. Scopulus, i, m. a high rock; a cliff. Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion, Scotia, 86, f. Scotland. Scriba, se, m. a writer; a se* cretary; a scribe; from Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- tum, tr. to write : scribere leges, to p? epare laios. Scriptor, oris. m. a writer; an author, Scripttirus, a,um, part.(scribo.) Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.) Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. (scruta,) to search into; to trace out. Scutum, i, n. a shield. Scylla, SB, f. the daughter of Nisus. Scyros, i, f. a7i islarid in the Mgeo,7i sea. Scythes, ae, m. a7i inhabitant of Scythia; a Scythian, Scythia, se, f. a vast country in the north of Europe and Asia, ScythTcus,a, um,adj. Scythian, Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr. to act. Secedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- sum, intr. (se &cedo,) to go aside; to secede; to lait idraw. Sectatus, a, um, part. havi7ig followed or attended; from Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. freq. (sequor, § 88, Obs. 1.) to follow; to pursue; to ac- compa7iy; to attend; to strive after. 26 302 SECULCTM SEPES. Secillum and Sasculum, i, n. an age ; a period of time. Secum, (se & cum, ^ 90, 2,) with himself ; loith herself; withitself; with themselves, Secundus, a, um, adj. comp. (sequor,) the second; pros- perous : res secundaB, pros- perity, SecQris, is, f. (seco,) an axe, Secutus, a um, part, (sequor.) Sed, conj. lui. Sedecim, num. adj. ind. pi. (sex & deoem,) sixteen, Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, intr. to sit ; to light upon. Sedes, is, f. (sedes) a seat ; a residence; a settlement; reg- ni, the seat of government, Seditio, onis, f. (se aside^ and eo,) sedition; a rebellion; an insurrection, Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo) diligent, Seges, etis, f. a crop; a harvest, Segnis, e, adj. (ior, issimus.) dull; slow; slothful; slug- gish, Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junctum, tr. (se & jungo,) to divide ; to separate, Seleucia, sb, f. a town of Sy- ria, near the Orontes, Semel, adv. o/zce: pliis semel, more than once. Semele, es, f. a daughter of Cadmus and Hermione^ and mother of Bacchus, Semen, mis, n. seed. Semiramis, idis, f. a quee?i of Assyria, and wife of Ninus, Semper, adv. always; hence Senipiternus, a, um, adj. ev- erlasting. Sempronius, i, m, the name of a Roman gens or clan; Sempronius Gracchus, a Roman general, Sena, ae, f. a town of Picenum, Senator, oris, m. (senex,) a Senator. Senatus, us, & i, ra. (senex,) a se7iate. Senecta, se, or Senectus, litis, f. (senex,) old age. Senescens, tis, part, from Senesco, senescere, senui, intr. inc. to grow old; to wane; from seneo, and that from Senex, is, c. an old man or woman: — adj. old : (comp. senior, sometimes major natu,) ^ 26, 6. Senones, um, m. pi. a people of Gaul. Sensi. See Sentio. Sensus, us, m. (sentio.) sense; feeling, Sententia, ae, f. an opinion; a proposition; a sentiment; from Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, tr. to feel ; to perceive; to he sensible of ; to observe ; to suppose. Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se & paro) to separate; to di- vide. Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se pultum,tr. to bury; to inter Sepes, is, f. a hedge; a fence SEFTEM SEXAGESIMUS. 30J^ Sept em, num. adj. ind. pi. seven. Septentrio, onis, m. the North- ern Bear; the riorth, Septies, num. adv. sexentimes. Septimus, a, urn, num. adj. ord. (septem,) the seve?ith. Septingeatesimus,a, um, num. adj. the seven hundredth. Septuagesimus, a, um, num. adj. the seventieth; from Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. seve7ity, Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepeiio,) a sepulchre; a tomh. Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) hurial; interment. Sepultus,a,um, part.(sepelio,) buried. iSequana, as, m. the Seine^ a river in France. Sequens, tis, part, from Sequor, sequi, sectitus sum, tr. dep. to follow; to pursue. Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.) Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.) sere7ie; tranquil; clear; fair; bright. Sergius, i, m. the name of se- veral Romans. Sermo, onis,m. (sero,) speech; a discourse; conversatio7i. Sero, (seTi\is,)ixdv. late; toolate. Sero, serere, sevi, satum, tr. to sotv; to plant. Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to creep,) a serpent; a sriake. Sertorius, i, m. a Roman gen- eral. Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) late,. Servilius, i, m. the navte of a Roman family : Servilius Casca, one of the nmrd*ir' ers of CcBsar. Servio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. (servus,) to be a slave; to serve ^ (as a slave.) Servitium, i, n. or ServTtus, tit is, f. (id.) slavery; bond' age. Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the sixth king of Ro??ie. Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to preserve ; to guard ; to watch; to keep; hence, Servus, i, m. a slave; a ser- vant. Sese, pro! ace. & abl. ^ 28, Obs. 4 ; himself; herself , themselves. Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium^ or a thousand serterces, App. VI. Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or tivo and a half asses. App, VI. Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town of TJirace^ on the shores of the Hellespont, opposite to Abydos. Seta, SB, f. a bristle. Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine; belonging to Selia, a city of Campania, near the Pontine Marshes, famous for its wine. Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) full of bi'isiles; bristly. Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six, Sexagesimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (sex,) the sixtieth. 304 SEXAGINTA SlNGULARlo. Sexaginta, num, adj. ind. pi. (sex,) sixty, Sexcentesimus, a, urn, num. adj. ord. (sex & centum,) the six hundredth. Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. (sex,) the sixth. Si, conj. if; whether : si quan- do, if at any time. Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a manner, Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the name of a brave Roman soldier. Siccus, a, um, adj. dry; sic- cum, dry land: in sicco, (loco,) in a dry 'place: (arid us, thoroughly dry; parched.) Sicilia, SB, f. Sicily^ the larg- est island in the Mediter- ranean, Siciilus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: fretum, the straits of Mes- sina. Sicut, & Siciiti, adv. (sic ut,) as; as if. Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city of Phcsnicia. Sidon ius, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Sidon; Sidooiian. Sidus, eris, n. a star. Significo, are, avi, atum, tr. (signum & facio,) to make or give a sign; to desig- nate; to mark; to express; to signify; to give riotice; to imply or mean, .Signum, i, n. a sign; a token; a statue; a standard; co- lors. Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; keejnng silence. Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silenct* Silenus, i. rn. the foster -father and instructor of Bacchus, Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be sile?it; to co7iceal, Silva, or Sylva, se, f. a forest; a wood. Silvia, £B, f. (Rhea,) the mother of Romulus, Silvius, i, m. a son of 3LneaSy the second king of Alba: Silvius Procas, a king of Alba^ the father of Numi- tor and Amulius. Simia, ffi, f. (simus,) an ape, Similis, e, adj. (ior, limu$, <5> 26, 1,) similar; like: hence. Similiter, adv. (similius simi- lime,) in like manner. Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (si- ne plica, without a fold; oipen; plain; hence,) simple; artless; open; plain; single. Simois, entis, m. a river of Troas, flowing into the Scamander. Simonides, is, m. a Greek po- et^ born in the island of Cca. Simul, adv. at the same thne; at once; together; as soon as: simul — simul — as soon as^ or no sooner than. Simulacrum, i, n. (simiilo,) an image; a statue. Sin, conj. hit if. Sine, prep, without. Singular is, e, adj. single, sin" SINGULI— SOLVO. 305 gular; distinguished; ex- traordinary: certamen sin- gulare, a single combat; from Singuli, ce, a, num. adj. pi. each; one by one; every : singulis mensibus, every month, Sinister,tra,trum, adj. (comp. irr, § 26, 2,.) left; from Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. (for sio. obsol.) to permit. Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; Siquis, siqua, siquod or si- quid, pro, if any oTie; if any thing, Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) if at any time; if ever. Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst; to be thirsty; to desire ear- nestly. Sit is, is, f. thirst. Situs, a, um. part. & adj. (si- no,) placed; set; situated; permitted, Sive, conj. or; or if; whether, Soboles, is, f. (suVoles, sub & oleo,) a sprig or shoot; off- spring, Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; temperate, Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law, Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) per- taining to allies; social; confederate, Societas, atis, f. society; alli- ance; i?itercourse; partner- ship; from Socius, i, m an ally; a com- panion. Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se &; cor,) negligeiice; sloth •Socrates, is, m. the most enn- nent of the Athenian phi- losophers, Sol, solis, m. the sun, Soleo, ere, itus sura, n. pass, ^ 78, to be wont; to be ac- customed : sole bat, icsed. Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- irius,) whole; solid; entire, Solitudo, inis, f. (solus,) a des- ert; a wilderness; a solita- ry place, Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) accustomed; usual, Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus whole, not used, k, ^t^^) ingenious , inventive; cunning; skil- ful; shrewd, Sollertia, ae, f. (sollers,) saga- city; skill; shrewdness, Solon, onis, m. the laiv giver of the Athenia9iSy and one of the seven wise men of Greece. Solstitium, i, n. (sol «fe sisto,) the solstice, particularly the summer solstice, in dis- tinction from brum a, the winter solstice; the longest day. Solum, i, n. the earth; the soil; land. Solium, adv. alone; only; fr. Solus, a, um, adj. §20,4; alone, Solutus, a, um, part, from Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, tr. to loose; to dissolve; to melt; to answer. 31)6 SOMNIO SPONSA. Sornn'o, are, avi, atum, intr. to dream; from Soinnium, i, n, a dream; h. Somnus, i, m. sleep. Soiiitiis, us, m. a sound; a noise; from Sono, are, ui, Ttum, intr. to sound; to resound; from Sonus, i, m. « sound, Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; to absorb. Soror, oris, f. a sister, Sp., an abbreviation of Spuri- us. Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- sum, tr. to sprinkle; to strew; to scatter; to soiv. JSparsi. See Spargo. Sparsus, a, um, part. Sparta, as, f. Sparta or Lace- dmmon^ the capital of ha- conia. Spartacus, i, m. the name of a celebrated gladiator. Spartan us, i, m. a Spartan. Sparti, orum, m. pi. a race of men said to have sprung from the dragon's teeth sowed by Cadmus. Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom, a plant of which ropes were made. Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; spacious; from Spatium, i, n, a race ground; (stadium,) a space; room; distance. Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- pearance. Spcctaculum, i,n. a spectacle; a show; from Specto, are, avi, atum, ti. freq. (specio,) to behold; to see; tocoiisider; to regard; to relate; to refer, Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave, Spelunca, as, f. a cave, Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to hope; to expect. Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; projnise. Speusippus, i, m. the nephew and successor of Plato. Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The Egyptian Sphinx is repre- sented as a monster ^having a loomanh head on the body of a lion. Spina, ae, f. a thorn; a sting; a quill; a spine; a back- bone. Spiritus, {is, m. a breath; fr. SpirOj'are, avi, atum, intr. ta breathe. Splendeo, ere, ui, intr, to shine; to be co?upicuous; hence Splendidus, a, um, adj.(comp.) sple7idid; illustrious; and Splendor, oris, m. brightness; splendor. Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to despoil; to strip; to dc' prive- from Spolium, i, n. the skin of an animal; spoils; booty. Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, sponsum, tr. to pledge oJit's word; to promise; to en- gage. Sponsa, ae, f. (spondeo,) a bride. SPONTIS — STUDKO. 307 Spoiitis, gen., sponte, abl. sing., f. § 18, 11 ; of one's oion accord; voluntary; s'poiitaneously; of himself; of itself Spurius, i, m. a prsenomen among the Romans. Squama,, se, L the scale of a fish. Stabulum, i. n. (sto,) a stall; a stable. Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a furlong; a measure of 125 paces; the race ground, Stannum, i, n. tin. Stans, stantis, part, (sto.) Statiiii, adv. (sto) immediately. Statio, onis, f. (sto,) a station; a 'picket or watch; (by day) navium, roadstead; an an- choring place. Statua, ae, f. (statuo,) a statue. Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; a scupltor. Statuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. (statum, fr. sisto,) to cause to stand; to set up; to de- ter mi7ie; to resolve; to fix; to judge; to decide; to be- lieve. Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix- ed; stated; appointed; cer- tain. Statutus, a, um, part, (statuo,) placed; resolved; fixed; set- tled. Stella, SB, f. (sto,) a star; a fixed star. Sterllis, e, adj.(comp.)^^?^/T2^^Y- ful; sterilcj barren. Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore. Stipes, itis, m. a stake, the trunk of a tree. Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a race; a family. Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr. to stand; to be stationary : stare a partibus, to favor the party. Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic^ one of a sect of Grecian philoso- phers, V)hose founder was Zeno. Sto]iditas,atis, f. stupidity; fr. StolTdus, a, um. adj (ior, is- si m u s , ) foolish; silly ; stu- pid. Strages, is, f. (sterno,) a7i overthrow; slaughter. Strangiilo, are, avi, alum, tr. to strangle. Strenue, adv. (ii^s issime,) bravely; actively; vigo- rously; strenuously; from Strenuus, a, um, adj.(eomp.) bold; strefnuofiis; brave; va- liant. Strophades, um, f. pi. two small islands in the Ionian sea. Struo, struere, struxi, struc tum, tr. to put together; to construct; to build : insidi- as, to prepare an ambus- cade; to lay snares. Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- trich. Strymon, onis, m. a river which was anciently the boundary betioeen Macedo- nia and Thrace. Studeo, ere, ui intr. to fa^ t^os STUDIOSE feUCCEDO. vor; to study; to endeavor; to attend to; to pursue, Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr. siudium,) studiously; dili- gently, ^ Studium, i, n. zeal; study; diligence; eagerness, Stultitia, ae, L folly; from Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) foolish : stulti, fools. Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to be tor- pid or he7iumhed; to he as- tonished at; to be amazed, St urn us, i, m. a siarlirig, Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua- deo.) Suadens, tis, part, from Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- sum, tr. & intr. to advise; to persuade; to urge, Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) siveetness; grace; melody, Suaviter, adv. (vius vissime,) (id.) sweetly; agreeably. Sub, prep, under; near to; near the time of; just be- fore; at; in the time of, Subduco, -duf-ere, -duxi, -duc- tum, tr. (sub & duco,) to withdraw; to take away; to withhold; hence, Subductus, a, um, part. Subeo, ire, ivi, & ii, itum, intr. irr. (sub &; eo, ^ 83, 3,) to go under; to submit to : onus, to take up or sus- tain a burden. Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr. (sub & ago,) to subject; to subdue; to conq^ier, Subito, adv. suddenly; from Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo.) sudden ; unexpected. Sublatus:, a, um, part, (suife- ro,) taken away; lifted up, Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (sub & levo,) to lighten; to relieve; to raise up; to assist, Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. for supra & limus,) sub* lime; high in the air : in sublime, aloft; hence. Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air. Submerge, -mergere, -mersi, mersum, tr. (sub & mer- ge,) to sink; to overwhelm, Submergor, -mergi, -mersus sum, pass, to be overwhelm^ ed; to sink; hence, Submersus, a, um. part. Subridens, tis,part. smiling at, Subrideo, -rid ere, -risi, -ri- sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) to smile. Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii, intr. (sub & salio,) to leap up; to jump. Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, stitutum, tr. (sub & statuo,) to put in the place of ano" then to substitute, Subter, prep, under. Subterraneus, um, adj. (sub & terra,) subterranean. Subvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- tum, intr. (sub & venio,) to come to one's assistance, to succor; to help, Subvolo, are, avi, atum, intr (sub & volo,) to fly up, Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ce? StJCCESSOa — SUPERVACUUS. 809 sum. mtr. (sub &: cedo,) to succeed; to follow; hence, Successor, oris, m. a successor. Succus, i, m. (sucus fr. sago,) juice; sap; liquid. Suflero, sufferre, sustuli, sub- latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) to take away; to under- take; to hear, Suffetius, i, m. (Metins,) an Allan general, put to death by Tullus Hostilius. SufFicio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- fice; to he sufficient. Suffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to dig undxr; to undermine, SufFossus, a, um, part. Suffragium, i, n. (sub & fran- go,) a hroken piece; a shred; a hallet ; suffrage ; vote ; choice, Sui, pro. gen. § 28, of himself; of herself; of itself : duae sibi similes, two like one another, Sulla, or Sylla, se, m. a dis- tinguished Roraan general, Sulpicius, i, m. (Gall us,) a Roman^ celehrated for his learning and eloquence^ and for his skill in astrology. Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54, to he; to exist : terrori es- se, to excite terror, Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su- per us,) the highest; great- est ; perfect: in sum ma aqua, on the surface of the water. Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, surap- tum, tr. to take, Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expeiise, Supellex, supellectiiis, i^fur^ niture; household goods. Super, prep, above; upon. Superbe,adv ius, issime,(fr. su- perbus,) proudly; haugh- tily, Superbia, ae, f. (superbus,) pride; haughtiness, Superbio, Ire, ivi, itum, intr. to be proud; to he proud of; from Superbus. a, um, adj. comp. 'proud; the Proud^ a sur- name of Tarquin, the last king of Rome, Superfluus, a, um, adj. (su- perfluo,) supeifluous, Superjacio, -jacere,-jeci, -j ac- tum, tr. (super & jacio,) to throw upon; to shoot over, Superjacior,-jaci, -j actus sum, pass, to he shot over, Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. (super,) to surpass; to con- quer; to excel; to vanquish, SuperstitioFus, a, um, adj. (superstitio fr. supersto,) superstitious, Supersum,-esse, fui, intr. irr. (super & sum,) to he over; to remain; to siirvive. Superus, a, um, adj. (supe- rior ; supremus or sum- mus, §26, 2,) above; high; upper, Supervacuus, a, um, adj. ^su- per & vacuus,) superjfluoiis. 310 SUPERVENIO TABESCO. Super venio, -venire, -veni, -ventum, intr. (super &c venio,) to come uyon; to come; to surprise suddenly, Snpervolo, are, avi, atum, Intr. (super & volo,) to fly over, Suppeto, ere, ivi, itum, intr. (sub & peto,) to come to; to he at hand; hence to suf- fice; to remain; to serve; to he suflicient, Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- co,) suppliant, Supplicium. i, n, (id.) a pun- ishment . Suppono, -ponei'e, -posui, -po- situm, tr. (sub. & pono,) to put under; to suhstitute. Supra, prep. & adv. ahavje; he- fore, Surena, ae, m. the title of a Parthian officer^ and next in authority to the king. Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur- rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. sub, & re go,) to rise, Sus, uis, c. swine; a hog. Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- lum, tr. (sub & capio,) to take or lift up; to under- take; to take upon; to en- gage in; to receive, Suspectus, a, um. part, & adj. (suspicio,) siupected; 7nis- tr listed, Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum,tr. (sub &pendo,) uj suspend; to hang; to hang up. Suspensus, a, um, part. Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spectum, tr. (sub & spe- cio,) to look at secretly; to look up; to suspect, SuspTcor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. to suspect; to surmise, Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr freq. to sustain; to support , sustentare vitam, to sicp- port one'^s self; from Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -Cen- tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to hear up; to carry; to sus- tain; to support. Sustollo, sustoUere, sustuli, sublatum, tr. to lift up; to take away; to raise. Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; its; theirs; ^ 28, Obs. 3, Exc. Sylla. See Sulla. Syllaba, ae, f. a syllable* Sylva. See Silva. Syphax, acis, m. a king, of Numidia, SyractisaB, arum, f. pi. Syra- cuse^ a celebrated city of Sicily, Syria, ae, f. a large country of Asia, at the eastern extre- mity of the Mediterranean sea, Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; belonging to Syria. T. T., an abhreviatio7i of Titus. Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. (tabeo,) to co7isume; to pine away. TABULA TAURICA. 311 Tabula, se, f. a tahle; a tablet; a pictitre; a yainfing ; plumbea tabuia, a plate or sheet of lead. Taceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to he silent. Tact us, us, m. (tango,) the to2tch. Taedet, taeduit, taesum est or pertaesum est, imp. to be weary of: vitae eos tasdet, they are loeary of life, Taenarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a promo7itory in Laconia^ now ca'pe Matapan. Talent um, i, n. a ialent; a sum variously estimated from $860 to $1020. Talis, e, adj. such. Talpa, 96, c. a mole. Tam, adv. so; so much. Tamen, conj. yet; notivith- St andi7Lg; still; nevertheless. Tanais, is, m. a river betiveen Europe and Asia, now the Bon. Tan aq nil, ilis, f. the loife of Tarquinius Priscus. Tandem, adv. (turn &demura,) at length; at last; finally. Tango, tangere, tetigi, tac- tum, tr. to touch. Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. (tam & quam,) as well as; as if; like. Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi- ter; the father of Pelops, and king of Fhrygia. Tanto adv. (tanius,) so much. Tantopere, adv. (tantas & opus.) so much; so greatly. Tantiim, adv. only; so much; from Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; such: tanti. of so much value : tanti est, it is worth thepai7is; it makes amends, Tarde, adv. (iilis, issime,j (tar- dus,) slowly. Tarditas, atis, L (tardus,) slow^ ness; dulness; heaviness. Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to make slow; to retard; to check; to stop; from Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- mus,) slow; dull, Tarentlnus, a, um, adj. Tar- entine; of or belonging to Tarentu7?i : Tarenimi, Ta- rentines; the inhabitants of Tare7itum, Tarentum, i, w. a celebrated city i7i the south of Italy. Tarpeia, ae, f. the daughter of Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed the Roman citadel to the Sabi7ies. Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Tarpei- an : mons, the Tarpcian oi Capitoline mou7it. Tarquinii, orum, m. rl. a city of Etruria, whence the fa- mily of Tarquin derived their name. Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; the name of an illustrious Roman family; Tarquinii, orum, p]. the Tarqui7is. Tartarus, i, m., &: -a, orum, pi. n. Tartarus; the iifer- 7ial regio7is. Taurica, ae, f. a large pemnsu 512 TAURUS TERRA. la of the Black sea, now called the Crimea, or Tau- rida, Taurus, i, m. a high range of mountains in Asia. Taurus, i, m. a hull. Taygetus, i, m. & -a, 5rum, pi. a mofiintain of haconia, near Sparta. Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover' i/ig; a roof; a house. Tectus, a, urn, part, (tego,) covered; defended. Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug; a coverlet; from Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co" ver; to defend; hence, Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. Telum, i, n. a missile; a wea- pon; a dart; an arrow. Temere, adv. at random; ac- cidentally; rashly. Tenipe, n, pi. indec. a heduti- ful vale in Thessaly. thro* which the river Peneus flows. Temperies, iei, f. a season or space of time; temperate- ness ; mildness; te7npera- ture. Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) a storm; a tem.pest. Templum, i, n. a consecrated place; a temple. Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- son : ad tempus, at the time appointed : ex tempo- re, ivithout premeditation. Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- etum,) drunken; intoxi- cated. Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch out; to extend; intr. to advance; to go, Tenebrae, arum, f. pi. dark* ness. Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, tr. to hold; to have; to keep; to possess; to know; to hold by a garrison : portum, to reach the harbor. Tentatus, a, um, part, from Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (teneo,) to attempt; to try. Tentyritge, arum, c. pi. the iii- habitants of Tentyra, a town and island in Tipper Egypt. Tenuis, e. adj. (comp.) thin, slender; light; rare. Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc. (tepeo,) to grow warm or cool; to become tepid. Ter, num. adv. thrice, Terentius, i. m. a Roman pro- per name, Tergum, i, n. the back; the farther side : a tergo,f7'om behind : ad terga, behind. Termino, are, avi, atum, tr. to hou7id; to limit; to ter- minate; from Terminus, i, m. a boundary; limit; an end; bounds. Terni, as, a, num, adj. pl.(tres,) three by three; three. Terra, a3, f. the earth; a coun- try; the land : omnes ter- ras, the ivhole ivorld. TERREO — THRASYBULUS. 313 Terreo, ere, uf, itum, tr. to ter- rify; to scare; to frighten, Terrester, terrestris, terrestre, adj. (terra,) terrestrial: animal terrestre, a land animal, Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- reo,) terrible, Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (id.) to terrify; to af- fright. Territoriam, i, n. (terra,) ter- ritory, Territus, a, um, part, (terreo,) Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; co7ister nation; fear, Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord. (tres,) the third; hence, Tertio, num. adv. the third time. Testa, se, f. (tosta fr. torreo,) an earthen vessel; a shell. Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a will; a testament, Testudo, mis, f. (testa,) a tor- toise, TetTgi. See Tango. Teutones, um, & Teuton!, orum, m. pi. a nation in the northern yart of Germa- ny, near the Cimhri, Texo, texere, texui, textum, tr. to iveave; to plait; to for 771 ; to construct. Thalamus, i, m. a bed-cham- ber; a divelliiig, T hales, is & etis, m. a Mile- sian^ one of the seven wise men of Greece. Thasus. i, f. an island on the coa^t of Thrace, Theatrum, i, n. a theatre, Thebae, arum, f. pi. Thebes the. ca'pital of Bozotia : hence, Thebanus, a, um, adj. The- ban; belonging to Thebes.. Thelesinus, i, m. a Roman proper name, Themistocles, is, m. a cele^ brated Athenian general in the Persian war, Theodorus, i, m. a philosoher of Cyren^B. Thermodon, ontis, m. a river of Pontus, Theseus, i, m. a king of Atheiis, and son of Mgeus, and one of the most cele- brated heroes of antiquity, Thessalia, ae, f. Thessaly; a country of Greece, south of Macedonia; hence, Thessalus, a, um, adj. belongs ing to Thessaly; Thessa- lian. Thestius, i, m. the father of Ahhcea, Thetis, idis & Tdos, f. one of the sea nymphs; the wife of Peleus, and mother of Achilles, Theutobochiis, i, m. a king of the Cimbri, Thracia, as. f. Thrace; a large country east of Macedonia, Thracius, a, um, adj. belong- ing to Thrace; Thracian Thrasybulus, i, m. an Atheni- an general, celebrated for freeing his country from the thirty tyrants. 27 314 THUS TRAHO. Thus, thuris, n., frankincense. Tibttris, is, m. § 15, 2, the Tiber, a famous river of Italy, Tibi. ■ See Tu. Tibicen, inis, m. (tibia & ca- no,) one who plays upon the flute; a piper, Ticlnum, i, n. a town of Cis' alpine Gaul^ where the Ro- mans were defeated hy Ha7i- nibaL Tigranes, is, m. a king of Ai'- menia Major, Tigranocerta, orum, n. a city of Armenia Maj or ^ found- ed by Tigrdnes. Tigris, idis, [seldom is,) c. a tiger. Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in Asia, Timens, tis, part, from Timeo, ere, u', intr. & tr. to fear; to dreid; to be afraid, Timidus, a, um, adj. comp. (timeo,) tiinid; cowardly. Timor, oris, m. (lA.) fear. Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a tinkling, Tintinnabulum, i. n. (tintinno same as tix nio,) a bell, Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire- brand, Titus, i, m. a Roman praeno- men. Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to bear; to endure; to admit of. Tollo, toilere, sustuli, subla- tum, tr. to raise; to pick up; to remove; to do aiua.y with. Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton- sum, tr. to clip; to shave; to shear. Tonitru, u, n. thunder: from Tono, are, ui, itum, intr. to thunder : ton at, imp. it thunders, Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) an engine for throwing stones and darts. Torquatus, i, m., a surname given to T. Manlius and his descendants, Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- lar; a chain. Tot, ind. adj. so many. Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) the same number; as many, Totus, a, um, adj. ^ 20, 4, lahole; eiitire; all, Trabs, is, f. a beam, Tractatus, a, um, part, from Tracto,arc, avi, atum, tr. freq. (traho,) to treat; to handle. Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; a country; a region. Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) Traditus, a, um, part, from Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. (trans & do,) to give over^ or up; to deliver; to give; to relate; to teach: tradunt, they report : traditur, it is related; it is reported : tra- duntur, they are reported. Tragic us, a, um, adj. tragic. TragCEdia, ee, f. a tragedy. Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, tr. to drag; to draw : hel- ium, to protract or pro' i lo7ig the war : liquTdas TRAJICIO TRIBUTUWL 315 aquas trahere, to draw along clear waters; to flow with a clear stream, Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- tum, tr. (trans & jacio,) to convey over; to 'pass or cross over, Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e. trans meo, to go aver or along;) a path; a way. Trano, are, avi, atum, intr. (trans & no,) to swim over. Tranquillus, a, um, adj. (comp.) tranquil; calm; se- rene. Trans, prep, over; beyond; on the other side. Transactus, a, um, part.(trans- igo.) Transeo, ire, ii, itum,. intr. irr. (trans & eo,) to pass or g9 over. Transf ero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to transfer; t9 carry over : se ad aliquem, to go over to. Transf rgo,-figere>-fixi, -fixum, (trans & figo,) to mn through; to pierce; to stab. Transfiiga, se. c. (transfugio,) a deserter. Transgredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, intr. dep. (trans & gradior,) to go or pass over. Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- act; to finish; to spend. Transilio, -siiire, -silui & sili- vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to leap over. Transiturus, a, um, part, (transeo,) about to pass over; to pass on. Translatus, a, um, part, (trans- fero.) Transmarmus, a, um. adj. (trans & mare,) beyond the sea; foreign; transmarine, Transno. See Trano. Transveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vec- tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to carry over; to convey; to transport. Trans volo, are, avi, atum. intr. (trans &; volo,) to fly aver. Trasimenus. i, m. a lake in Etruria, near which the consul Flaminius was de- feated by Hannibal. Trebia, ae, f. a river of CisaU pine Gaul, emptying int§ the Pq. Trecenti, ge, a, num. adj. pJ. three hundred; hence, Trecentesimus, a, um, num. adj. the three hundredth. Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (tres & decern,) thirtee7i. Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. ^ 24, Qbs. 3, thre\ Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people of Belgium. Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu- lum,) triangular; three- cornered. Tribunus, i, m. (tribus,) a tribune. Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to attribute; to give; to grant; to bestow; to commit. Tributum, i, n (tribuo,) a tri. 316 TRICESIMUS TURBATtrS. biite; a tax; a contribution; mi assessment, TricesTmus, a, urn, num. adj. (triginta,) the thirtieth, Triduum, i, n. (Ires & dies,) the space of three days : per triduum, for three days. Triennium, i, n. (tres- & an- nus,) the space of three years. Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres & gemini,) three brothers born at one birth, Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. thirty, Trinacria, ae, f. one of the the names of Sicily, Triptolemus, i, m. the son of Celeus, king of Eleusis, Tristitia, ae, f. (tristis, sad^) sorrow; grief Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- us,) triumphal. Triumphans, tis, part, from Triumpho,are,avi, atum, intr. to triumph; from Triumphus, i, m. <2 triumph; a triumphal processimi. Triumvir, viri, m. (tres & vir,) one .of three joint public officers; a triumvir. Troas, adis, f. a country of Asia Minor ^ bordering up- on the Hellespont. TrochTlus, i, m. « wreri. Troglodyta9,arum,c. pi. Trog- lodytes, a people of Ethio- pia, who dwelt in caves, Troja, 90, f. Troy, the capital of Troas; hence, Trujanus, a, nin, adj. Trojan. Trucido, are, avi, atum, tr. (trux & casdo,) to kill in a cruel manner; to butcher; to murder; to slay; to massu' ere. Trux, ucis, adj. savage; tru' el; fierce; stern; grim. Tu, subs. pro. thou; ^ 28. Tuba, ae, f. (tubus, a tube^) a trumpet. Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a bunch; a tumor; a protU' berance. TubTcen, in is, m. (tuba & ca- no,) « trumpeter. Tueor, tueri, tuitus sum, tr. to see; to look to; to care, for; to defeiid; to protect. Tugurium i, n. (tego,) a hut; a shed. Tuli. See Fero. Tullia, se, f. the daughter of Servius Tullius Tullius, i, m. a Roman. Tullus, 1, m. (Hostilius,) the third Roman king. Tum, adv. then; and; so; also : tum — tum, as well — as; both — and : tum demum, the?i at length. Tumultus, us, m, (tumeo,) a noise; a tumult. Tumulus, i, m. (id.) a mound; a tomb. Tunc, adv. then. Tunica, ae, f. a tunic; a clo^e ivoollen garment, 7vorn un^ der the toga. Turbatus, a, um, part, dis- turbed; confused; t ouhlcd, from TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 317 Turbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (turba,) to disturb; to trcu- hle; to put into confusion. Turma, £e, f. a division of Ro- man cavalry consisting of thirty men; a troop, Turpis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) base; disgraceful. Turpitudo, inis, f. (turpis,) baseness; ugliness. Turris, is, f. a tower. Tuscia, ae, f. a country of Ita- ly^ the same as Etruria. Tusculum, i, n. a city of La- tium. Tuscus, ii, um, adj. Tuscan; belonging to Tuscany ; Etrurian. Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar- dian; a tutor. Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- mus,) (tueor,) safe. Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. ^ 30, (tu,) thy; thine. Tyrarmis, idis & idos, f. ty- ranny; arbitrary povjer; fr. Tyrannus, i, m. a king; a ty- rant; a usurper. Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian : Tyrii, Tyrians ; inhabit- ants of Tyre. Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj. Tyr- rhenian or Tuscan; belong- ing to Tuscany. Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari- time city of Phcenicia. u. Uber, eris, n. an udder; a teat. (Jbertas, atis, f. (uber, rich, fertile,) fertility , fruitful ness. Ubi, adv. where; when; as soon as. Ubique, adv. eyery ivhere. Ulcisor, ulcisci, ultus sum. tr. dep. to take revenge; to aveiige, Ullus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any; any one. Ulterior, us, (ultimus,) ^ 26, 4 ; further; hence, Ulterius, ^^v. farther; beyond; longex. Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of ulterior,) the last. Ultra, prep, beyond ; more than: — adv. besides; monrb' over; further. Ultus, a, um, part, (ulciscor,) hamng avenged, Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished king of Ithaca. Umbra, as, f. a shade; a shadow. Umbro, are, avi, atum, tr. ( umbra,) to shade;to darken. Una, adv. (unus,) together. Unde, adv. whence; from which. Undecim, num. adj. pi. ind. (unus & decem,) eleven. Undenonagesimus, a, um num. adj. (unus, de, 20, 4, which ? ivhich of the two ? Utcrque, traque, trumque, adj. ^ 20, 4, (uter & que), both; (taken separately, see am- bo,) each; each of the two, Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,) useful, Utica, aB, f. « maritiine city of Africa, near Carthage. Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep. to use; to make use of Utrinque, adv. on both sides, Utrum, adv. whether, Uva, ae, f. a grape; a bunch of grapes : passa, a raisin. Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife. Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to be free from; hence, Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty; unoccupied; vacant; free; exempt: vacuus viator, the destitute traveller, Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) fordable; shallow; from Vadum, i, n. (probably from vado, to go;) a ford; a shallow, Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.) Vagina, se, f. a scabbard; a sheath, Vagrtus,us,m. loeepiiig; crying Vagor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. to wander about; to stray, Valeo, ere, * ui, intr. to be well, or in health; to be strong; to avail; to be dis' tinguished; to be emi7ie7it : multum valere, to be very powerful : vale, farewell, Valerius, i, m. a Roman vra* per name. VALLIS VENOR. 319 Vail is, is, f, a valley; a vale. Varietas, atis, f. (varius,) va- riety; change* Vario, are, avi, atum, tr. to change; to vary; from Varius, a, um, adj. various; diverse. Varro,onis, m. (Marcus,) aver z/ learned Roman: P. Te- rentius, a consul^ who was defeated hy Hannibal, Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to lay waste; to ravage; from Vastus, a, um, adj. waste; desert; hence, wide; vast; great. Vates, is, m. a poet; a lard, Ve, conj. (enclitic, ^39, Obs. 2.) or; also, intensive or negative inseparable p^ar- ticle, ^ 91, Obs. 2. Vecordia, ae, f. (vecors, mad;) madness; folly. Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.) Vehemens, tis, adj. (ior issi- mus,) (ve intens. & mens,) vehement ; immoderate ; hence, Vehementer, adv. (ius, issi- me,) vehemently; greatly; very; much; violently. Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, tr. to hear, to carry; to convey. Veiens, tis, & Veientanus, i, m. an inhabitant of Veii. Veii, orum, m. pi. a city of Tuscany, memorable for the defeat of the Fabian family. Vei, conj. or; also; even: vel lecta, even when read : vel — vel, either — or. Velio, vellere, velli, or vulsi, vulsum, tr. to pluck. Vellus, eris n, (^ello,) a fleece. Velox, ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,) (volo, are,) swift; rapid; active. Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a sail. Velut, & Veliiti, adv. (vel & ut,) as; as if. Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale^) venal; ?nercenary. Venans, tis, part, (venor.) VenatTcus, a, um, adj. (id.) belonging to the chase : ca- nis, « hou?id. Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a huntsma7i. Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq. to sell; from Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven- duum, tr. (venum & do,) to sell. Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi' soned; poisonous; from ve- neno, and that from Venenum, i, n. poison. Veneo, ire, ii, intr. irr. (for venum eo,) to he exposed for sale; to be sold. Venetus, i, m., or Brigantl- nus, a lake betweeit Germa- ny and Switzerland, called the Bodeii sea, or take of Constance. Venio, venire, veni, ventum, intr. to come; to advance. Venor, ari, atus sum, tr, dep. to hunt. H'^O VENTER — VETUS. Ventei, tris, m. the belly; the stomach. Ventus, i, m. a wind, Venus, us, or i, m. (used only in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale. Venus, eris, f. the goddess of love and beauty, Ver, veris, n. the spring. Verber, eris, n. a whip; a rod; a blow; a stripe; hence, Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to strike. Verb urn, i, n. a word. Vere adv. (ids, issime,) (ve- rus,) truly. Vereor, eri, itus sum, intr.dep. to fear; to be cjoncerned for. Vergo, vergere, versi, intr. (also tr.) to tend to; to in- dine; to verge towards; to bend; to look. Verisimilis, e, adj. comp. (ve- rum & simTlis,) like the truth; probable, Veritus, a, um, part. (vereor.) Vero, conj. but : — adv. (ve- rus,) i?ideed; truly. Verona, ae, f. Verona, a city i?i the north of Italy. Versatus, a, um, part, from Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. freq. (verto,) to turn; to re- volve; to dwell; to live; to reside; to be employed. Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.) Versi\s, prep, towards. Vertex, icis, m. (verto,) the top; the su?n?nit; the crowii of the head. Verto, tere, ti, sum, tr. to turn; to change. Veru, u, n. § 16, a spit. Verum, conj. but; but yet; fi Verus, a, um, adj. (comp.) true, Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esoa,) to live upon; to feed upon; to eat; to subsist upon. Vesperi, or -^, adv. at everi' ing : tam vesperi, so latt at evening. Vesta, ae, f. a goddess; tht mother of Satur^i; hence Vestalis, is, f. (virgo,) a Ves- tal virgin; a priestess con- secrated to the service of Vesta, and Vestibulum, i, n. the porch; the vestibule. Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a vestige; a trace; a mark; a track. Vestio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to clothe; from Vestis, is, f. a garmmt; clothes. Vesulus, i, m. a high moun- tairi of Liguria, and a pari of the Cottian Alps. Veteranus, a, um,adj. (vetus,J old; subs, a veteran. Veto, are, ui, Ttum, tr. to for* bid; to 'prohibit. Veturia, ae, f. the mother of Coriolanus. Veturius, i. m. (Titus,) a Ro- man consul, who was de- feated by the Samnites at the Caudine Forks. Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior ve- terrimus,'^ 26, 2,) ancient, old : veteres, the a7icienis. hence VfiTUSTAS VmUM. 321 Vetustas, atis, f. antiquity; age. Votustus, a, um, adj. comp. (id.) old; ancient, Vexi. See Velio. Via, ae, f. a way; a course; a yath; a journey; hence Viator, oris, m. a traveller, Viceni, ae, a, distrib. num. adj. pi. (viginti,) every twenty; twenty. Vicesimu^ a, um. num. adj. (id.) the twentieth, Vici. See Vinco. Vicies num. adv. twenty times, Vicinitas, atis, f. the neighbor- hood; vicinity; from Vicinus, a, um, (vicis,) adj. near; neighboring, Vicinus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh- bor. Vicis, gen. f. § 18, 13, change; reverse; a 'place; a turn : in vicem, in turn; in place of; instead, Victima as, f. (vinco,) a vie- titn; a sacrifice, Victor, oris, m. (vinco.) a vic- tor; a conqueror : — adj. vic- torious; hence, Victoria, ae, f. a victory, Victtirus, a, um. part, (from VIVO.) Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.) Vicus, i, m. a village. Video, videre, vidi. visum, tr. to see; to behold. Videor, videri, visus sum, pass. to be seen; to seem; to ap- pear; to seem proper. Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to bereave;) bereaved; widow ed : mulier vidua, a ividom Vigil, ilis, m. (vigeo,) a watch' man, Vigilans, tis, adj. (lor issi- mus,) (vigilo,) watchful; vigilant, Vigilia, ae, f. (vigil,) a watch- ing : — pi. the watch, (by night.) Viginti, num, adj. pi. ind. twenty, Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad; mean. Villa, ae, f. (vicus,) a country- house ; a country-seat ; a villa; hence, Villicus, i, m. an overseer of art estate; a steivard. Villus, i, m. long hair; coarse hair, Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vine- turn, tr. to bind, Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, tr. to conquer; to vanquish; to .surpass. Vinctus, a. um, part, (vincio.) Vinculum, i, n. (id.) a chain • in vincula conjicere, to throw into prison, Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a protector; a defender; an asserter; from Vindico, are, avi, atum, tr. to claim; to avenge : in liber- tatem, to rescue from slave- ry. Vindicta, ae, f. (vlndico,) veTi-' geance; punishment. Vinum, i, n. ivirie 322 VIOLA VOLUCER. V^'iola, SB, f. fl violet, Violo, are, avi, atum, tr. (vis,) to violate; to 'pollute; to corrupt, Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man, Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to he green; to he verdant; to flourish. Vires. See Vis. Virga, 8B, f. (vireo,) a rod; a small staff; a switch. Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very celebrated Latin poet. Virginia, ae, f. the daughter of Virginius. Virginius, i, m. the name of a distinguished Roman cen- turion. Virgo, inis, f. (vireo,) a vir- gin; a girl; a maid, Virgula, 86, f, (dim. from vir- ga,) a small rod. Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian general who was original- ly a shepherd, and after- wards a leader of rohhers. Viridomarus, i, m. a king of the Gauls, slain hy Marcel- lus. Virtus, titis, f. (vir,) virtue; merit; excellence; power; valor; faculty. Vis, vis, f. ^ 15, 12, power; strength: force: vis homi- num, a multitude of men : vim facere, to do violence : — pi. vires, ium, power; strength. Viscus, eris, n. an entrail : viscera, pi. the howels; the flesh. Vistula ae, f. a river of Prus- sia, which still hears the same name, and which was anciently the eastern houn- dary of Germany, Visurgis, is, m. the Wese-^ d large river of Germany. Visus, a, um, part, (video.) Visus, us, m. (video,) the sight. Vita, SB, f. life. Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.) Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis & fero,) vine-hearing, Vitis, is, f, (vieo,) a vine, Vitium, i, n. a crime, Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to shun; to amid. Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr (vitium paro,) to find fault with; to hlame. Vividus, a. um, adj. (comp.) lively; vivid; from. Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, intr. to live; to fare; to live upon; hence Vivus, a, um, adj. living; alive. Vix, adv. scarcely. Vixi. See vivo. Voco, are, avi, atum,tr. (vox,) to call; to invite; to name, Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. to Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. ^ 83, 4, to wish; to desire; to ht willing. Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people of Latium. Volucer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo are,) winged i — subs, a bird. VOLUMNI A ZONE . 323 Volumnia, ae, f. the wife of Corioldnus, Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the will, Voluptas, atis, f. (voliipe, fr. volo,) 'pleasure; sensual pleasure. Vol u tat us, a, um, part, from VolQto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. (volvo,) to roll. Volvo, vere, vi, utum, tr. to roll; to turn, Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish; a vow, Vox, vocis, f. a voice; a word; an expression; an exclama- tion, Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan, the God of fire, the son of Ju- piter and Juno, Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common people; the populace; the vulgar, Vulneratus, a, um, part, from Vulnero, are, avi, atum, tr. to wound; from Vulnus, eris, n. a wound. Vulpecula, ae, f. dim. (vulpes,) a little fox, Vulpes, is, f. a fox, Vultur, iiris, m. a vulture. Vultus, As, m. (volo,) the ooninteTiance; the expression; the look. X. Xanthippe, es, f the toife oj Socrates, Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedce- monian general, who was sent to assist the Carthagi- nians in the first Punic war. Xenocrates, is, m. a philoso- pher of Chalcedon; the suC' cessor of Speusippus in the Academia. Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated king oj Persia. Zama, ae, f. c city of Africa. Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher of Citium, a tow7i of Cy- prus, and founder of the sect of the Stoics, Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas. Zona, ae, f. a girdle; a zone. Zone, es, f. a city and pro- montory in the western part of Thrace, opposite to the island of Thasvs. EXERCISES IN LATIN COMPOSITION. Exercises in Latin composition for beginners cannot be too sim- ple, nor can they be too soon commenced They are capable, also, under proper management, of being made one of the most excit- ing and pleasing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to young pupils. Exercises in considerable variety, and in the sim plest form, are furnished in the Grammar under each part of speech As soon as the p-upil begins to read and translate, suitable exercises in Syntax may be dravs^n from every lesson, and even from every sentence in which he maybe drilled orally with great advantage, by simply changing the subject from the singular to the plural, or from the plural to the singular, and again by changing the mood or tense of the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice versa. These may be still farther v#ied by expressing the same idea in the inter- rogative or negative form, through ail the varieties of mood, tense number or person, as before. When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may ad- vance a step farther, and select from several sentences of his les- son, or from the stock now laid up in his memory, such words as are capa])le of forming a new sentence; and this again may be va- ried ad libitmn, as before. To illustrate this — Suppose that the les- son of the day contains the following simple sentence, '' Terra parit ^ores,'' "The earth produces flowers," and the class has become familiar with the inflection of the words in every part, then let them change the words to correspond to such English sentences as the fol- lowing: The earth produced flowers; the earth has produced — had pro- duced — will produce — ^may produce — might produce &c. flowers, — a flower. Flowers are produced — were produced — have been pro- duced, he. The earth does not — did not — will not— can not &cc. produce flowers. Flowers are not — were not &cc. produced by the earth. Are flowers produced — were flowers produced — have flow- ers beea produced &.c. by the earth ? Are not flowers produced— . 28 326 EXERCISES IN were not flowers produced by the earth? &c., (as before.) Then again it may be noticed to the pupil that terrce, in the plural means *' lands'^ or " countries.'^ and so may have a plural adjective and a plural verb, thusj Omnes, multce, qu(Bdam terrce pariunt Jiores, *^ All," ''many," ''some, lands produce flowers," &c., througb a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many othei ways which w^ill occur to the mind of an active teacher, a class may be kept actively and even intensely, as well as profitably occupiea for ten or fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various forms and uses will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the memory and judgment are trained to prompt and accurate exercise and more real progress made in the study of the language than by a careless reading of many pages extended through a drawling re. citation of several days. As a weekly, semi- weekly, or even daily exercise, p^ipils might be encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in writ- ing, framed by themselves from the lesson of the preceding dayj or they may be supplied with English sentences framed from the lesson by the teacher or some of the more advanced scholars, to be render- ed into Latin. In doing this they require no dictionary, and are not perplexed to know what words to choose, as the words are all be- fore them in the lesson fiom which the exercise is drawn, and they have only to make the necessary changes inlkimber, mood, tense, voice, &c., requisite to express the ideas contained in the exercise to be turned into Latin, in which also they are assisted by the mo- del before them in the lesson, and the knowledge obtained in its previous study and recitation. The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places indicated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. They rise in gradation from simple unconnected sentences to those of the nature of a continued narrative, and are sufficient to furnish a short semi- weekly exercise of this kind during the time necessary to go through the Reader. They will also form a good prepara* tion for a systematic work on Latin composition LATIN COMPOSITION. 327 EXERCISES IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. Change the Latin words in the following sentences so as to cor- nspond to the English following. 1. Fortes laudabimtur, igndvi vitwperahuntur, " Brave men will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed." Biave men are praised, the cowardly are blamed. Bravo men have always [semper) been praised, cowardly men blamed. Men praise the brave and blame the cowardly. Do not (nonne') men praise the brave and blame the cow- ardly ? A cowardly man will not be praised. A brave man will not be blamed. We will praise the good. You should blame the cowardly. Let us praise ^ the brave and blame the cowardly. Let the brave be praised. Blame the cowardly. 2. Honos est 'prc&mium virtutis, " Honor is the reward of virtue." Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been, had been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor* the reward of virtue ? Honors will be the rewards of virtue. Will not honor always be"" the reward of virtue ? Let honor always be * the reward of virtue. 3. Victi PerscB in naves confugerunt, " The Persians being conquered fled to their ships." The Persians were conquered and fled ^ to their ships. When the Persians were conquered *^ they fled to their ships. We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their ships. If we conquer^ the Persians they will flee to their ships. If the Persians should be conquered ^ they will flee to their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered and fied to their ships. 4. JDelectavtrunt me epistolce tiice. " Your letters have delighted me." Your letters delight me. I am delighted with your let- ters. Have I not * always been delighted with your letters. Do my (mece) letters delight you (te). His {ejus) letters will always give us pleasure. Our (Tiostrcs) letters do not deligUt him. He will be delighted with our letters. » 56, 3. « 115, 1. • § 140, 2. ^ § 45, 1,1. d § 140, Obs. 4. ' § 77, 3. 328 EXERCISEb IN The words of the loUowmg sentences selected from the Introduc- tory Exercises, pp 60 — 79, will be found in the paragraphs indica ted by the numbers prefixed. As a further exercise these may be varied as in the preceding. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 5. (1.) There are many kin^s in Europe. Europe has many kings. There have been many good kings. There are many suns and more stars. Cicero was a good man and a distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be praised. (3.) An elephant walks. Many sparrows build nests. The partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found every where. Africa produces lions. The Eomans often burned their dead. A brave man is not always praised. The Romans overthrew Carthage and Corinth. 6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imi- tates the human voice. (6.) A day has been lost. Flow- ers are produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by Miltiades. (7.) Herds of wild asses roam (erro) in the forests (sylva) of Asia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are diligently traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in the army of Cyrus was very great. (8.) Animals covered with wool are stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing cold. Foolish people are not happy. The Gauls were very brave.* The lion is the bravest of animals.*^ 7. (9.) Plato and Socrates were highly esteemed. It is our custom*' to value the good.*^ Good men'^ forget inju- ries and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish men to forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men^ are an honor to their country; they are just and benevolent to all.'' Nero was an enemy to the human race. A good man {^vir) will be dear to all, a wicked man {homo) to no one. 8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals. Nature has given avarice and ambition to man alone. (12.) The Romans for the most part burned their dead. Homer mentions embroidered garments. (13.) We some- ti.nes find stags of a white color. We have need of phi- losophy. Men of noble birth are not always of a noble dis- position. Men of depraved disposition are never happy (mi7iquam felix). Be content with few things and thou wilt be free from cares. » 2^1. b § 108. R XII, M9 § 107, R. X LATIN COMPOSITION. 329 9. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and gold are found m Spain. Men easily want gold and silver, but (sed) not food. Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Romans were sent un- der the yoke. The year was divided into twelve months by Numa Pompilius. (17.) Hunger and blows tame wild beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One oration of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) Mi- thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigranes, king of Armenia. 10. (19.) 1 desire to live with you. They wished to sleep. Why do men desire to change their fortune ? We ought to learn to despise wealth. We cannot (we are not able) to suffer poverty. All men '^ desire to be loved. (20.) Men must die.'' They had to fight.'' The art of writing *" was invented by the Phoenicians. Paper is useful for wri- ting. (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an army and destroying the city. 11. (22.) The sun will set and the wolves w^ill come forth {evenio) to plunder.*^ The civil wars were carried on by Marius and Sulla. All the nations of men have been and they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.) Your letters have often been read by me.*^ The crocodile lives many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great things have been undertaken. Our strength will not always remain. 12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes more gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse chariot which was made of ivory and covered with the wings of a fiy. Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown. Words are repeated by the parrots ^ which are sent from In- dia. Men who are mindful of favors will receive (recipio) favors. (27.) The fig tree is so large that it conceals troops of horsemen under it. Do you know ^ (Nuin scis,) who painted^ Alexander. Is it true ^ {Verwmne est) that bulls are swallowed whole in India by serpents ?^ Do you knows how many [quot) men there are ^ in the w^orld ? Tell us (Doce,) when the world was made ^, and how many worlds there are.^ '"^ 19^ d 102! f § 140, 5. ' ^ 113. «§126, Obs. 2. s 56,3. « 111 330 EXERCISES IN 1*3 (29.) There are some who live* happy; there are others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not read'' Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard* concerning Cassar ? (30.) It is related that in Latmos scor- pions do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives. They say {narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his po- ems to be burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done. (31.) The approaching day is announced by the crowing of the cock. The city built by Cecrops was called Cecropia. It is now called Athens. Many when dying are troubled with the care of burial. EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES. As an example of the way in which compound and connected sen- tences may be varied, the first fable, p. 80 may be changed into the following forms and translated into Latin corresponding to the Eng- lish in each. 14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the doves to defend ^ them. When he assented *^ and was re- ceived "^ into the dove-cote greater havoc was made by him in one day than could have been done ^ by the kite in many (muliis), 15. The doves were led [ductce sunt) by fear of a kite to ask * a hawk that he would defend '^ them. It is said that he assented ^ and that, being received into the dove-cote he caused a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day than the kite could have caused'^ in a long time. 16. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether if received into the dove-cote he would defend^ them from the kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter made in one day by the hawk was greater than could have been committed ^ by the kite in a long time. 17. It is related [narrdtur) that when the doves through fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend ^ them, he as- sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great havoc was made of the doves in one day. • ^ 141, Obs. 1. b^ 140, l,3d& 84. c§ 140, Obs. 4. d 88. • 86 f 97, 1. f § 140. 5. t § 146, R. LX. LATIN COMPOSITION. 331 IS. (p. 99, &;c.) 1. A serpent, the son'' of Mars, the keep- er of a certain fountain in Boeotia, was killed by Cadmus,** the son of Agenor. For this reason [ob hoc,) all his offspring were put to death, and he himself was turned into a serpent. 2. All who came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of Neptune, were compelled to fight with him, and being con- quered were killed. 5. Life is said to have been restored*^ to Hippolytus, the son of Theseus, by j3isculapius, the son of Apollo. 19. (p. 101, &G.) 10. It is said that Tantalus ^ was the son of Jupiter; and that because he told to men the things which he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the in- fernal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is tormented with perpetual fear, dreading the fall of a stone which hangs over his head.® 15. The first men are said to have been formed of clay by Prometheus,'' the son"" of Ja- petus. It is also said that fire was brought by him from heaven in a reed, and that he pointed out how it might be preserved by being covered ^ with ashes. 20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor, was carried by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor sent his sons to bring her back,^ he told them that unless theii sister was found they should not return.*" 21. Atalanta, the daughter of Schoeneus, was very beautiful. When many sought her in marriage, the condition was proposed that he should take'' her who should first surpass' her in running. 23. Niobe, the wife'' of Amphion, the son"" of Jupiter and Antiope, had seven sons and as many daughters, who were all slain by the arrows of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe her- self was changed into a stone. 21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laws of the Athenians are said to have been written by Solon. No man can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last day he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that Democritus,' to whom"' great riches had been left by his father, gave nearly all his patrimony to his fellow-citizens. *§97, R. «§112, R. IV. i § 141, Obs. 8. ''§ 126,Obs. 2. f§146,Obs. 6. Mill. •92. g § 140, 1, 2d. 1 § 145, R. LVIII * § 145, Obs. 4. h § 140. 1, 3d. «>§ 126, R. lU. 332 EXERCISES in 22. (p. 112, &c.) 20. They say that Socrates, who was jiidoeJ by the oracle of Apollo to be the wisest of all meri,* was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides, the tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question being proposed to Homer by a fisherman, which he could not answer, he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Si- monides when eighty years *" old entered into a musical con- test, and obtained the victory. He afterwards {postea^) lived at Syracuse^ on intimate terms with Hiero the king. 23.' (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned Philip, king of Macedon, to beware '^ of one Pythias, a brave soldier,' but displeased with him,^ he is said to have asked whether, (nu?n) if a part of his body were diseased,* he should cut ^itolfor take care of it. It is said that he ' then called Pythias to him, supplied him with money, and that after that, none of the king's soldiers were more faithful than Pythias.'' 52. When Dionysius was banished from Syra- cuse, it is said that he went (eo) to Corinth,^ where he taught boys their letters. 24. (p. 120, k,c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius. All Italy was adorned with paintings and statues. It is said that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use; and that w4ien he died, his daughter received a dowry from the public treasury. 66. A statue of Ennius the poet was ordered by Scipio Africanus to be placed in the tomb of the Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had been rendered famous by his poems. 25. (123, &c.) 1. In ancient times Saturn came to Italy and taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him near Janiculum, was called Saturnia. 2. Troy being over- thrown, it is said that JEneas, the son of Anchises, came into Italy, and was kindly received"' byLatinus, king of those regions ; and that having received the daughter of Latinus in marriage, he built a city and called it Lavinia. Eomu- lus and Remus, the sons of Rhea Sylvia having been ex- posed by the order of Amulius, were taken up by Faustu^'is, the king's shepherd, and given to his wife to be nursed. « § 107, R. X. « § 97, R. i § 145, LVIII. b§ 131, R. XLI. f § 111, k§ J20, R. c§130, l,Exc. g§140, 2. i§130, 2. * § 140, 1, 3d, & 84. h § 140, 5 « 104 LATIN COMPOSITION. 333 iL?G. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Rome was built by Romulus and divided into thirty curiaB cnlled by the names of the Sabine women carried off by the Romans. 13. Nuiria Pompilius, rile second king of Rome, was born at Cures. By him* jaws were given to the state, ^ many sacred rites were insti- tuted and the manners of the people were softened. He reigned forty-three years.^ 14. In the reign of TuUus Hos- tiliiis, who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the Sabines, which was terminated by the battle ^ of the Horatii and the Curiatii. 27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two hundred and forty-three years.*^ 23. After that the peo- ple created two consuls, who should hold [teiieo^^) the gov- ernment for a year.^ Brutus, by whom the kings had been expelled, and Tarquinius Collatinus, were the first consuls. 24. War*^ having been raised against the city by Tarquin, Brutus was killed in the first battle. 28. (p. 132, &c.) 1. The bravest of the Romans ^ was challenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraor- dinary size ^ of body. The challenge was accepted by T. Maniius, a young man of noble family, {genus^) who killed the Gaul and stripped' him of his golden chain. It is believed (crediiur) that both he ^ and his posterity, from this circumstance, were called' Torquati."^' 2. In a new war with the Gauls it is related [iiarrdtur) that another Gaul ^ of remarkable strength*" challenged the bravest of the Ro- mans ^ to fight with" him ; that M. Valerius, a tribune of the soldiers, offered himself, and advanced armed ; that a crow, which had perched on his right shoulder, struck at the eyes of the Gaul with his wings and talons, and that Vale- rius, the Gaul,^ being killed, received the name of Corvinus. 29. (p. 138, &;c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars ^ to swear" eternal hatred towards the Romans. 3. It is said that having left his brother *" in Spain, he crossed the Alps *- — . » § 128, Ohs. 2. f § 146, R. LX. ^ § 145, R. LVIII *§126, R. III. r§107, R. X. » 97,4. c § 131. R. XLI, h § 106, R. VII. °^§ 103, R. V. « § 129, R. i § 125, R. n § 137, R. LIII. & 84. «§ 141, R. II 334 EXERCISES IN With {mm) a large army and thirty elephants, and that the Licfurians joined themselves with him ; that he conquered Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon aftei he advanced to Tuscia, where having engaged in battle/^ near the lake Trasimenus, he conquered Flaminius the con- sul, and slew twenty-five thousand of the Romans.'' 30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, king of Macedonia, died, his son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed the war against the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman gene- ral who had been sent against him. He was afterwards conquered by ^milius Paulus, the consul, near Pydna, and twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Carthage, though bravely defended*^ by its citizens, was taken and destroyed by Scipio, in the seven hundredth year after it was built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the building of Rome. 31. (p. 145, &c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurtha, the Romans were in great fear that ^ the Gauls would again get possession of the city. For this reason Marius waa made consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles two hundred thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thou- sand taken prisoners. For this meritorious conduct a fifth . consulship was conferred on Marius, in his absence.'^ C. Marius and Qu. Catulus fought against the Cimbri and the Teu tones, who had passed over into Italy, slew forty thou- sand and took sixty thousand of his army near Verona. 32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said to have been a man of a very noble family,^ but of a most depraved disposition.® It is related [traditur) that he and certain il- lustrious, but daring men, entered *^ ' into a conspiracy for destroying their country ;^ that he was driven from the city by Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized and strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul was conquered by CiBsar in the space of nine years. The war was after- wards carried into Britain, and the Germans were conquered in 2:reat battles. * § 146, R. LX. d § 140, Obs. 6. f § 102. R. J »>§107, R. X. «§106. R. VII. g§112, 3. c § 146, Obs. 6 LATIN COMPOSITION. 33/5 33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts into which the whole world was divided, are Europe, Asia, and Africa. The straits of Gibraltar separate Europe from Africa. 2. The boundary of Europe on the east is the river Tanais and the Euxine sea; on the south the Mediterranean sea, on the west the Atlantic ocean. 3. Spain lies towards the west. It is rich and fertile. In the region of Baetica, men, horses, iron, lead, brass, silver and gold abound. 4. The Pho- casi having left Asia,* sought new settlements in Europe. 34. (p. 157, &c.) 11. The country beyond the Rhine, as far as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who are said to carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may extend'' their limits, but from the love"" of war. 12. It is said that the Germans'^ do not pay much attention to Agri- culture. Their food {cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They erect their houses near {ad) some spring, or plain, or forest ; and after a while they pass on to another place. Sometimes also they pass the winter in caves. 35. (p. 161, &c.) 24. Greece is more celebrated than any other nation in^ the world, both for the genius of its people, and for their study ^ of the arts of peace and of war. Many colonies were led from it unto all parts of the world. 25. Macedonia was rendered illustrious by the reign of Philip and Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia w^ere sub- dued to a very great extent; and the government, taken from the Persians,^ was transferred to the Macedonians. 36. (p. 162, &;c.) 29. No region in Greece is more re- nowned for the splendor* of its fame than Attica.^ There Athens is built; a city*" concerning which the gods are said to have contended. So many poets, orators, philosophers; so many men, illustrious in every species of excellence, were produced by no other city in the world. There the arts of peace were cultivated to such a degree, that her re- nown from these was even more conspicuous ' than [qiiani) her glory in war. The harbor of Piraeus, connected with the city by long walls, was fortified by Themistocles, and affords (prcBbet) a safe anchorage for ships. » § 104, & § 146, d § 145 R. LVIII. e § 126. R. III. R. LX. «§ 120, R. h^S 97, R. I. ""§ 140, 1. f § 128, R. i § 140, 1, 1st. « § 129, R. 336 EXERCISES. 37. (163, &c.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most cele^a- leJ city, was surrounded with walls by Aniphion, by the" aid * of music. It was rendered illustrious by the genius ^ of Pindar and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city ot Delphi was renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had great authority aniono^ all nations, and was enriched (made rich) Avith numerous and splendid presents from all parts of the world. It is said that the tops of Mount Parnassus, which hangs over the city *^ are inhabited by the Muses. 38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city^ re- nowned for the war*' which it carried on with the whole of Greece for ten years,^ was situated at the foot of Mount Ida. From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment of Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed*" the rivers Scamander and Simois. 49 The Carians are said to have been so fond of war, that they carried ^ on the wars of other people for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very clear ^ and very cold.*" 39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that its walls," built of burnt brick,' are thirty-two feet^ broad, and that chariots " meeting each other pass without danger ; that the towers are ten feet"" higher than the walls. The tower of Babylon is said to have been twenly stadia in cir- cumference. 56. India produces very large animals. No dogs are so large as those which are produced there. The serpents are said to be so monstrous that elephants are killed ^ by their bite ^ and the coiling round of their bodies. » 1 § 126, Obs. 2. « § 131, R. XLI. ^ § 129, Obs. 2. b § 129, R. f § 102, R. I. I § 132, R. XLI. c § 112, R. IV. K § 140 1, 1st. »§ 132, R. XLIII. <» § 97, R. »> 24. ^§ 155, R. LVIII. [thx end.] ■r/.' YB ©0^I^7 U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES CDMS^mbES _^ 160 51Z0f B9J7 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY v^ ii ,..^""' ■'/¥ -m :/«*■ M